A Practical Approach to Weight Loss Maintenance and a Possible Role for Primary Care

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 03/06/2018 - 13:03
Display Headline
A Practical Approach to Weight Loss Maintenance and a Possible Role for Primary Care

Study Overview

Objective. To determine whether in-person visits for primary care patients resulted in improved weight loss maintenance relative to monthly mailings, with both groups receiving access to portion-controlled meals.

Design. Randomized clinical trial.

Setting and participants. This study took place within 2 university-affiliated primary care clinics in Colorado. For the first phase of the study, investigators enrolled 104 obese adult patients (18–79 years; BMI 30–49.9 kg/m2) who had been diagnosed with at least one of the following: type 2 diabetes, sleep apnea, hypertension, or hyperlipidemia. Patients who had independently lost weight prior to trial entry (> 5% in 6 months), were on weight-gain–promoting medications such as steroids, or had previously undergone bariatric surgery were excluded. The trial started with a 6-month run-in phase where active weight loss was promoted using a high-intensity behavioral intervention based on the Diabetes Prevention Program as well as access to subsidized portion-controlled foods (Nutrisystem). At the end of the 6-month run-in, the remaining participants (n = 84, 79.3%) were then randomized, stratified by gender and whether or not they achieved 5% weight loss, into the 2 main study arms.

Intervention. The experimental study arm (n = 41, “intensified maintenance”) relied on monthly in-person visits and monthly phone calls to prevent weight regain (thus, these participants had twice monthly contact during maintenance). Both visit types in this arm were conducted by a graduate-level research assistant and included some structured educational content as well as problem-solving around diet and lifestyle issues. In contrast, the control arm (n = 43, “standard maintenance”) relied just on monthly mailings (or emails) of educational and support materials to promote weight loss maintenance. Participants in both groups had the opportunity to purchase subsidized portion-controlled foods/meals from Nutrisystem in order to facilitate continued adherence to the caloric restriction required for weight loss maintenance.

Main outcome measures. The primary outcome for this trial was change in weight, measured in kgs, during the 12-month maintenance period. Other biometric outcomes included changes in blood pressure, serum glucose, lipid levels, and the inflammatory marker hs-CRP. Patient-reported outcomes included changes in medication use. The investigators used intention-to-treat analysis, with mixed linear models adjusted for age and gender. No imputation techniques for missing data are reported, although complete follow-up data was obtained on 94% of patients.

Results. Participants in the standard and intensified weight maintenance arms of the trial were similar with respect to measured baseline characteristics. The average age of participants was 56 years, and three-quarters (75%) were female. The majority in both groups were white (77% in standard arm; 88% in intense), and over half had either a college or advanced degree (58.1% in standard arm, 51.2% in intense). Approximately one- third had diabetes (32.6% in standard arm, 34.1% in intense) and over half had hypertension (67.4% in standard arm, 63.4% in intense). Of the 84 participants who were randomized in the weight maintenance phase of the study, 79 completed the 12-month follow up (94%; no difference in attrition between groups).

After 12 months of maintenance, participants in the intensified maintenance arm regained just 1.6 (± 1.3) kg of lost weight, while those in the standard arm regained 5.0 (± 0.8) kg, a statistically significant difference (= 0.01). The investigators also examined the subgroup of participants who, after the 6-month run-in, had lost at least 5% of their initial body weight. For these individuals, almost three-quarters in the intensified maintenance arm (71.9%) maintained that > 5% loss by 18 months, compared to 51.7% in the standard group. This difference between groups was not statistically significant. There was a significant difference between groups for change in hs-CRP over the 12-month maintenance period, with the intensive group’s hs-CRP ending up an average of 1.46 mg/L lower than that of the standard group (= 0.03). Although there was a similar trend favoring the intensive intervention for other biometric measures (change in waist circumference, glucose, blood pressure, and lipids were all more favorable in this arm), the between-group differences for these measures did not reach statistical significance. No significant differences between groups were observed with respect to changes in medication use over the 12-month maintenance intervention.

Conclusion. After 5 months of active weight loss, twice-monthly contact (using one in-person and one phone visit) plus portion-controlled foods during a 12-month weight maintenance phase resulted in significantly less weight regain than monthly mail or email-based counseling plus portion-controlled foods.

Commentary

Behavioral weight loss interventions, which typically require high-intensity in-person counseling over several months to a year, may be difficult to accomplish in the average primary care practice [1]. On the other hand, it may be the case that primary care practices are well-suited to assist patients who have already lost weight, as they enter weight-loss maintenance. While numerous studies have shown that patients who adhere to calorie-restricted diets (almost regardless of diet composition) are able to achieve clinically significant weight loss, less is known about effective methods of preventing weight regain. Several large trials have suggested that, as is the case with behavioral weight loss interventions, maintenance interventions are also more successful if they include regular contact, at least some of which is face-to-face [2,3]. These visits, along with other practices such as self-weighing and food diaries, may help patients maintain the energy balance necessary to stay at their new, lower body weight. There remains a gap, however, in terms of knowing whether the maintenance interventions from large randomized trials can be translated into the sometimes messy real world of clinical practice, where clinicians and patients are typically overburdened and busy.

The current study by Tsai et al does address some aspects of this important question. By recruiting “real-world” chronically ill patients from a primary care practice to participate in the trial, the results of this study may be more likely to generalize to the patient populations seen by practicing clinicians than the typically healthier, younger, community-recruited volunteers in large trials. Additionally, although the interventions in this study were not delivered by the primary care practice per se, they were low enough in intensity that they could theoretically be translated into most clinical practice settings, assuming reimbursement is not an issue. Monthly in-person visits certainly could be done by a physician (as under current CMS reimbursement guidelines), but would not have to be (the visits in this study were done by a graduate student with no formal training in behavioral interventions), and telephone visits could easily be done by clinical support staff. Even with this low level of visit intensity, patients had significantly less weight regain than those who were receiving monthly email or postal mail support (which, realistically, would still require some work on the part of primary care practices). Furthermore, there were suggestions of numerous parallel cardiometabolic benefits that might have been statistically significant with a larger sample size. This study benefited from several strengths in addition to its highly practical point of view. It was a randomized trial with a strong control group and long follow-up duration (18 months total). It used a run-in period for weight loss so that all who entered maintenance were doing so based on exposure to the same weight loss intervention. Happily, though, the investigators did not require successful weight loss (> 5%) for entry into the maintenance phase, which likely further contributed to the generalizability of their results. Another area where the run-in likely helped was with retention of subjects—94% of those randomized for maintenance contributed complete data at the end of the 12-month study period.

As acknowledged by the authors, this study also has some important limitations. As with most weight loss/diet interventions, the participants in this study were mostly female, and mostly non-Hispanic white, and thus a substantially less diverse population than is represented by patients with obesity in the US. Furthermore, although some aspects of the patient population did promote generalizability (recruitment from primary care, chronic illness burden), these patients were fairly highly educated, which may have impacted their adherence and results.

The use of subsidized portion-controlled meals in this study, while evidence-based, may have clouded the results somewhat. Perhaps the effect of both interventions would have been less pronounced had patients not been provided with subsidies to access these foods. In their discussion, the investigators acknowledge that the study lacked a comparison group with no access to portion-controlled foods and that, in a post-hoc analysis, greater use of these foods corresponded with better weight loss and weight loss maintenance among all participants.

Finally, although it was beyond the scope of this study, this trial does not provide any information about how weight loss medications in either the weight loss or maintenance phases might impact these types of interventions. Now that the FDA has approved a number of such medications for long-term use, it would be very helpful to have more information about how medications might be integrated into these types of strategies, for interested patients, as physicians could clearly play an integral role in the pharmacologic management of weight, alongside effective behavioral interventions.

Applications for Clinical Practice

Low-to-moderate intensity in-person and telephone-based visits during weight maintenance may help to protect against weight regain, and could realistically be an option for many primary care practices and their patients. However, aside from Medicare patients, for whom monthly primary care–based weight maintenance visits are now covered, physicians would need to understand how to code and bill such visits appropriately in order to avoid having patients face unexpected charges.

—Kristina Lewis, MD, MPH

References

1. Tsai AG, Wadden TA. Treatment of obesity in primary care practice in the United States: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med 2009;24:1073–9.

2. Wing RR, Tate DF, Gorin AA, et al. A self-regulation program for maintenance of weight loss. N Engl J Med 2006;355:1563–71.

3. Svetkey LP, Stevens VJ, Brantley PJ, et al. Comparison of strategies for sustaining weight loss: the weight loss maintenance randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2008;299:1139–48.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Topics
Sections

Study Overview

Objective. To determine whether in-person visits for primary care patients resulted in improved weight loss maintenance relative to monthly mailings, with both groups receiving access to portion-controlled meals.

Design. Randomized clinical trial.

Setting and participants. This study took place within 2 university-affiliated primary care clinics in Colorado. For the first phase of the study, investigators enrolled 104 obese adult patients (18–79 years; BMI 30–49.9 kg/m2) who had been diagnosed with at least one of the following: type 2 diabetes, sleep apnea, hypertension, or hyperlipidemia. Patients who had independently lost weight prior to trial entry (> 5% in 6 months), were on weight-gain–promoting medications such as steroids, or had previously undergone bariatric surgery were excluded. The trial started with a 6-month run-in phase where active weight loss was promoted using a high-intensity behavioral intervention based on the Diabetes Prevention Program as well as access to subsidized portion-controlled foods (Nutrisystem). At the end of the 6-month run-in, the remaining participants (n = 84, 79.3%) were then randomized, stratified by gender and whether or not they achieved 5% weight loss, into the 2 main study arms.

Intervention. The experimental study arm (n = 41, “intensified maintenance”) relied on monthly in-person visits and monthly phone calls to prevent weight regain (thus, these participants had twice monthly contact during maintenance). Both visit types in this arm were conducted by a graduate-level research assistant and included some structured educational content as well as problem-solving around diet and lifestyle issues. In contrast, the control arm (n = 43, “standard maintenance”) relied just on monthly mailings (or emails) of educational and support materials to promote weight loss maintenance. Participants in both groups had the opportunity to purchase subsidized portion-controlled foods/meals from Nutrisystem in order to facilitate continued adherence to the caloric restriction required for weight loss maintenance.

Main outcome measures. The primary outcome for this trial was change in weight, measured in kgs, during the 12-month maintenance period. Other biometric outcomes included changes in blood pressure, serum glucose, lipid levels, and the inflammatory marker hs-CRP. Patient-reported outcomes included changes in medication use. The investigators used intention-to-treat analysis, with mixed linear models adjusted for age and gender. No imputation techniques for missing data are reported, although complete follow-up data was obtained on 94% of patients.

Results. Participants in the standard and intensified weight maintenance arms of the trial were similar with respect to measured baseline characteristics. The average age of participants was 56 years, and three-quarters (75%) were female. The majority in both groups were white (77% in standard arm; 88% in intense), and over half had either a college or advanced degree (58.1% in standard arm, 51.2% in intense). Approximately one- third had diabetes (32.6% in standard arm, 34.1% in intense) and over half had hypertension (67.4% in standard arm, 63.4% in intense). Of the 84 participants who were randomized in the weight maintenance phase of the study, 79 completed the 12-month follow up (94%; no difference in attrition between groups).

After 12 months of maintenance, participants in the intensified maintenance arm regained just 1.6 (± 1.3) kg of lost weight, while those in the standard arm regained 5.0 (± 0.8) kg, a statistically significant difference (= 0.01). The investigators also examined the subgroup of participants who, after the 6-month run-in, had lost at least 5% of their initial body weight. For these individuals, almost three-quarters in the intensified maintenance arm (71.9%) maintained that > 5% loss by 18 months, compared to 51.7% in the standard group. This difference between groups was not statistically significant. There was a significant difference between groups for change in hs-CRP over the 12-month maintenance period, with the intensive group’s hs-CRP ending up an average of 1.46 mg/L lower than that of the standard group (= 0.03). Although there was a similar trend favoring the intensive intervention for other biometric measures (change in waist circumference, glucose, blood pressure, and lipids were all more favorable in this arm), the between-group differences for these measures did not reach statistical significance. No significant differences between groups were observed with respect to changes in medication use over the 12-month maintenance intervention.

Conclusion. After 5 months of active weight loss, twice-monthly contact (using one in-person and one phone visit) plus portion-controlled foods during a 12-month weight maintenance phase resulted in significantly less weight regain than monthly mail or email-based counseling plus portion-controlled foods.

Commentary

Behavioral weight loss interventions, which typically require high-intensity in-person counseling over several months to a year, may be difficult to accomplish in the average primary care practice [1]. On the other hand, it may be the case that primary care practices are well-suited to assist patients who have already lost weight, as they enter weight-loss maintenance. While numerous studies have shown that patients who adhere to calorie-restricted diets (almost regardless of diet composition) are able to achieve clinically significant weight loss, less is known about effective methods of preventing weight regain. Several large trials have suggested that, as is the case with behavioral weight loss interventions, maintenance interventions are also more successful if they include regular contact, at least some of which is face-to-face [2,3]. These visits, along with other practices such as self-weighing and food diaries, may help patients maintain the energy balance necessary to stay at their new, lower body weight. There remains a gap, however, in terms of knowing whether the maintenance interventions from large randomized trials can be translated into the sometimes messy real world of clinical practice, where clinicians and patients are typically overburdened and busy.

The current study by Tsai et al does address some aspects of this important question. By recruiting “real-world” chronically ill patients from a primary care practice to participate in the trial, the results of this study may be more likely to generalize to the patient populations seen by practicing clinicians than the typically healthier, younger, community-recruited volunteers in large trials. Additionally, although the interventions in this study were not delivered by the primary care practice per se, they were low enough in intensity that they could theoretically be translated into most clinical practice settings, assuming reimbursement is not an issue. Monthly in-person visits certainly could be done by a physician (as under current CMS reimbursement guidelines), but would not have to be (the visits in this study were done by a graduate student with no formal training in behavioral interventions), and telephone visits could easily be done by clinical support staff. Even with this low level of visit intensity, patients had significantly less weight regain than those who were receiving monthly email or postal mail support (which, realistically, would still require some work on the part of primary care practices). Furthermore, there were suggestions of numerous parallel cardiometabolic benefits that might have been statistically significant with a larger sample size. This study benefited from several strengths in addition to its highly practical point of view. It was a randomized trial with a strong control group and long follow-up duration (18 months total). It used a run-in period for weight loss so that all who entered maintenance were doing so based on exposure to the same weight loss intervention. Happily, though, the investigators did not require successful weight loss (> 5%) for entry into the maintenance phase, which likely further contributed to the generalizability of their results. Another area where the run-in likely helped was with retention of subjects—94% of those randomized for maintenance contributed complete data at the end of the 12-month study period.

As acknowledged by the authors, this study also has some important limitations. As with most weight loss/diet interventions, the participants in this study were mostly female, and mostly non-Hispanic white, and thus a substantially less diverse population than is represented by patients with obesity in the US. Furthermore, although some aspects of the patient population did promote generalizability (recruitment from primary care, chronic illness burden), these patients were fairly highly educated, which may have impacted their adherence and results.

The use of subsidized portion-controlled meals in this study, while evidence-based, may have clouded the results somewhat. Perhaps the effect of both interventions would have been less pronounced had patients not been provided with subsidies to access these foods. In their discussion, the investigators acknowledge that the study lacked a comparison group with no access to portion-controlled foods and that, in a post-hoc analysis, greater use of these foods corresponded with better weight loss and weight loss maintenance among all participants.

Finally, although it was beyond the scope of this study, this trial does not provide any information about how weight loss medications in either the weight loss or maintenance phases might impact these types of interventions. Now that the FDA has approved a number of such medications for long-term use, it would be very helpful to have more information about how medications might be integrated into these types of strategies, for interested patients, as physicians could clearly play an integral role in the pharmacologic management of weight, alongside effective behavioral interventions.

Applications for Clinical Practice

Low-to-moderate intensity in-person and telephone-based visits during weight maintenance may help to protect against weight regain, and could realistically be an option for many primary care practices and their patients. However, aside from Medicare patients, for whom monthly primary care–based weight maintenance visits are now covered, physicians would need to understand how to code and bill such visits appropriately in order to avoid having patients face unexpected charges.

—Kristina Lewis, MD, MPH

Study Overview

Objective. To determine whether in-person visits for primary care patients resulted in improved weight loss maintenance relative to monthly mailings, with both groups receiving access to portion-controlled meals.

Design. Randomized clinical trial.

Setting and participants. This study took place within 2 university-affiliated primary care clinics in Colorado. For the first phase of the study, investigators enrolled 104 obese adult patients (18–79 years; BMI 30–49.9 kg/m2) who had been diagnosed with at least one of the following: type 2 diabetes, sleep apnea, hypertension, or hyperlipidemia. Patients who had independently lost weight prior to trial entry (> 5% in 6 months), were on weight-gain–promoting medications such as steroids, or had previously undergone bariatric surgery were excluded. The trial started with a 6-month run-in phase where active weight loss was promoted using a high-intensity behavioral intervention based on the Diabetes Prevention Program as well as access to subsidized portion-controlled foods (Nutrisystem). At the end of the 6-month run-in, the remaining participants (n = 84, 79.3%) were then randomized, stratified by gender and whether or not they achieved 5% weight loss, into the 2 main study arms.

Intervention. The experimental study arm (n = 41, “intensified maintenance”) relied on monthly in-person visits and monthly phone calls to prevent weight regain (thus, these participants had twice monthly contact during maintenance). Both visit types in this arm were conducted by a graduate-level research assistant and included some structured educational content as well as problem-solving around diet and lifestyle issues. In contrast, the control arm (n = 43, “standard maintenance”) relied just on monthly mailings (or emails) of educational and support materials to promote weight loss maintenance. Participants in both groups had the opportunity to purchase subsidized portion-controlled foods/meals from Nutrisystem in order to facilitate continued adherence to the caloric restriction required for weight loss maintenance.

Main outcome measures. The primary outcome for this trial was change in weight, measured in kgs, during the 12-month maintenance period. Other biometric outcomes included changes in blood pressure, serum glucose, lipid levels, and the inflammatory marker hs-CRP. Patient-reported outcomes included changes in medication use. The investigators used intention-to-treat analysis, with mixed linear models adjusted for age and gender. No imputation techniques for missing data are reported, although complete follow-up data was obtained on 94% of patients.

Results. Participants in the standard and intensified weight maintenance arms of the trial were similar with respect to measured baseline characteristics. The average age of participants was 56 years, and three-quarters (75%) were female. The majority in both groups were white (77% in standard arm; 88% in intense), and over half had either a college or advanced degree (58.1% in standard arm, 51.2% in intense). Approximately one- third had diabetes (32.6% in standard arm, 34.1% in intense) and over half had hypertension (67.4% in standard arm, 63.4% in intense). Of the 84 participants who were randomized in the weight maintenance phase of the study, 79 completed the 12-month follow up (94%; no difference in attrition between groups).

After 12 months of maintenance, participants in the intensified maintenance arm regained just 1.6 (± 1.3) kg of lost weight, while those in the standard arm regained 5.0 (± 0.8) kg, a statistically significant difference (= 0.01). The investigators also examined the subgroup of participants who, after the 6-month run-in, had lost at least 5% of their initial body weight. For these individuals, almost three-quarters in the intensified maintenance arm (71.9%) maintained that > 5% loss by 18 months, compared to 51.7% in the standard group. This difference between groups was not statistically significant. There was a significant difference between groups for change in hs-CRP over the 12-month maintenance period, with the intensive group’s hs-CRP ending up an average of 1.46 mg/L lower than that of the standard group (= 0.03). Although there was a similar trend favoring the intensive intervention for other biometric measures (change in waist circumference, glucose, blood pressure, and lipids were all more favorable in this arm), the between-group differences for these measures did not reach statistical significance. No significant differences between groups were observed with respect to changes in medication use over the 12-month maintenance intervention.

Conclusion. After 5 months of active weight loss, twice-monthly contact (using one in-person and one phone visit) plus portion-controlled foods during a 12-month weight maintenance phase resulted in significantly less weight regain than monthly mail or email-based counseling plus portion-controlled foods.

Commentary

Behavioral weight loss interventions, which typically require high-intensity in-person counseling over several months to a year, may be difficult to accomplish in the average primary care practice [1]. On the other hand, it may be the case that primary care practices are well-suited to assist patients who have already lost weight, as they enter weight-loss maintenance. While numerous studies have shown that patients who adhere to calorie-restricted diets (almost regardless of diet composition) are able to achieve clinically significant weight loss, less is known about effective methods of preventing weight regain. Several large trials have suggested that, as is the case with behavioral weight loss interventions, maintenance interventions are also more successful if they include regular contact, at least some of which is face-to-face [2,3]. These visits, along with other practices such as self-weighing and food diaries, may help patients maintain the energy balance necessary to stay at their new, lower body weight. There remains a gap, however, in terms of knowing whether the maintenance interventions from large randomized trials can be translated into the sometimes messy real world of clinical practice, where clinicians and patients are typically overburdened and busy.

The current study by Tsai et al does address some aspects of this important question. By recruiting “real-world” chronically ill patients from a primary care practice to participate in the trial, the results of this study may be more likely to generalize to the patient populations seen by practicing clinicians than the typically healthier, younger, community-recruited volunteers in large trials. Additionally, although the interventions in this study were not delivered by the primary care practice per se, they were low enough in intensity that they could theoretically be translated into most clinical practice settings, assuming reimbursement is not an issue. Monthly in-person visits certainly could be done by a physician (as under current CMS reimbursement guidelines), but would not have to be (the visits in this study were done by a graduate student with no formal training in behavioral interventions), and telephone visits could easily be done by clinical support staff. Even with this low level of visit intensity, patients had significantly less weight regain than those who were receiving monthly email or postal mail support (which, realistically, would still require some work on the part of primary care practices). Furthermore, there were suggestions of numerous parallel cardiometabolic benefits that might have been statistically significant with a larger sample size. This study benefited from several strengths in addition to its highly practical point of view. It was a randomized trial with a strong control group and long follow-up duration (18 months total). It used a run-in period for weight loss so that all who entered maintenance were doing so based on exposure to the same weight loss intervention. Happily, though, the investigators did not require successful weight loss (> 5%) for entry into the maintenance phase, which likely further contributed to the generalizability of their results. Another area where the run-in likely helped was with retention of subjects—94% of those randomized for maintenance contributed complete data at the end of the 12-month study period.

As acknowledged by the authors, this study also has some important limitations. As with most weight loss/diet interventions, the participants in this study were mostly female, and mostly non-Hispanic white, and thus a substantially less diverse population than is represented by patients with obesity in the US. Furthermore, although some aspects of the patient population did promote generalizability (recruitment from primary care, chronic illness burden), these patients were fairly highly educated, which may have impacted their adherence and results.

The use of subsidized portion-controlled meals in this study, while evidence-based, may have clouded the results somewhat. Perhaps the effect of both interventions would have been less pronounced had patients not been provided with subsidies to access these foods. In their discussion, the investigators acknowledge that the study lacked a comparison group with no access to portion-controlled foods and that, in a post-hoc analysis, greater use of these foods corresponded with better weight loss and weight loss maintenance among all participants.

Finally, although it was beyond the scope of this study, this trial does not provide any information about how weight loss medications in either the weight loss or maintenance phases might impact these types of interventions. Now that the FDA has approved a number of such medications for long-term use, it would be very helpful to have more information about how medications might be integrated into these types of strategies, for interested patients, as physicians could clearly play an integral role in the pharmacologic management of weight, alongside effective behavioral interventions.

Applications for Clinical Practice

Low-to-moderate intensity in-person and telephone-based visits during weight maintenance may help to protect against weight regain, and could realistically be an option for many primary care practices and their patients. However, aside from Medicare patients, for whom monthly primary care–based weight maintenance visits are now covered, physicians would need to understand how to code and bill such visits appropriately in order to avoid having patients face unexpected charges.

—Kristina Lewis, MD, MPH

References

1. Tsai AG, Wadden TA. Treatment of obesity in primary care practice in the United States: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med 2009;24:1073–9.

2. Wing RR, Tate DF, Gorin AA, et al. A self-regulation program for maintenance of weight loss. N Engl J Med 2006;355:1563–71.

3. Svetkey LP, Stevens VJ, Brantley PJ, et al. Comparison of strategies for sustaining weight loss: the weight loss maintenance randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2008;299:1139–48.

References

1. Tsai AG, Wadden TA. Treatment of obesity in primary care practice in the United States: a systematic review. J Gen Intern Med 2009;24:1073–9.

2. Wing RR, Tate DF, Gorin AA, et al. A self-regulation program for maintenance of weight loss. N Engl J Med 2006;355:1563–71.

3. Svetkey LP, Stevens VJ, Brantley PJ, et al. Comparison of strategies for sustaining weight loss: the weight loss maintenance randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2008;299:1139–48.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
A Practical Approach to Weight Loss Maintenance and a Possible Role for Primary Care
Display Headline
A Practical Approach to Weight Loss Maintenance and a Possible Role for Primary Care
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default

Enhancing the Communication Skills of Critical Care Nurses: Focus on Prognosis and Goals of Care Discussions

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 03/28/2019 - 15:16
Display Headline
Enhancing the Communication Skills of Critical Care Nurses: Focus on Prognosis and Goals of Care Discussions

From the University of California Irvine Health/Chao Family Comprehensive Cancer Center Orange, CA (Ms. Boyle) and the University of California San Francisco Medical Center, San Francisco, CA (Dr. Anderson).

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To describe components of a unique interactive workshop focusing on the enhancement of critical care nurses’ communication skills within the realm of prognosis and goals of care discussions with family members and physicians.
  • Methods: A series of one-day workshops were offered to critical care nurses practicing in the 5 University of California hospital settings. After workshop attendance, nurse participants were followed by workshop facilitators in their units to ensure new communication skills were being integrated into practice and to problem solve if barriers were met.
  • Results: Improvement in nurses’ self-confidence in engaging in these discussions was seen. This confidence was sustained months following workshop participation.
  • Conclusion: The combination of critical care nurse workshop participation that involved skill enhancement through role-playing, in combination with clinical follow-up with attendees, resulted in positive affirmation of nurse communication skills specific to prognosis and goals of care discussions with family members and physicians.

 

There is increasing evidence that in the absence of quality communication between professional caregivers and those they care for, negative outcomes may prevail, such as reduced patient/family satisfaction, lower health status awareness, and a decreased sense of being cared about and cared for [1–5]. Communication skill competency is a critical corollary of nursing practice. In the intensive care unit (ICU) setting, patients and families have cited skilled communication as a core element of high-quality care [3,6]. Proficiency in this realm enhances nurses’ understanding of the patient and family’s encounter with health care and provides a vehicle to gather information, inform, teach, and offer emotional support. Additionally, it identifies values, goals, health care preferences, worries and concerns, and facilitates the nurses’ coordination of care [7]. Despite this skill’s importance, however, it is generally not taught in basic education and until recently has been overlooked as a key competency [8,9].

Skilled communication in palliative and end-of-life care is pivotal for discussing prognosis and care planning. In the acute care setting this is particularly relevant as the majority of Americans die in hospitals versus their preferred site of home [10]. Additionally, 1 in 5 Americans die during or shortly after receiving care in an ICU [11]. Hence, while the ICU is a setting in which intensive effort to save lives is employed, it is also a setting where death frequently occurs. The complexity and highly emotive nature of critical care often results in family needs for information and support not being met [12]. A number of reasons for this occurrence have been proposed. In this paper, we will delineate barriers to critical care nurses’ involvement in prognosis and goals of care discussions, identify why nurse involvement in this communication is needed, describe a unique workshop exemplar with a sample role play that characterizes the workshop, and offer recommendations for colleagues interested in replicating similar education offerings.

 

 

Barriers to Communication

In the ICU, the sheer number of professionals families interact with may cause confusion. In particular, numerous medical consultants commonly offer opposing opinions. Additionally, each specialist may provide information that focuses on their area of expertise such that the “big picture” is not relayed to the patient and family. Emotional discomfort on the part of the health professional around discussions of poor prognosis, goals of care, and code status may prompt limiting discussion time with patients and families and even the avoidance of interpersonal exchanges [13–15]. Health professionals have also reported concern that end-of-life discussions will increase patient distress [16]. Among health care professionals, the subject of mortality may prompt personal anxiety, trigger unresolved grief, or fear that they will “become emotional” in front of the patient/family [7]. Lack of knowledge about cultural and religious norms has been cited as a barrier, as has time constraints [17,18]. Most frequently, inadequate or absent communication skill training is noted as a significant barrier [19,20]. Many ICU nurses also report feeling marginalized due their exclusion from goals of care and decision-making discussions with patients and families they know well [21,22].

Nurses As Key Palliative Care Communicators

Education efforts that foster communication proficiency during serious illness have traditionally focused on training physicians. Recently, nursing has become a focus of communication skill enhancement in recognition of nurses’ intense and protracted interactions with patients and families in the acute care setting. Nurses are the ‘constant’ in the patient and family’s journey through the fragmented health care system [21,23]. They often have the best knowledge of, and strongest relationship with, the family and often have had extensive discussions with them about their loved one’s status [24]. Nurses are aware of the patients’ symptom experiences and are privy to valuable information about the concerns and priorities of patients and families [12]. Additionally, having the most continuous presence, nurses have seen and heard interactions with clinicians from numerous disciplines. Nurses are the most visible, constant resource for patient and family education, information and support, and thus they perceive one of their most important roles to be that of advocate for the patient and family [20,21].

Communication Training Programs for Critical Care Nurses

Education is critical to enhance communication skills within palliative care [7,15,17,20,21,24]. The preferred teaching style within this realm is role play, where skills can be practiced and the affective component of engaging in sensitive discussions can be addressed [25–27]. Role play also demonstrates firsthand the importance of nonverbal communication (eg, body language, proximity, use of gestures, tone of voice) [7,20] and facilitates nurses’ gaining a sense of comfort with wordless communication [18].

Communication skills training programs have been designed to provide bedside critical care nurses with the tools they need to be active participants in discussions of prognosis, goals of care, and palliative care with families and physicians [27,28]. These programs have demonstrated improvement in nurses’ confidence to engage in key palliative care-related discussions. Essential elements of these programs include (1) delineation of the role of the bedside nurse in palliative care communication; (2) presentation and learner-centered practice of communication skills using role play; and (3) a reflection session focused on self-care and sustainability.

Across the 5 academic University of California medical centers (San Francisco, Davis, Los Angeles, Irvine, and San Diego), a communication training program based on this work has been implemented [29]. The one-day workshop, entitled IMPACT-ICU (Integrating Multidisciplinary Palliative Care into the ICU), has taught a total of 527 critical care nurses across the 5 centers. In addition to classroom training, the IMPACT-ICU program also includes proactive specialty palliative nursing support for bedside nurses by facilitating the availability of palliative care advanced practice nurses and nurse educators resources. This support helps nurses to apply the skills learned in the workshop in their practice. During rounds at the bedside, the nurse resources coach the bedside staff on the “how” and “when” of addressing palliative care needs. Education and support on a range of topics are offered, including clarifying goals and interventions provided by palliative care teams, the specifics of how to provide family emotional support and delivery of understandable information, the assessment and management of symptoms distress, and the nurses’ role in organizing and participating in family meetings. Case-specific consultations are also offered that address how to interface with resistant medical staff. The importance of nurse documentation of these varied exchanges is also emphasized.

 

 

IMPACT-ICU Workshop

A maximum of 15 nurses participate in each 8-hour workshop. The session begins with introductions and small group discussions about what the participants perceive to be the greatest barriers to goals of care discussions and fostering patient/family decision-making in the ICU. Participants are also asked to reflect on what they want to learn as a result of their workshop attendance.

A short didactic session then reviews the definition of palliative care and its core components, addresses the nurses’ role in communication within palliative care, a social worker’s perspective of what it is like to be a family member in the ICU, and the outline of the day. This includes delineation of expectations for involvement within the role plays and the various roles to be enacted. An emphasis is placed on the workshop being a safe place to explore and trial skills with the support of colleagues, and that practice is the optimum way to integrate communication expertise into the nurses’ skill set.

The “4 Cs” serves as the instructional basis for nurse communication skill enhancement [27]. This model outlines 4 key nursing roles in optimizing communication within palliative care:

Convening: Making sure multidisciplinary patient/family/clinician communication occurs.

Checking: Identifying the patient and family needs for information; ensuring that patients and families clearly receive desired information; ensuring that clinicians understand patient and family perspectives.

Caring: Naming emotions and responding to feeling.

Continuing: Following up after discussions to clarify and reinforce information and provide support.

 

The roles of bedside ICU nurses in discussions with families and physicians are delineated within the context of 3 scenarios: nurse-family conversations, nurse-physician conversations, and family meetings (Figure) [28]. For each scenario, there are 3 role-play sessions in which participants practice core communication skills. These skills with example verbiage are shown in the Table. Prior to engaging in the role play, nurses are asked to identify a conversation goal and skill they want to practice. Course leaders present a model role play to illustrate the use of the communication skills prior to the role play.

Each scenario integrates numerous roles that require enactment. The facilitator is one of the course leaders who provides oversight to the process of the role play. They guide the vignette and have the option to “time out” and stop the role play if the learner is struggling or when the learner’s goal is achieved. Facilitators then solicit feedback from the observers, those participants not engaging in the role play but watching it unfold. Observers are asked to record what they heard and saw that demonstrated the learner’s achievement of their goal. The observers’ input is solicited at the end of the role play to question if and how the learner met their conversation goal. The learner is the nurse engaging in the role play in each of the 3 vignettes. The learner is encouraged to refer to the list of skills in the Table and use them during the actual interpersonal exchange. The room is set-up in a “U-shape” style such that learners’ chairs are placed at the front of the configuration and the facilitator stands to the side of where the conversation takes place.

Sample Role Play

Facilitator: So our first role play is focused on eliciting patient and family perspectives and needs. I need a learner and someone to play the role of the family member.

Learner: I’ll give it a try.

Facilitator: Lisa, you’re going to do great. Who wants to play the family member?

Workshop Participant: I’ll do it.

Facilitator: So Mary (who has agreed to play the role of the wife), why don’t you read us the scenario. (She reads it out loud to the group).

Facilitator: Lisa, as the nurse, I want you to look at your guide and tell me what your goal is for this conversation with Mrs. Ames and then which skill you want to practice.

Learner: I think I want to try eliciting the patient and family’s needs for information and I’ll try “Tell Me More” statements.

Facilitator: Alright. So remember Lisa, if you feel the conversation isn’t going well, you can call a “time out.” I can do this as well if I feel you need to start over. I’ll also call a time out when I feel you have met your goal. Sound OK? Mary, do you have any questions playing the part of Mrs. Ames?

Wife Role: Well, how hard should I make this for her? Should I be one of those “difficult” family members?

Facilitator: Our goal here is not to “stump” you or make it particularly difficult. We want you to try out these skills and get a sense of your “comfort zone.” So let’s start with some basic communication skills, OK?

Wife Role: Alright.

Facilitator: Why don’t we set the stage, such that Lisa, you are Mr. Ames’ nurse assessing him at the start of your shift, when Mrs. Ames enters. This is the first time you have taken care of him. The night nurse has told you that he has been requiring increasing ventilator support and his renal function is declining. Per Mrs. Ames’ request, the night nurse called her to let her know how he was doing and Mrs. Ames told her she would be in shortly.

Wife Role: (nervously enters the room and grasps her husband’s hand and looks at the nurse). How’s he doing? Is he better? The night nurse called me and I was so worried I rushed over here.

Learner: (Turns to Mrs. Ames and extends her hand). Are you Mrs. Ames? I’m Lisa and I am going to be taking care of Mr. Ames today. Let me just finish my assessment and how about we talk then? Will that be OK? It will be just a few minutes.

Wife Role: Alright, I’ll be in the waiting area but please come get me as soon as you can.

Learner: I will. (Nurse then shortly comes into the waiting area and asks Mrs. Ames to come back into the ICU where she invites her to sit just outside Mr. Ames’ room). Mrs. Ames, how are you doing? This must be so stressful for you, having your husband in the ICU.

Wife Role: It’s awful. He’s never been in the hospital before this and look at him, all hooked up to machines. I’m so worried. He seems to be getting worse instead of better.

 

 

Learner: What’s your understanding of what is going on?

Wife Role: I really don’t know. One doctor comes in and says one thing and then another comes in and tells me the opposite. I’m so confused I don’t know what to think.

Learner: Would having a better idea of his condition from the doctors who are treating him help you have a better understanding?

Wife Role: Oh, yes, but they always seem in such a hurry.

Learner: What exactly would you like to know?

Wife: Well, I want to know when he can get off that breathing machine because we have been planning to go to our son’s house for Thanksgiving.

Facilitator: Time out. Lisa, did you meet your conversation goal?

Learner: Um, I’m not sure, I guess so.

Facilitator: (Turns to Observers). What do you think, did she meet her goal?

Observer: Yes, she determined Mrs. Ames’ need for more information and she asked her what she wanted to know exactly.

Facilitator: What else did we see Lisa do to enhance communication with Mrs. Ames?

Observer: Well, when Mrs. Ames rushed into the room and asked her for information, Lisa didn’t just jump in and spout out values for the ventilator and his output. She took the time to introduce herself and de-escalate Mrs. Ames’ anxiety and she followed up on her promise to come get her in the waiting room as soon as she could.

Facilitator: Why do you think was important?

Observer: It helps establish trust.

Facilitator: Did Lisa use the skill she wanted to try out?

Observer: Yes.

Facilitator: How do you know? What did you hear her say?

Observer: She said, “What’s your understanding of what is going on with Mr. Ames?”

Facilitator: Absolutely. Great job, Lisa. And who wants to take a guess at how long Lisa’s exchange with Mrs. Ames took?

Observer: Less than two minutes?

Facilitator: That’s right. So just as you consider how long it takes, and how proficient you are, in starting an IV or inserting a Foley catheter, when you have a goal in mind and have practiced the skills to do it well, any skill can be mastered.

Feedback

Participants in the workshops uniformly report an enhanced sense of self-confidence in their palliative care communication skills as a result of their participation [29]. Key to the success of the workshop is the ongoing contact by the workshop facilitators with participants. Rounding is routinely planned such that each participant is visited weekly by a workshop facilitator in their clinical area to determine if the bedside nurse has practiced the new skills and if so, how the interaction transpired. Positive feedback is given for attempts to engage in new behaviors and participants are reminded that with any new skill, repetitive trials are necessary to foster success.

Lessons Learned and Next Steps

One of our major lessons learned was recognizing that it was difficult for many critical care nurses to practice the new communication skills. Nurses are trained to fix problems and perform medico-technical tasks; “listening” has not always been recognized as real work [18]. We needed to reinforce that skills like eliciting another’s perspective or making reflection statements are equally important to those associated with behavioral/technical proficiency.

While our program has been successful, we recognize that the next step in fostering ideal palliative care communication is to provide education within an interdisciplinary context. We recommend that colleagues interested in replicating this or a similar education intervention, survey nurse participants prior to and following workshop participation to measure attitudes, self confidence and perceived barriers over time [30]. We hope to translate our positive experience into a program that engages multiple professionals in the enhancement of optimum palliative care communication proficiency.

 

Corresponding author: Deborah A. Boyle MSN, RN, AOCNS, Department of Nursing Quality, Research and Education, University of California, Irvine Health, 101 The City Drive, Bldg 22A, Room 3104, Orange, CA 92868.

References

1. Leung JM, Udris EM, Uman J, et al. The effect of end-of-life discussions on perceived quality of care and health status among patients with COPD. Chest 2012;142:128–33.

2. Osborn TR, Curtis JR, Nielsen EL, et al. Identifying elements of ICU care that families report as important but unsatisfactory: decision-making, control and ICU atmosphere. Chest 2012;142:1185–92.

3. Nelson JE, Puntillo K, Pronovost PJ, et al. In their own words: patients and families define high-quality palliative care in the ICU. Crit Care Med 2010;38:808–18.

4. Nels W, Gabrijel S, Kiss S, et al. Communication skill training significantly improves lung cancer patients understanding. J Palliat Care Med 2014;4:182.

5. Van Vliet LM, Epstein AS. Current state of the art and science of patient-clinician communication in progressive disease: patients’ need to know and feel known. J Clin Oncol 2014;32:3474-8.

6. Troug RD, Campbell ML, Curtis JR, et al. Recommendations for end of life care in the intensive care unit: a consensus statement by the American College of Critical Care Medicine. Crit Care Med 2008;36:953–63.

7. Dahlin CM, Wittenberg E. Communication in palliative care. In: Ferrell BR, Coyle N, Paice J, editors. Oxford textbook of palliative nursing. 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 2014:81–109.

8. Baer L, Weinstein E. Improving oncology nurses’ communication skills for difficult conversations. Clin J Oncol Nurs 2013;17:E45–E51.

9. Treece PD. Communication in the intensive care unit about end of life care. AACN Adv Crit Care 2007;18:406–14.

10. Teno JM, Clarridge BR, Casey V, et al. Family perspectives on end of life care at the last place of care. JAMA 2004;291:88–92.

11. Angus DC, Barnato AE, Linde-Zwirble WT, et al. Robert Wood Johnson Foundation ICU End-of-Life Peer Group. Use of intensive care at the end of life in the United States: an epidemiologic study. Crit Care Med 2004;32:638–43.

12. Hamric AB, Blackhall LJ. Nurse-physician perspectives on the care of dying patients in intensive care units: collaboration, moral distress, and ethical climate. Crit Care Med 2007;35:422–9.

13. Back AL, Trinidad SB, Hopley EK, Edwards KA. Reframing the goals of care conversation: “We’re in a different place.” J Palliat Med 2014;17:1010–24.

14. Aslakson RA, Wyskiel R, Thornton I, et al. Nurse perceived barriers to effective communication regarding prognosis and optimal end of life care for surgical ICU patients: a qualitative exploration. J Palliat Med 2012;15:910–5.

15. Erickson J. Bedside nurse involvement in end of life decision-making. Dimens Crit Care Nurs 2013;32:65–8.

16. Bernacki RE, Block SD for the American College of Physicians High Value Care Task Force. Communication about serious illness care goals: a review and synthesis of best practices. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:1994–2003.

17. You JJ, Downar J, Fowler RA, et al. Barriers to goals of care discussion with ‘seriously’ ill hospitalized patients and their families: a multicenter survey of clinicians. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:549–56.

18. Strang S, Henoch I, Danielson E, et al. Communication about existential issues with patients close to death: nurses’ reflections on content, process, and meaning. Psychooncology 2014;23:562–8.

19. Slatore CG, Hensen L, Gauzine L, et al. Communication by nurses in the intensive care unit: qualitative analysis of domains in patient-centered care. Am J Crit Care 2012;21:410–8.

20. Wittenberg-Lyles E, Goldsmith J, Platt CS. Palliative care communication. Sem Oncol Nurs 2014;30:280–6.

21. Fox MY. Improving communication with patients and families in the ICU: palliative care strategies for intensive care unit nurses. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2014;16:93–8.

22. Beckstrand RL, Callister LC,  Kirchhoff KT. Providing a ‘good death’: critical care nurses’ suggestions for improving end of life care. Am J Crit Care 2006;15:38–45.

23. Peereboom K, Coyle N. Facilitating goals of care discus.sions for patients with life-limiting disease: communication strategies for nurses. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2012; 14:251–8.

24. Nelson JE, Cortez TB, Curtis JR, et al. Integrating palliative care in the ICU: the nurse in the leading role. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2011;13:89–94.

25. Jors K, Seibel K, Bardenheuer H, et al. Education in end of life care: what do experienced professionals find important? J Cancer Educ 2015 March 15.

26. Roze des Ordons AL, Sharma N, Heyland DK, et al. Strategies for effective goals of care discussions and decision-making: perspective from a multi-centre survey of Canadian hospital-based health care providers. BMC Palliat Care 2015;14:38.

27. Krimshtein NS, Luhrs CA, Puntillo KA, et al. Training nurses for interdisciplinary communication with families in the ICU. J Palliat Med 2011;14:1325–32.

28. Milic MM, Puntillo K, Turner K, et al. Communicating with patients’ families and physicians about prognosis and goals of care. Am J Crit Care 2015;24:e56–e64.

29. Anderson W, Puntillo K, Barbour S, et al. The IMPACT-ICU Project: expanding palliative care nursing across University of California Centers ICUs to advance palliative care. Center to Advance Palliative Care (CAPC) national seminar. Nov 7–9, 2013. Dallas, TX.

30. Anderson WG, Puntillo K, Boyle D, et al. ICU bedside nurses’ involvement in palliative care communication: a multicenter survey. J Pain Symptom Manage. In press.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Topics
Sections

From the University of California Irvine Health/Chao Family Comprehensive Cancer Center Orange, CA (Ms. Boyle) and the University of California San Francisco Medical Center, San Francisco, CA (Dr. Anderson).

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To describe components of a unique interactive workshop focusing on the enhancement of critical care nurses’ communication skills within the realm of prognosis and goals of care discussions with family members and physicians.
  • Methods: A series of one-day workshops were offered to critical care nurses practicing in the 5 University of California hospital settings. After workshop attendance, nurse participants were followed by workshop facilitators in their units to ensure new communication skills were being integrated into practice and to problem solve if barriers were met.
  • Results: Improvement in nurses’ self-confidence in engaging in these discussions was seen. This confidence was sustained months following workshop participation.
  • Conclusion: The combination of critical care nurse workshop participation that involved skill enhancement through role-playing, in combination with clinical follow-up with attendees, resulted in positive affirmation of nurse communication skills specific to prognosis and goals of care discussions with family members and physicians.

 

There is increasing evidence that in the absence of quality communication between professional caregivers and those they care for, negative outcomes may prevail, such as reduced patient/family satisfaction, lower health status awareness, and a decreased sense of being cared about and cared for [1–5]. Communication skill competency is a critical corollary of nursing practice. In the intensive care unit (ICU) setting, patients and families have cited skilled communication as a core element of high-quality care [3,6]. Proficiency in this realm enhances nurses’ understanding of the patient and family’s encounter with health care and provides a vehicle to gather information, inform, teach, and offer emotional support. Additionally, it identifies values, goals, health care preferences, worries and concerns, and facilitates the nurses’ coordination of care [7]. Despite this skill’s importance, however, it is generally not taught in basic education and until recently has been overlooked as a key competency [8,9].

Skilled communication in palliative and end-of-life care is pivotal for discussing prognosis and care planning. In the acute care setting this is particularly relevant as the majority of Americans die in hospitals versus their preferred site of home [10]. Additionally, 1 in 5 Americans die during or shortly after receiving care in an ICU [11]. Hence, while the ICU is a setting in which intensive effort to save lives is employed, it is also a setting where death frequently occurs. The complexity and highly emotive nature of critical care often results in family needs for information and support not being met [12]. A number of reasons for this occurrence have been proposed. In this paper, we will delineate barriers to critical care nurses’ involvement in prognosis and goals of care discussions, identify why nurse involvement in this communication is needed, describe a unique workshop exemplar with a sample role play that characterizes the workshop, and offer recommendations for colleagues interested in replicating similar education offerings.

 

 

Barriers to Communication

In the ICU, the sheer number of professionals families interact with may cause confusion. In particular, numerous medical consultants commonly offer opposing opinions. Additionally, each specialist may provide information that focuses on their area of expertise such that the “big picture” is not relayed to the patient and family. Emotional discomfort on the part of the health professional around discussions of poor prognosis, goals of care, and code status may prompt limiting discussion time with patients and families and even the avoidance of interpersonal exchanges [13–15]. Health professionals have also reported concern that end-of-life discussions will increase patient distress [16]. Among health care professionals, the subject of mortality may prompt personal anxiety, trigger unresolved grief, or fear that they will “become emotional” in front of the patient/family [7]. Lack of knowledge about cultural and religious norms has been cited as a barrier, as has time constraints [17,18]. Most frequently, inadequate or absent communication skill training is noted as a significant barrier [19,20]. Many ICU nurses also report feeling marginalized due their exclusion from goals of care and decision-making discussions with patients and families they know well [21,22].

Nurses As Key Palliative Care Communicators

Education efforts that foster communication proficiency during serious illness have traditionally focused on training physicians. Recently, nursing has become a focus of communication skill enhancement in recognition of nurses’ intense and protracted interactions with patients and families in the acute care setting. Nurses are the ‘constant’ in the patient and family’s journey through the fragmented health care system [21,23]. They often have the best knowledge of, and strongest relationship with, the family and often have had extensive discussions with them about their loved one’s status [24]. Nurses are aware of the patients’ symptom experiences and are privy to valuable information about the concerns and priorities of patients and families [12]. Additionally, having the most continuous presence, nurses have seen and heard interactions with clinicians from numerous disciplines. Nurses are the most visible, constant resource for patient and family education, information and support, and thus they perceive one of their most important roles to be that of advocate for the patient and family [20,21].

Communication Training Programs for Critical Care Nurses

Education is critical to enhance communication skills within palliative care [7,15,17,20,21,24]. The preferred teaching style within this realm is role play, where skills can be practiced and the affective component of engaging in sensitive discussions can be addressed [25–27]. Role play also demonstrates firsthand the importance of nonverbal communication (eg, body language, proximity, use of gestures, tone of voice) [7,20] and facilitates nurses’ gaining a sense of comfort with wordless communication [18].

Communication skills training programs have been designed to provide bedside critical care nurses with the tools they need to be active participants in discussions of prognosis, goals of care, and palliative care with families and physicians [27,28]. These programs have demonstrated improvement in nurses’ confidence to engage in key palliative care-related discussions. Essential elements of these programs include (1) delineation of the role of the bedside nurse in palliative care communication; (2) presentation and learner-centered practice of communication skills using role play; and (3) a reflection session focused on self-care and sustainability.

Across the 5 academic University of California medical centers (San Francisco, Davis, Los Angeles, Irvine, and San Diego), a communication training program based on this work has been implemented [29]. The one-day workshop, entitled IMPACT-ICU (Integrating Multidisciplinary Palliative Care into the ICU), has taught a total of 527 critical care nurses across the 5 centers. In addition to classroom training, the IMPACT-ICU program also includes proactive specialty palliative nursing support for bedside nurses by facilitating the availability of palliative care advanced practice nurses and nurse educators resources. This support helps nurses to apply the skills learned in the workshop in their practice. During rounds at the bedside, the nurse resources coach the bedside staff on the “how” and “when” of addressing palliative care needs. Education and support on a range of topics are offered, including clarifying goals and interventions provided by palliative care teams, the specifics of how to provide family emotional support and delivery of understandable information, the assessment and management of symptoms distress, and the nurses’ role in organizing and participating in family meetings. Case-specific consultations are also offered that address how to interface with resistant medical staff. The importance of nurse documentation of these varied exchanges is also emphasized.

 

 

IMPACT-ICU Workshop

A maximum of 15 nurses participate in each 8-hour workshop. The session begins with introductions and small group discussions about what the participants perceive to be the greatest barriers to goals of care discussions and fostering patient/family decision-making in the ICU. Participants are also asked to reflect on what they want to learn as a result of their workshop attendance.

A short didactic session then reviews the definition of palliative care and its core components, addresses the nurses’ role in communication within palliative care, a social worker’s perspective of what it is like to be a family member in the ICU, and the outline of the day. This includes delineation of expectations for involvement within the role plays and the various roles to be enacted. An emphasis is placed on the workshop being a safe place to explore and trial skills with the support of colleagues, and that practice is the optimum way to integrate communication expertise into the nurses’ skill set.

The “4 Cs” serves as the instructional basis for nurse communication skill enhancement [27]. This model outlines 4 key nursing roles in optimizing communication within palliative care:

Convening: Making sure multidisciplinary patient/family/clinician communication occurs.

Checking: Identifying the patient and family needs for information; ensuring that patients and families clearly receive desired information; ensuring that clinicians understand patient and family perspectives.

Caring: Naming emotions and responding to feeling.

Continuing: Following up after discussions to clarify and reinforce information and provide support.

 

The roles of bedside ICU nurses in discussions with families and physicians are delineated within the context of 3 scenarios: nurse-family conversations, nurse-physician conversations, and family meetings (Figure) [28]. For each scenario, there are 3 role-play sessions in which participants practice core communication skills. These skills with example verbiage are shown in the Table. Prior to engaging in the role play, nurses are asked to identify a conversation goal and skill they want to practice. Course leaders present a model role play to illustrate the use of the communication skills prior to the role play.

Each scenario integrates numerous roles that require enactment. The facilitator is one of the course leaders who provides oversight to the process of the role play. They guide the vignette and have the option to “time out” and stop the role play if the learner is struggling or when the learner’s goal is achieved. Facilitators then solicit feedback from the observers, those participants not engaging in the role play but watching it unfold. Observers are asked to record what they heard and saw that demonstrated the learner’s achievement of their goal. The observers’ input is solicited at the end of the role play to question if and how the learner met their conversation goal. The learner is the nurse engaging in the role play in each of the 3 vignettes. The learner is encouraged to refer to the list of skills in the Table and use them during the actual interpersonal exchange. The room is set-up in a “U-shape” style such that learners’ chairs are placed at the front of the configuration and the facilitator stands to the side of where the conversation takes place.

Sample Role Play

Facilitator: So our first role play is focused on eliciting patient and family perspectives and needs. I need a learner and someone to play the role of the family member.

Learner: I’ll give it a try.

Facilitator: Lisa, you’re going to do great. Who wants to play the family member?

Workshop Participant: I’ll do it.

Facilitator: So Mary (who has agreed to play the role of the wife), why don’t you read us the scenario. (She reads it out loud to the group).

Facilitator: Lisa, as the nurse, I want you to look at your guide and tell me what your goal is for this conversation with Mrs. Ames and then which skill you want to practice.

Learner: I think I want to try eliciting the patient and family’s needs for information and I’ll try “Tell Me More” statements.

Facilitator: Alright. So remember Lisa, if you feel the conversation isn’t going well, you can call a “time out.” I can do this as well if I feel you need to start over. I’ll also call a time out when I feel you have met your goal. Sound OK? Mary, do you have any questions playing the part of Mrs. Ames?

Wife Role: Well, how hard should I make this for her? Should I be one of those “difficult” family members?

Facilitator: Our goal here is not to “stump” you or make it particularly difficult. We want you to try out these skills and get a sense of your “comfort zone.” So let’s start with some basic communication skills, OK?

Wife Role: Alright.

Facilitator: Why don’t we set the stage, such that Lisa, you are Mr. Ames’ nurse assessing him at the start of your shift, when Mrs. Ames enters. This is the first time you have taken care of him. The night nurse has told you that he has been requiring increasing ventilator support and his renal function is declining. Per Mrs. Ames’ request, the night nurse called her to let her know how he was doing and Mrs. Ames told her she would be in shortly.

Wife Role: (nervously enters the room and grasps her husband’s hand and looks at the nurse). How’s he doing? Is he better? The night nurse called me and I was so worried I rushed over here.

Learner: (Turns to Mrs. Ames and extends her hand). Are you Mrs. Ames? I’m Lisa and I am going to be taking care of Mr. Ames today. Let me just finish my assessment and how about we talk then? Will that be OK? It will be just a few minutes.

Wife Role: Alright, I’ll be in the waiting area but please come get me as soon as you can.

Learner: I will. (Nurse then shortly comes into the waiting area and asks Mrs. Ames to come back into the ICU where she invites her to sit just outside Mr. Ames’ room). Mrs. Ames, how are you doing? This must be so stressful for you, having your husband in the ICU.

Wife Role: It’s awful. He’s never been in the hospital before this and look at him, all hooked up to machines. I’m so worried. He seems to be getting worse instead of better.

 

 

Learner: What’s your understanding of what is going on?

Wife Role: I really don’t know. One doctor comes in and says one thing and then another comes in and tells me the opposite. I’m so confused I don’t know what to think.

Learner: Would having a better idea of his condition from the doctors who are treating him help you have a better understanding?

Wife Role: Oh, yes, but they always seem in such a hurry.

Learner: What exactly would you like to know?

Wife: Well, I want to know when he can get off that breathing machine because we have been planning to go to our son’s house for Thanksgiving.

Facilitator: Time out. Lisa, did you meet your conversation goal?

Learner: Um, I’m not sure, I guess so.

Facilitator: (Turns to Observers). What do you think, did she meet her goal?

Observer: Yes, she determined Mrs. Ames’ need for more information and she asked her what she wanted to know exactly.

Facilitator: What else did we see Lisa do to enhance communication with Mrs. Ames?

Observer: Well, when Mrs. Ames rushed into the room and asked her for information, Lisa didn’t just jump in and spout out values for the ventilator and his output. She took the time to introduce herself and de-escalate Mrs. Ames’ anxiety and she followed up on her promise to come get her in the waiting room as soon as she could.

Facilitator: Why do you think was important?

Observer: It helps establish trust.

Facilitator: Did Lisa use the skill she wanted to try out?

Observer: Yes.

Facilitator: How do you know? What did you hear her say?

Observer: She said, “What’s your understanding of what is going on with Mr. Ames?”

Facilitator: Absolutely. Great job, Lisa. And who wants to take a guess at how long Lisa’s exchange with Mrs. Ames took?

Observer: Less than two minutes?

Facilitator: That’s right. So just as you consider how long it takes, and how proficient you are, in starting an IV or inserting a Foley catheter, when you have a goal in mind and have practiced the skills to do it well, any skill can be mastered.

Feedback

Participants in the workshops uniformly report an enhanced sense of self-confidence in their palliative care communication skills as a result of their participation [29]. Key to the success of the workshop is the ongoing contact by the workshop facilitators with participants. Rounding is routinely planned such that each participant is visited weekly by a workshop facilitator in their clinical area to determine if the bedside nurse has practiced the new skills and if so, how the interaction transpired. Positive feedback is given for attempts to engage in new behaviors and participants are reminded that with any new skill, repetitive trials are necessary to foster success.

Lessons Learned and Next Steps

One of our major lessons learned was recognizing that it was difficult for many critical care nurses to practice the new communication skills. Nurses are trained to fix problems and perform medico-technical tasks; “listening” has not always been recognized as real work [18]. We needed to reinforce that skills like eliciting another’s perspective or making reflection statements are equally important to those associated with behavioral/technical proficiency.

While our program has been successful, we recognize that the next step in fostering ideal palliative care communication is to provide education within an interdisciplinary context. We recommend that colleagues interested in replicating this or a similar education intervention, survey nurse participants prior to and following workshop participation to measure attitudes, self confidence and perceived barriers over time [30]. We hope to translate our positive experience into a program that engages multiple professionals in the enhancement of optimum palliative care communication proficiency.

 

Corresponding author: Deborah A. Boyle MSN, RN, AOCNS, Department of Nursing Quality, Research and Education, University of California, Irvine Health, 101 The City Drive, Bldg 22A, Room 3104, Orange, CA 92868.

From the University of California Irvine Health/Chao Family Comprehensive Cancer Center Orange, CA (Ms. Boyle) and the University of California San Francisco Medical Center, San Francisco, CA (Dr. Anderson).

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To describe components of a unique interactive workshop focusing on the enhancement of critical care nurses’ communication skills within the realm of prognosis and goals of care discussions with family members and physicians.
  • Methods: A series of one-day workshops were offered to critical care nurses practicing in the 5 University of California hospital settings. After workshop attendance, nurse participants were followed by workshop facilitators in their units to ensure new communication skills were being integrated into practice and to problem solve if barriers were met.
  • Results: Improvement in nurses’ self-confidence in engaging in these discussions was seen. This confidence was sustained months following workshop participation.
  • Conclusion: The combination of critical care nurse workshop participation that involved skill enhancement through role-playing, in combination with clinical follow-up with attendees, resulted in positive affirmation of nurse communication skills specific to prognosis and goals of care discussions with family members and physicians.

 

There is increasing evidence that in the absence of quality communication between professional caregivers and those they care for, negative outcomes may prevail, such as reduced patient/family satisfaction, lower health status awareness, and a decreased sense of being cared about and cared for [1–5]. Communication skill competency is a critical corollary of nursing practice. In the intensive care unit (ICU) setting, patients and families have cited skilled communication as a core element of high-quality care [3,6]. Proficiency in this realm enhances nurses’ understanding of the patient and family’s encounter with health care and provides a vehicle to gather information, inform, teach, and offer emotional support. Additionally, it identifies values, goals, health care preferences, worries and concerns, and facilitates the nurses’ coordination of care [7]. Despite this skill’s importance, however, it is generally not taught in basic education and until recently has been overlooked as a key competency [8,9].

Skilled communication in palliative and end-of-life care is pivotal for discussing prognosis and care planning. In the acute care setting this is particularly relevant as the majority of Americans die in hospitals versus their preferred site of home [10]. Additionally, 1 in 5 Americans die during or shortly after receiving care in an ICU [11]. Hence, while the ICU is a setting in which intensive effort to save lives is employed, it is also a setting where death frequently occurs. The complexity and highly emotive nature of critical care often results in family needs for information and support not being met [12]. A number of reasons for this occurrence have been proposed. In this paper, we will delineate barriers to critical care nurses’ involvement in prognosis and goals of care discussions, identify why nurse involvement in this communication is needed, describe a unique workshop exemplar with a sample role play that characterizes the workshop, and offer recommendations for colleagues interested in replicating similar education offerings.

 

 

Barriers to Communication

In the ICU, the sheer number of professionals families interact with may cause confusion. In particular, numerous medical consultants commonly offer opposing opinions. Additionally, each specialist may provide information that focuses on their area of expertise such that the “big picture” is not relayed to the patient and family. Emotional discomfort on the part of the health professional around discussions of poor prognosis, goals of care, and code status may prompt limiting discussion time with patients and families and even the avoidance of interpersonal exchanges [13–15]. Health professionals have also reported concern that end-of-life discussions will increase patient distress [16]. Among health care professionals, the subject of mortality may prompt personal anxiety, trigger unresolved grief, or fear that they will “become emotional” in front of the patient/family [7]. Lack of knowledge about cultural and religious norms has been cited as a barrier, as has time constraints [17,18]. Most frequently, inadequate or absent communication skill training is noted as a significant barrier [19,20]. Many ICU nurses also report feeling marginalized due their exclusion from goals of care and decision-making discussions with patients and families they know well [21,22].

Nurses As Key Palliative Care Communicators

Education efforts that foster communication proficiency during serious illness have traditionally focused on training physicians. Recently, nursing has become a focus of communication skill enhancement in recognition of nurses’ intense and protracted interactions with patients and families in the acute care setting. Nurses are the ‘constant’ in the patient and family’s journey through the fragmented health care system [21,23]. They often have the best knowledge of, and strongest relationship with, the family and often have had extensive discussions with them about their loved one’s status [24]. Nurses are aware of the patients’ symptom experiences and are privy to valuable information about the concerns and priorities of patients and families [12]. Additionally, having the most continuous presence, nurses have seen and heard interactions with clinicians from numerous disciplines. Nurses are the most visible, constant resource for patient and family education, information and support, and thus they perceive one of their most important roles to be that of advocate for the patient and family [20,21].

Communication Training Programs for Critical Care Nurses

Education is critical to enhance communication skills within palliative care [7,15,17,20,21,24]. The preferred teaching style within this realm is role play, where skills can be practiced and the affective component of engaging in sensitive discussions can be addressed [25–27]. Role play also demonstrates firsthand the importance of nonverbal communication (eg, body language, proximity, use of gestures, tone of voice) [7,20] and facilitates nurses’ gaining a sense of comfort with wordless communication [18].

Communication skills training programs have been designed to provide bedside critical care nurses with the tools they need to be active participants in discussions of prognosis, goals of care, and palliative care with families and physicians [27,28]. These programs have demonstrated improvement in nurses’ confidence to engage in key palliative care-related discussions. Essential elements of these programs include (1) delineation of the role of the bedside nurse in palliative care communication; (2) presentation and learner-centered practice of communication skills using role play; and (3) a reflection session focused on self-care and sustainability.

Across the 5 academic University of California medical centers (San Francisco, Davis, Los Angeles, Irvine, and San Diego), a communication training program based on this work has been implemented [29]. The one-day workshop, entitled IMPACT-ICU (Integrating Multidisciplinary Palliative Care into the ICU), has taught a total of 527 critical care nurses across the 5 centers. In addition to classroom training, the IMPACT-ICU program also includes proactive specialty palliative nursing support for bedside nurses by facilitating the availability of palliative care advanced practice nurses and nurse educators resources. This support helps nurses to apply the skills learned in the workshop in their practice. During rounds at the bedside, the nurse resources coach the bedside staff on the “how” and “when” of addressing palliative care needs. Education and support on a range of topics are offered, including clarifying goals and interventions provided by palliative care teams, the specifics of how to provide family emotional support and delivery of understandable information, the assessment and management of symptoms distress, and the nurses’ role in organizing and participating in family meetings. Case-specific consultations are also offered that address how to interface with resistant medical staff. The importance of nurse documentation of these varied exchanges is also emphasized.

 

 

IMPACT-ICU Workshop

A maximum of 15 nurses participate in each 8-hour workshop. The session begins with introductions and small group discussions about what the participants perceive to be the greatest barriers to goals of care discussions and fostering patient/family decision-making in the ICU. Participants are also asked to reflect on what they want to learn as a result of their workshop attendance.

A short didactic session then reviews the definition of palliative care and its core components, addresses the nurses’ role in communication within palliative care, a social worker’s perspective of what it is like to be a family member in the ICU, and the outline of the day. This includes delineation of expectations for involvement within the role plays and the various roles to be enacted. An emphasis is placed on the workshop being a safe place to explore and trial skills with the support of colleagues, and that practice is the optimum way to integrate communication expertise into the nurses’ skill set.

The “4 Cs” serves as the instructional basis for nurse communication skill enhancement [27]. This model outlines 4 key nursing roles in optimizing communication within palliative care:

Convening: Making sure multidisciplinary patient/family/clinician communication occurs.

Checking: Identifying the patient and family needs for information; ensuring that patients and families clearly receive desired information; ensuring that clinicians understand patient and family perspectives.

Caring: Naming emotions and responding to feeling.

Continuing: Following up after discussions to clarify and reinforce information and provide support.

 

The roles of bedside ICU nurses in discussions with families and physicians are delineated within the context of 3 scenarios: nurse-family conversations, nurse-physician conversations, and family meetings (Figure) [28]. For each scenario, there are 3 role-play sessions in which participants practice core communication skills. These skills with example verbiage are shown in the Table. Prior to engaging in the role play, nurses are asked to identify a conversation goal and skill they want to practice. Course leaders present a model role play to illustrate the use of the communication skills prior to the role play.

Each scenario integrates numerous roles that require enactment. The facilitator is one of the course leaders who provides oversight to the process of the role play. They guide the vignette and have the option to “time out” and stop the role play if the learner is struggling or when the learner’s goal is achieved. Facilitators then solicit feedback from the observers, those participants not engaging in the role play but watching it unfold. Observers are asked to record what they heard and saw that demonstrated the learner’s achievement of their goal. The observers’ input is solicited at the end of the role play to question if and how the learner met their conversation goal. The learner is the nurse engaging in the role play in each of the 3 vignettes. The learner is encouraged to refer to the list of skills in the Table and use them during the actual interpersonal exchange. The room is set-up in a “U-shape” style such that learners’ chairs are placed at the front of the configuration and the facilitator stands to the side of where the conversation takes place.

Sample Role Play

Facilitator: So our first role play is focused on eliciting patient and family perspectives and needs. I need a learner and someone to play the role of the family member.

Learner: I’ll give it a try.

Facilitator: Lisa, you’re going to do great. Who wants to play the family member?

Workshop Participant: I’ll do it.

Facilitator: So Mary (who has agreed to play the role of the wife), why don’t you read us the scenario. (She reads it out loud to the group).

Facilitator: Lisa, as the nurse, I want you to look at your guide and tell me what your goal is for this conversation with Mrs. Ames and then which skill you want to practice.

Learner: I think I want to try eliciting the patient and family’s needs for information and I’ll try “Tell Me More” statements.

Facilitator: Alright. So remember Lisa, if you feel the conversation isn’t going well, you can call a “time out.” I can do this as well if I feel you need to start over. I’ll also call a time out when I feel you have met your goal. Sound OK? Mary, do you have any questions playing the part of Mrs. Ames?

Wife Role: Well, how hard should I make this for her? Should I be one of those “difficult” family members?

Facilitator: Our goal here is not to “stump” you or make it particularly difficult. We want you to try out these skills and get a sense of your “comfort zone.” So let’s start with some basic communication skills, OK?

Wife Role: Alright.

Facilitator: Why don’t we set the stage, such that Lisa, you are Mr. Ames’ nurse assessing him at the start of your shift, when Mrs. Ames enters. This is the first time you have taken care of him. The night nurse has told you that he has been requiring increasing ventilator support and his renal function is declining. Per Mrs. Ames’ request, the night nurse called her to let her know how he was doing and Mrs. Ames told her she would be in shortly.

Wife Role: (nervously enters the room and grasps her husband’s hand and looks at the nurse). How’s he doing? Is he better? The night nurse called me and I was so worried I rushed over here.

Learner: (Turns to Mrs. Ames and extends her hand). Are you Mrs. Ames? I’m Lisa and I am going to be taking care of Mr. Ames today. Let me just finish my assessment and how about we talk then? Will that be OK? It will be just a few minutes.

Wife Role: Alright, I’ll be in the waiting area but please come get me as soon as you can.

Learner: I will. (Nurse then shortly comes into the waiting area and asks Mrs. Ames to come back into the ICU where she invites her to sit just outside Mr. Ames’ room). Mrs. Ames, how are you doing? This must be so stressful for you, having your husband in the ICU.

Wife Role: It’s awful. He’s never been in the hospital before this and look at him, all hooked up to machines. I’m so worried. He seems to be getting worse instead of better.

 

 

Learner: What’s your understanding of what is going on?

Wife Role: I really don’t know. One doctor comes in and says one thing and then another comes in and tells me the opposite. I’m so confused I don’t know what to think.

Learner: Would having a better idea of his condition from the doctors who are treating him help you have a better understanding?

Wife Role: Oh, yes, but they always seem in such a hurry.

Learner: What exactly would you like to know?

Wife: Well, I want to know when he can get off that breathing machine because we have been planning to go to our son’s house for Thanksgiving.

Facilitator: Time out. Lisa, did you meet your conversation goal?

Learner: Um, I’m not sure, I guess so.

Facilitator: (Turns to Observers). What do you think, did she meet her goal?

Observer: Yes, she determined Mrs. Ames’ need for more information and she asked her what she wanted to know exactly.

Facilitator: What else did we see Lisa do to enhance communication with Mrs. Ames?

Observer: Well, when Mrs. Ames rushed into the room and asked her for information, Lisa didn’t just jump in and spout out values for the ventilator and his output. She took the time to introduce herself and de-escalate Mrs. Ames’ anxiety and she followed up on her promise to come get her in the waiting room as soon as she could.

Facilitator: Why do you think was important?

Observer: It helps establish trust.

Facilitator: Did Lisa use the skill she wanted to try out?

Observer: Yes.

Facilitator: How do you know? What did you hear her say?

Observer: She said, “What’s your understanding of what is going on with Mr. Ames?”

Facilitator: Absolutely. Great job, Lisa. And who wants to take a guess at how long Lisa’s exchange with Mrs. Ames took?

Observer: Less than two minutes?

Facilitator: That’s right. So just as you consider how long it takes, and how proficient you are, in starting an IV or inserting a Foley catheter, when you have a goal in mind and have practiced the skills to do it well, any skill can be mastered.

Feedback

Participants in the workshops uniformly report an enhanced sense of self-confidence in their palliative care communication skills as a result of their participation [29]. Key to the success of the workshop is the ongoing contact by the workshop facilitators with participants. Rounding is routinely planned such that each participant is visited weekly by a workshop facilitator in their clinical area to determine if the bedside nurse has practiced the new skills and if so, how the interaction transpired. Positive feedback is given for attempts to engage in new behaviors and participants are reminded that with any new skill, repetitive trials are necessary to foster success.

Lessons Learned and Next Steps

One of our major lessons learned was recognizing that it was difficult for many critical care nurses to practice the new communication skills. Nurses are trained to fix problems and perform medico-technical tasks; “listening” has not always been recognized as real work [18]. We needed to reinforce that skills like eliciting another’s perspective or making reflection statements are equally important to those associated with behavioral/technical proficiency.

While our program has been successful, we recognize that the next step in fostering ideal palliative care communication is to provide education within an interdisciplinary context. We recommend that colleagues interested in replicating this or a similar education intervention, survey nurse participants prior to and following workshop participation to measure attitudes, self confidence and perceived barriers over time [30]. We hope to translate our positive experience into a program that engages multiple professionals in the enhancement of optimum palliative care communication proficiency.

 

Corresponding author: Deborah A. Boyle MSN, RN, AOCNS, Department of Nursing Quality, Research and Education, University of California, Irvine Health, 101 The City Drive, Bldg 22A, Room 3104, Orange, CA 92868.

References

1. Leung JM, Udris EM, Uman J, et al. The effect of end-of-life discussions on perceived quality of care and health status among patients with COPD. Chest 2012;142:128–33.

2. Osborn TR, Curtis JR, Nielsen EL, et al. Identifying elements of ICU care that families report as important but unsatisfactory: decision-making, control and ICU atmosphere. Chest 2012;142:1185–92.

3. Nelson JE, Puntillo K, Pronovost PJ, et al. In their own words: patients and families define high-quality palliative care in the ICU. Crit Care Med 2010;38:808–18.

4. Nels W, Gabrijel S, Kiss S, et al. Communication skill training significantly improves lung cancer patients understanding. J Palliat Care Med 2014;4:182.

5. Van Vliet LM, Epstein AS. Current state of the art and science of patient-clinician communication in progressive disease: patients’ need to know and feel known. J Clin Oncol 2014;32:3474-8.

6. Troug RD, Campbell ML, Curtis JR, et al. Recommendations for end of life care in the intensive care unit: a consensus statement by the American College of Critical Care Medicine. Crit Care Med 2008;36:953–63.

7. Dahlin CM, Wittenberg E. Communication in palliative care. In: Ferrell BR, Coyle N, Paice J, editors. Oxford textbook of palliative nursing. 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 2014:81–109.

8. Baer L, Weinstein E. Improving oncology nurses’ communication skills for difficult conversations. Clin J Oncol Nurs 2013;17:E45–E51.

9. Treece PD. Communication in the intensive care unit about end of life care. AACN Adv Crit Care 2007;18:406–14.

10. Teno JM, Clarridge BR, Casey V, et al. Family perspectives on end of life care at the last place of care. JAMA 2004;291:88–92.

11. Angus DC, Barnato AE, Linde-Zwirble WT, et al. Robert Wood Johnson Foundation ICU End-of-Life Peer Group. Use of intensive care at the end of life in the United States: an epidemiologic study. Crit Care Med 2004;32:638–43.

12. Hamric AB, Blackhall LJ. Nurse-physician perspectives on the care of dying patients in intensive care units: collaboration, moral distress, and ethical climate. Crit Care Med 2007;35:422–9.

13. Back AL, Trinidad SB, Hopley EK, Edwards KA. Reframing the goals of care conversation: “We’re in a different place.” J Palliat Med 2014;17:1010–24.

14. Aslakson RA, Wyskiel R, Thornton I, et al. Nurse perceived barriers to effective communication regarding prognosis and optimal end of life care for surgical ICU patients: a qualitative exploration. J Palliat Med 2012;15:910–5.

15. Erickson J. Bedside nurse involvement in end of life decision-making. Dimens Crit Care Nurs 2013;32:65–8.

16. Bernacki RE, Block SD for the American College of Physicians High Value Care Task Force. Communication about serious illness care goals: a review and synthesis of best practices. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:1994–2003.

17. You JJ, Downar J, Fowler RA, et al. Barriers to goals of care discussion with ‘seriously’ ill hospitalized patients and their families: a multicenter survey of clinicians. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:549–56.

18. Strang S, Henoch I, Danielson E, et al. Communication about existential issues with patients close to death: nurses’ reflections on content, process, and meaning. Psychooncology 2014;23:562–8.

19. Slatore CG, Hensen L, Gauzine L, et al. Communication by nurses in the intensive care unit: qualitative analysis of domains in patient-centered care. Am J Crit Care 2012;21:410–8.

20. Wittenberg-Lyles E, Goldsmith J, Platt CS. Palliative care communication. Sem Oncol Nurs 2014;30:280–6.

21. Fox MY. Improving communication with patients and families in the ICU: palliative care strategies for intensive care unit nurses. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2014;16:93–8.

22. Beckstrand RL, Callister LC,  Kirchhoff KT. Providing a ‘good death’: critical care nurses’ suggestions for improving end of life care. Am J Crit Care 2006;15:38–45.

23. Peereboom K, Coyle N. Facilitating goals of care discus.sions for patients with life-limiting disease: communication strategies for nurses. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2012; 14:251–8.

24. Nelson JE, Cortez TB, Curtis JR, et al. Integrating palliative care in the ICU: the nurse in the leading role. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2011;13:89–94.

25. Jors K, Seibel K, Bardenheuer H, et al. Education in end of life care: what do experienced professionals find important? J Cancer Educ 2015 March 15.

26. Roze des Ordons AL, Sharma N, Heyland DK, et al. Strategies for effective goals of care discussions and decision-making: perspective from a multi-centre survey of Canadian hospital-based health care providers. BMC Palliat Care 2015;14:38.

27. Krimshtein NS, Luhrs CA, Puntillo KA, et al. Training nurses for interdisciplinary communication with families in the ICU. J Palliat Med 2011;14:1325–32.

28. Milic MM, Puntillo K, Turner K, et al. Communicating with patients’ families and physicians about prognosis and goals of care. Am J Crit Care 2015;24:e56–e64.

29. Anderson W, Puntillo K, Barbour S, et al. The IMPACT-ICU Project: expanding palliative care nursing across University of California Centers ICUs to advance palliative care. Center to Advance Palliative Care (CAPC) national seminar. Nov 7–9, 2013. Dallas, TX.

30. Anderson WG, Puntillo K, Boyle D, et al. ICU bedside nurses’ involvement in palliative care communication: a multicenter survey. J Pain Symptom Manage. In press.

References

1. Leung JM, Udris EM, Uman J, et al. The effect of end-of-life discussions on perceived quality of care and health status among patients with COPD. Chest 2012;142:128–33.

2. Osborn TR, Curtis JR, Nielsen EL, et al. Identifying elements of ICU care that families report as important but unsatisfactory: decision-making, control and ICU atmosphere. Chest 2012;142:1185–92.

3. Nelson JE, Puntillo K, Pronovost PJ, et al. In their own words: patients and families define high-quality palliative care in the ICU. Crit Care Med 2010;38:808–18.

4. Nels W, Gabrijel S, Kiss S, et al. Communication skill training significantly improves lung cancer patients understanding. J Palliat Care Med 2014;4:182.

5. Van Vliet LM, Epstein AS. Current state of the art and science of patient-clinician communication in progressive disease: patients’ need to know and feel known. J Clin Oncol 2014;32:3474-8.

6. Troug RD, Campbell ML, Curtis JR, et al. Recommendations for end of life care in the intensive care unit: a consensus statement by the American College of Critical Care Medicine. Crit Care Med 2008;36:953–63.

7. Dahlin CM, Wittenberg E. Communication in palliative care. In: Ferrell BR, Coyle N, Paice J, editors. Oxford textbook of palliative nursing. 4th ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 2014:81–109.

8. Baer L, Weinstein E. Improving oncology nurses’ communication skills for difficult conversations. Clin J Oncol Nurs 2013;17:E45–E51.

9. Treece PD. Communication in the intensive care unit about end of life care. AACN Adv Crit Care 2007;18:406–14.

10. Teno JM, Clarridge BR, Casey V, et al. Family perspectives on end of life care at the last place of care. JAMA 2004;291:88–92.

11. Angus DC, Barnato AE, Linde-Zwirble WT, et al. Robert Wood Johnson Foundation ICU End-of-Life Peer Group. Use of intensive care at the end of life in the United States: an epidemiologic study. Crit Care Med 2004;32:638–43.

12. Hamric AB, Blackhall LJ. Nurse-physician perspectives on the care of dying patients in intensive care units: collaboration, moral distress, and ethical climate. Crit Care Med 2007;35:422–9.

13. Back AL, Trinidad SB, Hopley EK, Edwards KA. Reframing the goals of care conversation: “We’re in a different place.” J Palliat Med 2014;17:1010–24.

14. Aslakson RA, Wyskiel R, Thornton I, et al. Nurse perceived barriers to effective communication regarding prognosis and optimal end of life care for surgical ICU patients: a qualitative exploration. J Palliat Med 2012;15:910–5.

15. Erickson J. Bedside nurse involvement in end of life decision-making. Dimens Crit Care Nurs 2013;32:65–8.

16. Bernacki RE, Block SD for the American College of Physicians High Value Care Task Force. Communication about serious illness care goals: a review and synthesis of best practices. JAMA Intern Med 2014;174:1994–2003.

17. You JJ, Downar J, Fowler RA, et al. Barriers to goals of care discussion with ‘seriously’ ill hospitalized patients and their families: a multicenter survey of clinicians. JAMA Intern Med 2015;175:549–56.

18. Strang S, Henoch I, Danielson E, et al. Communication about existential issues with patients close to death: nurses’ reflections on content, process, and meaning. Psychooncology 2014;23:562–8.

19. Slatore CG, Hensen L, Gauzine L, et al. Communication by nurses in the intensive care unit: qualitative analysis of domains in patient-centered care. Am J Crit Care 2012;21:410–8.

20. Wittenberg-Lyles E, Goldsmith J, Platt CS. Palliative care communication. Sem Oncol Nurs 2014;30:280–6.

21. Fox MY. Improving communication with patients and families in the ICU: palliative care strategies for intensive care unit nurses. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2014;16:93–8.

22. Beckstrand RL, Callister LC,  Kirchhoff KT. Providing a ‘good death’: critical care nurses’ suggestions for improving end of life care. Am J Crit Care 2006;15:38–45.

23. Peereboom K, Coyle N. Facilitating goals of care discus.sions for patients with life-limiting disease: communication strategies for nurses. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2012; 14:251–8.

24. Nelson JE, Cortez TB, Curtis JR, et al. Integrating palliative care in the ICU: the nurse in the leading role. J Hospice Palliat Nurs 2011;13:89–94.

25. Jors K, Seibel K, Bardenheuer H, et al. Education in end of life care: what do experienced professionals find important? J Cancer Educ 2015 March 15.

26. Roze des Ordons AL, Sharma N, Heyland DK, et al. Strategies for effective goals of care discussions and decision-making: perspective from a multi-centre survey of Canadian hospital-based health care providers. BMC Palliat Care 2015;14:38.

27. Krimshtein NS, Luhrs CA, Puntillo KA, et al. Training nurses for interdisciplinary communication with families in the ICU. J Palliat Med 2011;14:1325–32.

28. Milic MM, Puntillo K, Turner K, et al. Communicating with patients’ families and physicians about prognosis and goals of care. Am J Crit Care 2015;24:e56–e64.

29. Anderson W, Puntillo K, Barbour S, et al. The IMPACT-ICU Project: expanding palliative care nursing across University of California Centers ICUs to advance palliative care. Center to Advance Palliative Care (CAPC) national seminar. Nov 7–9, 2013. Dallas, TX.

30. Anderson WG, Puntillo K, Boyle D, et al. ICU bedside nurses’ involvement in palliative care communication: a multicenter survey. J Pain Symptom Manage. In press.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Enhancing the Communication Skills of Critical Care Nurses: Focus on Prognosis and Goals of Care Discussions
Display Headline
Enhancing the Communication Skills of Critical Care Nurses: Focus on Prognosis and Goals of Care Discussions
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default

Evaluation and Management of Pancreatic Cystic Lesions

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 03/06/2018 - 13:12
Display Headline
Evaluation and Management of Pancreatic Cystic Lesions

From the Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To review the diagnosis and management of pancreatic cystic lesions.
  • Methods: Narrative review of the literature.
  • Results: Pancreatic cystic lesions are clinically relevant as some are precursor lesions to pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Mucinous cystic neoplasms and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms are 2 commonly encountered pre-cancerous pancreatic cysts. Many cysts are identified incidentally due to frequent use of high-resolution CT and MRI imaging technology. Proposed diagnostic and management algorithms exist to guide clinical practice but are limited by a lack of evidence and discordance among various guidelines. New cyst fluid biomarkers are under development to diagnose cyst types and risk of cancer.
  • Conclusion: Pancreatic cysts are increasingly encountered in clinical practice and represent a growing problem. Diagnostic and management algorithms are available to assist practice but are limited by the available evidence. A multidisciplinary approach is recommended.

 

In the United States there were an estimated 46,420 new cases of pancreatic cancer in 2014 [1]. Of all major cancers, pancreatic cancer had the lowest 5-year survival rate at 6% [1]. Of the 3 known precursor lesions to pancreas adenocarcinoma, 2 are pancreatic cysts [2]. Correctly identifying those with cancer, those with cancer potential (premalignant), and those that are benign (harboring no malignant potential) can be difficult.

The estimated prevalence of pancreatic cysts is approximately 2.6% [3]. In some case series using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), higher rates of detection of approximately 13.5% have been observed [4]. The prevalence increases with age reaching nearly 10% by the 8thdecade of life [3,4]. Mucinous cystic neoplasms (MCNs) and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms (IPMNs) account for about 30% of pancreatic cysts [5]. These cysts are defined as mucinous cysts and are known precursor lesions to pancreatic adenocarcinoma [6]. The other most common types of cysts are serous cystic neoplasms (SCNs), comprising 20% of pancreatic cysts, and pseudocysts, comprising 30% [5]. These cysts are considered nonmucinous cysts and are almost always benign [7,8]. There are multiple other pancreatic cyst types to consider, which are summarized in Table 1 [9,10,11]. In this review, we will cover the diagnosis and management of the most common pancreatic cysts in a case-based format.

Case 1

A 57-year-old male had a 1.5-cm pancreatic cyst located in the head that was found on computed tomography (CT) imaging for suspected renal colic. He had no history or complaints suspicious for pancreatic disease. A CT pancreas protocol scan was obtained, which demonstrated a simple appearing cyst with no mural nodules. The pancreatic and biliary ducts were normal. His laboratory evaluations including liver function testing and lipase were normal.

• What is the approach to incidentally discovered pancreatic cysts?

While many pancreatic cysts are first discovered by cross sectional imaging (CT or MRI), the diagnostic accuracy of defining cyst type and the presence of malignancy is imperfect. The area under the curve (AUC) for differentiating malignant from benign pancreatic cysts ranges from 0.64 to 0.82 for CT and 0.73 to 0.91 for MRI, and no difference between the 2 were observed [12,13]. Several guidelines are currently available to offer guidance on management [6,14,15,16,17]. Much of the current evidence includes retrospective case series with no randomized control trials. The guidelines, therefore, mostly represent consensus-based expert extrapolation of available data.

The second iteration of guidelines put forth by an international panel of experts is perhaps the most widely accepted among pancreatologists. Published in 2012, the panel narrowed the criteria from their first guidelines (2006) regarding surgical resection of a pancreatic cyst [6,17]. Patients with a pancreatic cyst who have any of the following 3 features (or “high-risk stigmata”) warrant immediate consideration of surgical resection. These features are (1) obstructive jaundice in the setting of a head cyst, (2) presence of an enhancing solid component within the cyst, and (3) main pancreatic ductal dilation of 10 or more mm [6]. The presence of other “worrisome” features should prompt further investigation with endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) and these include (1) presentation of a cyst with pancreatitis, (2) cysts 3 cm or greater in size, (3) thickened or enhancing cyst walls, (4) nonenhancing mural nodules, and (5) tapering of the pancreatic duct with distal pancreatic atrophy (Table 2)[6].

The American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) recently produced guidelines in 2015 [14]. In comparison to the international consensus guidelines, there are a few key differences, which have now become a point of vigorous debate and disagreement among pancreatologists and confusion among general gastroenterologists and surgeons in the community. Where the international consensus guidelines have stricter criteria to define the appropriateness of surgery, the AGA guidelines are more liberal. AGA defined cysts appropriate for surgery as having 2 out of 3 of the following features: (1) cyst size ≥ 3 cm, (2) presence of a solid component in the cyst, and (3) dilation of the main pancreatic duct. Those having 1 out of 3 criteria were defined as needing further investigation with EUS [14]. These criteria are more relaxed and will likely lead to more surgical resections.

Another difference involves surveillance recommendations. The international consensus guidelines do not define a period when surveillance can be safely stopped. The AGA guidelines define 5 years as the period where if there is no significant change in the cyst from surveillance MRIs performed every 1 to 2 years, then surveillance can be stopped [14]. As the natural history of these cysts remain substantially uncertain, with evidence that malignant transformation occurs after 5 years, this particular recommendation by the AGA remains highly controversial [18,19]. Other differences between these 2 guidelines are summarized in Table 2 [6,14].

Until the surveillance recommendations by the AGA are validated with further studies, we generally follow the 2012 international consensus guidelines. We generally prefer MRI for initial and surveillance evaluations of pancreatic cysts. Besides the lack of radiation exposure, some studies show MRI to have better inter-reader variability [20], better resolution to show cyst communication with the main pancreatic duct [21], and better characterization of peripheral pancreatic cysts [22]. At our center, when a solid mass is suspected, a CT pancreas protocol is preferred in lieu of an MRI by our surgical team.

Case 1 Continued

Given the smaller size and absence of high-risk stigmata or worrisome features, surveillance of his cyst was recommnded. He unfortunately did not follow up and presented 7 years later with several months of abdominal pain and esophageal reflux symptoms. A CT scan was repeated which showed that the cyst had grown to 10.7 x 8.8 x 8.9 cm with an adjacent smaller cyst (Figure 1). The cyst was surrounded by a thick rind of enhancing tissue and had occluded the splenic and superior mesenteric veins, and was encasing the splenic artery. The main pancreatic duct was dilated at 7 mm with pancreatic body and tail atrophy. There was no evidence of metastatic disease or pathological lymph nodes. An EUS was performed and showed a large complex cyst with thick walls of up to 2 cm. Fine-needle aspiration (FNA) yielded a carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) value of 2.3 ng/mL and cytology showed “bland epithelial cells.”

Despite the reassuring CEA and cytology results, a high concern for a malignant cystic lesion remained based on cyst size, main pancreatic duct dilation, and atrophy noted in the distal pancreas. The patient underwent surgical resection including subtotal pancreatectomy, splenectomy, subtotal gastrectomy, and superior mesenteric and portal vein resection with reconstruction. Pathology revealed the cyst to be a benign pseudocyst.

This case reflects some of the critical challenges in current management of pancreatic cysts. By history, this patient had no suspicion for pancreatitis, making a pseudocyst less likely in a differential diagnosis. When the patient presented 7 years later, again with no reported history of pancreatitis, there was clinical concern for a branch duct IPMN. Although the cyst fluid CEA and cytology were reassuring, the patient met surgical criteria by the 2006 international consensus criteria and the more recent AGA guidelines. Interestingly, the narrowed 2012 international consensus guidelines for surgical resection would have recommended observation. This case highlights the need for better diagnostic tests.

• What is the epidemiology of pancreatic fluid collections and how do they present?

Pancreatic fluid collections are not true cysts as they lack an epithelial cell lining. They often occur in the context of either acute or chronic pancreatitis, and are considered benign or nonmucinous cysts [7,8]. Duct disruption occurs causing pancreatic fluid accumulation, initially defined as an acute peri-pancreatic fluid collection, or an acute necrotic collection if necrosis is present. Over about 4 weeks a more defined cyst wall forms and the cyst is now classified as either a pseudocyst or walled-off pancreatic necrosis [23]. In one review, the median age at presentation was 49 with a male:female ratio of 2:1. Only 52% of fluid collections were discovered following an acute attack of pancreatitis [24]. The risk factors for pancreatic fluid collections are similar to the risk factors for pancreatitis, with the most common being alcohol use and gallstones [24]. Potential symptoms include abdominal pain, weight loss, gastrointestinal bleeding from pseudoaneurysms, obstructive symptoms, sepsis from super infection, and obstructive jaundice [8,24,25,26,27].

• How are pancreatic fluid collections diagnosed and managed?

Clinical suspicion for pancreatic fluid collections should increase if a cyst is diagnosed in the context of acute or chronic pancreatitis [28]. However, other types of cysts can cause ductal obstruction and pancreatitis, so further investigation may be needed, including review of prior imaging if available. The presence of internal debris, the presence of imaging findings of acute or chronic pancreatitis, and fluid extension beyond the pancreas and taking the shape of the retroperitoneum are often characteristics found in pancreatic fluid collections [29,28,30]. If needed, FNA with assay of amylase may be helpful. An amylase value of 5680 IU/L or greater was 84% sensitive and 64% specific (AUC 0.69) for pseudocysts in one study [31].

Management of pancreatic fluid collections is largely based on surgical series. Drainage procedures for pancreatic fluid collections are often undertaken for intractable symptoms or concerns of infection [8,24,25,26]. Asymptomatic pseudocysts can be safely followed. Specific techniques used for pancreatic fluid collection management vary by institutional expertise. Endoscopic drainage can be done by transpapillary stenting if main duct communication is present, or transgastric/transduodenal stenting if the cyst wall is mature and accessible by these approaches [32]. If necrosis is present this can be debrided endoscopically [33]. Laparoscopic surgical options are preferred to open approaches, and can be performed in 1 procedure where endoscopic approaches may require multiple procedures. The most common approach is to drain the cyst by creating a cyst-gastrostomy, or when not feasible a cyst-duodenostomy or cyst-jejunostomy [26,34]. Percutaneous drainage is less commonly performed and used for unstable patients as it can lead to cutaneous fistulas [34]. The best technique for intervention should be decided in the context of a multidisciplinary team. The option for conservative management should be considered as well because about 60% of those managed conservatively will have resolution in 1 year [35].

Case 2

A 65-year-old male had a CT scan of the abdomen and pelvis for hematuria. While no clear source of hematuria was identified, a pancreatic cyst was described prompting a dedicated CT pancreas protocol scan. This showed a 3.4 x 4.0 x 5.5 cm multicystic lesion in the head of the pancreas with mural nodules but no dilation of the main pancreatic duct or biliary ducts (Figure 2). He had no correlating symptoms and lab test results were normal.

• What is the role of endoscopic ultrasound with FNA in the diagnosis of pancreatic cysts?

While more invasive than CT or MRI, EUS provides detailed imaging to characterize relevant clinical features and allows fine needle aspiration of the cyst fluid and tissue of intra-cystic masses (Table 2) [6,14]. While MRI imaging resolution is continuing to improve [22,36,37], EUS is generally considered superior [38] for diagnosing high-risk lesions. A limitation of EUS, however, is significant inter-observer variability when compared with MRI [37,39,40].

EUS enables FNA of the cyst, which offers unique oppor-tunities for diagnosis. Cyst fluid cytology unfortunately has limited diagnostic yield, with a recent meta-analysis showing sensitivity 63%, specificity 88%, and AUC of 0.89 in differentiating mucinous from nonmucinous cysts [41]. The low sensitivity is likely because cyst fluid is paucicellular. Techniques that include targeting the cyst wall are under investigation and may improve the diagnostic yield of cytological analysis [42]. Tumor markers such as CEA have been widely used in the cyst fluid, with a value > 192 ng/mL having 63% sensitivity and 88% specificity (AUC of 0.79) for mucinous pancreatic cysts [43]. Other cyst fluid markers have been or are being developed including mutated KRAS DNA [44], mutated GNAS DNA [45,46], micro RNA [47,48], glucose [49], proteomic analysis [50], and multiple other molecules [51]. At this time, many of these markers are under investigation.

Case 2 Continued

An endoscopic ultrasound was performed and showed normal main pancreatic and common bile ducts. No intra-cystic mural nodules were observed. FNA was performed. Cytology showed “paucicellular fluid” and the cyst fluid CEA was 319 ng/mL. Having met the original consensus criteria for surgical resection [17] based on size, the presence of mural nodules, and due to suspicion for a mucinous cyst based on the CEA level, the patient underwent a Whipple procedure. The final pathology was a branch-duct IPMN with moderate dysplasia.

• What interventions exist for treating pancreatic cysts?

Surgery is the mainstay of treatment for pancreatic cysts. The most common surgical procedure for worrisome cysts in the head of the pancreas is a pancreatoduodenectomy (Whipple procedure). For cysts in the distal pancreas, a laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy can be performed [52,53]. Middle pancreatectomy, total pancreatectomy, and enucleation are less commonly performed and remain under investigation. The most common complications after surgery are surgical site and nonsurgical site infection, bleeding, pancreatic fistula, and delayed gastric emptying [52,53]. Overall complication rate for pancreatic cyst surgery is 27% to 39%, and perioperative mortality is 0.5% to 4% at high-volume centers [52,53].

An area of active investigation involves EUS-directed chemical cyst ablation. Prior studies using ethanol intra-cystic injection alone showed cyst resolution in 33% of patients [54]. A combination of ethanol and paclitaxel showed cyst resolution in 62% of patients [55]. Though these techniques offer a less invasive alternative to surgery, the complete eradication of dysplastic cystic epithelium remains uncertain and long-term efficacy is unclear. Thus, these techniques should only be considered in the context of a clinical trial or perhaps in patients who are not surgical candidates [56].

Case 3

A 72-year-old male with a history of pancreatitis 23 years ago complicated by a pseudocyst, who is status post cyst jejunostomy and cholecystectomy presented for evaluation. He was having colicky abdominal pain consistent with prior episodes of nephrolithiasis, and a non-contrast CT scan was obtained that showed a cystic mass in the head of the pancreas. His laboratory test results including liver function tests and lipase were normal. A CT pancreas protocol was obtained and showed a 2.4 x 4.6 cm cystic lesion without mural nodules in the head of pancreas (Figure 3). The cyst was continuous with the main duct, which was dilated to 0.9 cm and the common bile duct was dilated to 1.4 cm. There was severe atrophy of the pancreas upstream of the cyst, and small mesenteric lymph nodes. An endoscopic ultrasound with FNA showed similar findings to the CT, but a CEA was measured at 2298 ng/mL (Figure 3). Given the concerning imaging findings and an elevated CEA, a Whipple procedure was performed and final pathology showed a main-duct IPMN with in situ carcinoma.

• What is the epidemiology of IPMNs and how do they present?

IPMNs are mucin-producing lesions (mucinous cysts) of the exocrine pancreas involving either the main or branch ducts that have the potential to develop into pancreatic adenocarcinoma [57]. The mean age at presentation for both branch duct IPMNs (BD-IPMNs) and main duct IPMNs (MD-IPMNs) is around 65 years [58,59]. In the United States, the male to female prevalence ratio is equal, though there is some geographic variation among different countries [58]. Risk factors for IPMN formation include diabetes, chronic pancreatitis, and a family history of pancreatic adenocarcinoma [60]. Presentation is often asymptomatic but may present with pancreatitis, abdominal pain, weight loss, jaundice, and pancreatic exocrine insufficiency [61]. They tend to occur in the pancreatic head [29]. IPMNs involve either the main pancreatic duct or branch duct or both [62], but this is not always visible by imaging [21]. MRI with MRCP is considered superior to CT in characterizing these lesions, specifically in identifying a connection with the pancreatic ducts [21].

• How are IPMNs diagnosed and managed?

MD-IPMNs harbor a higher risk of malignancy than BD-IPMNs. In one series, 64% of MD-IPMN resected specimens contained cancer [63]. Because of the high cancer risk, all guidelines recommend surgical resection for appropriate patients [6,14,15,16,17]. BD-IPMNs have a lower risk of cancer at diagnosis, present in 19.5% of resected specimens in one study [63]. As a surgical series, this may overstate the true prevalence, which is supported by another study. A cohort of 103 suspected BD-IPMNs patients were observed and those with high-risk features were resected. The overall rate of cancer at 5 years was 2.6%, and only 1 of 103 patients developed non-resectable disease [64]. For these reasons, suspected BD-IPMNs can often be safely monitored if they do not harbor any high risk stigmata as defined by the international consensus criteria (Table 2)[6]. Otherwise, suspected BD-IPMNs are managed in a similar manner to other pancreatic cysts (Table 2) [6,14].

Prognosis after resection is more favorable for IPMNs than for pancreatic adenocarcinoma, possibly due to earlier stage of detection. The 5-year survival for BD-IPMN is 90% after resection, and 47% for MD-IPMN after resection [62]. Survival rates for IPMNs with invasive adenocarcinoma are lower with a combined overall survival 24% to 42% at 5 years. Survival rates are similar to the survival rate for non-cystic pancreatic adenocarcinoma when controlling for size, invasiveness, and lymph node metastasis [65,66].

Guidelines for surveillance after resection have even fewer applicable studies. The 5-year postoperative recurrence rate is 0 to 20% for IPMNs [6]. The revised international consensus guidelines recommends surveillance 6 months after resection with CT or MRI for all IPMNs, but with no recommendation given on how long to continue surveillance [6]. For patients with invasive disease, the same follow up is recommended as for standard invasive adenocarcinoma [6]. The AGA recommends yearly MRI only for only patients with high-grade dysplasia or invasive disease, with consideration for lifelong surveillance [14].

Case 4

A 44-year-old previously healthy female presents with 2 months of epigastric pain. Her laboratory test results, including liver function testing, were normal. A CT of the abdomen and pelvis showed an 11-cm unilocular cyst in the tail of the pancreas (Figure 4). Since the imaging findings were highly suggestive of a MCN, no further workup was done and a laparoscopic spleen preserving distal pancreatectomy was performed. Pathology confirmed a mucinous cystic neoplasm with low-grade dysplasia.

• What is the epidemiology of MCNs and how do they present?

MCNs are mucin-producing lesions (mucinous cysts) of the exocrine pancreas histologically defined by the presence of ovarian stroma [67]. They have the potential to develop into pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Unlike IPMNs, MCNs occur almost exclusively in women, and patients are generally younger. In one series, 99.7% of MCNs occurred in females, with a mean age of 47 [67]. Presenting symptoms, as with other cysts, are often vague. These include abdominal pain, fatigue, weight loss, pancreatitis, and a palpable mass. Only 25% of patients are asymptomatic [68].

• How are MCNs diagnosed and managed?

Approximately 95% of MCNs are located in the body or tail of the pancreas [67]. These lesions do not communicate with the pancreatic ducts unlike IPMNs, though they may still cause ductal obstruction and dilation [29]. They are often one large unilocular cyst with a thick cyst wall, but in 20% of cases they can have multiple septations [29]. Peripheral eggshell calcification on CT is present in roughly 25% of cases, which is sometimes helpful in differentiating these lesions from serous cystic neoplasms, which often have central calcification [69].

When diagnosed, MCNs are surgically removed [6,14]. A recent surgical series found that the rate of high-grade dysplasia in resected specimens was 5.5%, and the risk of invasive disease was 4.4% [70]. This data suggests that a more conservative approach of observation rather than immediate resection may be reasonable for some patients [70]. The prognosis is very good after MCN resection, with a 5-year survival of 97% to 100% for all comers [68,70]. However, invasive MCNs have a lower 5-year survival rate ranging from 15% to 75% [70,71]. Per the AGA guidelines, patients with invasive disease or dysplasia should undergo yearly surveillance with MRI [14]. This recommendation is based on a potential field defect described with IPMNs. However, the international consensus guidelines only recommends surveillance if invasive disease is present [6,68,71,72].

Case 5

A 59-year-old male presents for evaluation of sudden onset abdominal pain and an 8-pound weight loss over the past few months. Seven years ago a pancreatic cyst was diagnosed and has since been observed by serial imaging. His lipase was 400 U/L (normal < 82) with normal liver function tests. A CT scan of the abdomen and pelvis showed peri-pancreatic stranding consistent with pancreatitis and a large complex cyst in the head of the pancreas.

After the acute pancreatitis resolved, a CT pancreas protocol was performed for better characterization of the cyst. This showed a 5.9 x 5.3 x 1.5 cm, multiloculated cystic lesion without mural nodules, with multiple additional subcentimeter lesions. He underwent an EUS, which confirmed the CT findings (Figure 5). FNA was performed and the cytology showed “paucicellular fluid” and the CEA was 0.9 ng/mL. Due to his weight loss and presentation with pancreatitis, a Whipple procedure was performed and pathology showed a serous cystic neoplasm.

• What is the epidemiology of SCNs and how do they present?

SCNs are benign non–mucin-producing cystic lesions that are characterized by a glycogen-rich epithelium on histology [73]. Of patients with SCNs, 74% are female, with a median age 58 [10]. When diagnosed, most patients are usually asymptomatic (61%), but 27% present with abdominal pain. Other symptoms include jaundice, pancreatitis, nausea, and presence of a palpable abdominal mass. SCNs are more common in patients with von Hippel-Lindau syndrome [74].

• How are SCNs diagnosed and managed?

These cysts have fairly even distribution when discovered in the pancreas [53]. About 74% of lesions have smaller micro-cystic components [75]. About 20% of lesions have a characteristic honeycomb appearance, which is highly suggestive of an SCN [76]. About 30% of patients have a characteristic central stellate scar on CT which is also highly suggestive of an SCN [76]. Unlike mucinous neoplasms, peripheral calcification is usually not seen [69].

Malignancy associated with these cysts is very rare, with the largest cohort study reporting a rate of 0.1% [10]. The diagnosis can commonly be made by its unique imaging appearance [10]. Diagnostic biomarkers that may identify such cysts with more certainty are under active investigation [77]. Resection is reasonable and often performed for SCNs when they cause debilitating symptoms including refractory abdominal pain or pancreatitis. When resected and confirmed by pathology, no surveillance is required [14,78].

Conclusion

Pancreatic cysts are common incidental findings in clinical practice today. Many cause anxiety due to their association with pancreas cancer, but most are indolent and safe to observe. Even those cysts with malignant potential grow slowly and immediate surgery is often unnecessary. Several guidelines have been developed, and while there are similarities between them, there are enough critical differences unfortunately to cause some confusion among practitioners today. Further robust research is needed to help address and reconcile these differences. In the meantime, a multidisciplinary approach is highly recommended at dedicated centers of excellence for pancreatic diseases.

 

Corresponding author: Walter G. Park, MD, MS, 300 Pasteur Drive, MC: 5187, Stanford, CA 94305, [email protected].

Funding/support: Dr. Park is funded by an American College of Gastroenterology Junior Faculty Development Award and is a subcontinent for the National Cancer Institute's Early Detection Research Network.

Financial disclosures: None.

Author contributions: conception and design, TZ, WGP; analysis and interpretation of data, WGP; drafting of article, TZ, WGP; critical revision of the article, TZ, WGP.

References

1. DeSantis CE, Lin CC, Mariotto AB, et al. Cancer treatment and survivorship statistics, 2014. CA Cancer J Clin 2014;64:252–71.

2. Hruban RH, Maitra A, Kern SE, Goggins M. Precursors to pancreatic cancer. Gastroenterol Clin North Am 2007;36:831–49.

3. Laffan TA, Horton KM, Klein AP, et al. Prevalence of unsuspected pancreatic cysts on MDCT. Am J Roentgenol 2008;191:802–7.

4. Lee KS, Sekhar A, Rofsky NM, Pedrosa I. Prevalence of incidental pancreatic cysts in the adult population on MR imaging. Am J Gastroenterol 2010;105:2079–84.

5. Volkan Adsay N. Cystic lesions of the pancreas. Mod Pathol 20(1 Suppl):S71–93.

6. Tanaka M, Fernández-del Castillo C, Adsay V, et al. International consensus guidelines 2012 for the management of IPMN and MCN of the pancreas. Pancreatology 2012;12:183–97.

7. Galanis C, Zamani A, Cameron J, et al. Resected serous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: a review of 158 patients with recommendations for treatment. J Gastrointest Surg 2007;11:820–6.

8. Vitas G, Sarr M. Selected management of pancreatic pseudocysts: operative versus expectant management. Surgery 1992;111:123–30.

9. Jani N, Bani Hani M, Schulick RD, et al. Diagnosis and management of cystic lesions of the pancreas. Diagn Ther Endosc 2011;2011:478913.

10. Jais B, Rebours V, Malleo G, et al. Serous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas: a multinational study of 2622 patients under the auspices of the International Association of Pancreatology and European Pancreatic Club (European Study Group on Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas). Gut 2015 Jun 4.

11. Kim YS, Cho JH. Rare nonneoplastic cysts of pancreas. Clin Endosc 2015;48:31–8.

12. Visser BC, Yeh BM, Qayyum A, et al. Characterization of cystic pancreatic masses: relative accuracy of CT and MRI. Am J Roentgenol 2007;189:648–56.

13. Lee H-J, Kim M-J, Choi J-Y, et al. Relative accuracy of CT and MRI in the differentiation of benign from malignant pancreatic cystic lesions. Clin Radiol 2011;66:315–21.

14. Scheiman JM, Hwang JH, Moayyedi P. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the diagnosis and management of asymptomatic neoplastic pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2015;148:824–48.

15. Berland LL, Silverman SG, Gore RM, et al. Managing incidental findings on abdominal CT: white paper of the ACR Incidental Findings Committee. J Am Coll Radiol  2010;7:754–73.

16. Khalid A, Brugge W. ACG practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of neoplastic pancreatic cysts. Am J Gastroenterol 2007;102:2339–49.

17. Tanaka M, Chari S, Adsay V, et al. International consensus guidelines for management of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms and mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreatol Off J Int Assoc Pancreatol IAP Al 2006;6(1-2).

18. Ahn D-W, Lee SH, Kim J, et al. Long-term outcome of cystic lesions in the pancreas: a retrospective cohort study. Gut Liver 2012;6:493–500.

19. Khannoussi W, Vullierme MP, Rebours V, et al. The long term risk of malignancy in patients with branch duct intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreatol Off J Int Assoc Pancreatol IAP Al 2012;12:198–202.

20. Grieser C, Heine G, Stelter L, et al. Morphological analysis and differentiation of benign cystic neoplasms of the pancreas using computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. Fortschr Röntgenstr 2013;185:219–27.

21. Waters J, Schmidt CM, Pinchot J, et al. CT vs MRCP: optimal classification of IPMN type and extent. J Gastrointest Surg 2008;12:101–9.

22. Duconseil P, Turrini O, Ewald J, et al. “Peripheric” pancreatic cysts: performance of CT scan, MRI and endoscopy according to final pathological examination. HPB 2015;17:485–9.

23. Banks PA, Bollen TL, Dervenis C, et al. Classification of acute pancreatitis—2012: revision of the Atlanta classification and definitions by international consensus. Gut  2013;62:102–11.

24. Sanfey H, Aguilar M, Jones R. Pseudocysts of the pancreas, a review of 97 cases. Am Surg 1994;60:661–8.

25. Cheruvu CVN, Clarke MG, Prentice M, Eyre-Brook IA. Conservative treatment as an option in the management of pancreatic pseudocyst. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2003;85:313–6.

26. Usatoff V, Brancatisano R, Williamson RCN. Operative treatment of pseudocysts in patients with chronic pancreatitis. Br J Surg 2000;87:1494–9.

27. Marshall G, Howell DA, Hansen BL, et al. Multidisciplinary approach to pseudoaneurysms complicating pancreatic pseudocysts: Impact of pretreatment diagnosis. Arch Surg 1996;131:278–83.

28. Sahani DV, Kadavigere R, Saokar A, et al. Cystic pancreatic lesions: a simple imaging-based classification system for guiding management. RadioGraphics 2005;25:1471–84.

29. Tirkes T, Aisen A, Cramer H, et al. Cystic neoplasms of the pancreas; findings on magnetic resonance imaging with pathological, surgical, and clinical correlation. Abdom Imaging 2014;39:1088–101.

30. Macari M, Finn ME, Bennett GL, et al. Differentiating Pancreatic cystic neoplasms from pancreatic pseudocysts at MR Imaging: value of perceived internal debris. Radiology 2009;251:77–84.

31. Park WG, Mascarenhas R, Palaez-Luna M, et al. Diagnostic performance of cyst fluid carcinoembryonic antigen and amylase in histologically confirmed pancreatic cysts. Pancreas 2011;40:42–5.

32. Braden B, Dietrich CF. Endoscopic ultrasonography-guided endoscopic treatment of pancreatic pseudocysts and walled-off necrosis: New technical developments. World J Gastroenterol WJG 2014;20:16191–6.

33. van Brunschot S, Fockens P, Bakker O, et al. Endoscopic transluminal necrosectomy in necrotising pancreatitis: a systematic review. Surg Endosc 2014;28:1425–38.

34. Pan G, Wan MH, Xie K-L, et al. Classification and management of pancreatic pseudocysts. Medicine (Baltimore). 2015;94:e960.

35. Yeo CJ, Bastidas JA, Lynch-Nyhan A, et al. The natural history of pancreatic pseudocysts documented by computed tomography. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1990;170:411–7.

36. Chebib I, Yaeger K, Mino-Kenudson M, Pitman MB. The role of cytopathology and cyst fluid analysis in the preoperative diagnosis and management of pancreatic cysts >3 cm. Cancer Cytopathol 2014;122:804–9.

37. Kim JH, Eun HW, Park H-J, et al. Diagnostic performance of MRI and EUS in the differentiation of benign from malignant pancreatic cyst and cyst communication with the main duct. Eur J Radiol 2012;81:2927–35.

38. Khashab MA, Kim K, Lennon AM, et al. Should we do EUS/FNA on patients with pancreatic cysts? the incremental diagnostic yield of EUS over CT/MRI for prediction of cystic neoplasms. Pancreas 2013;42:717–21.

39. de Jong K, Verlaan T, Dijkgraaf MG, et al. Interobserver agreement for endosonography in the diagnosis of pancreatic cysts. Endoscopy 2011;43:579–84.

40. Harinck F, Konings ICAW, Kluijt I, Poley JW, van Hooft JE, van Dullemen HM, et al. A multicentre comparative prospective blinded analysis of EUS and MRI for screening of pancreatic cancer in high-risk individuals. Gut 2015 May 18.

41. Thosani N, Thosani S, Qiao W, et al. Role of EUS-FNA based cytology in diagnosis of mucinous pancreatic cystic lesions: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Dig Dis Sci 2010;55:2756–66.

42. Hong S-KS, Loren DE, Rogart JN, et al. Targeted cyst wall puncture and aspiration during EUS-FNA increases the diagnostic yield of premalignant and malignant pancreatic cysts. Gastrointest Endosc 2012;75:775–82.

43. Thornton G, McPhail M, Nayagam S, et al. Endoscopic ultrasound guided fine needle aspiration for the diagnosis of pancreatic cystic neoplasms: a meta-analysis. Pancreatology 2013;13:48–57.

44. Khalid A, Zahid M, Finkelstein SD, et al. Pancreatic cyst fluid DNA analysis in evaluating pancreatic cysts: a report of the PANDA study. Gastrointest Endosc 2009;May;69:1095–102.

45. Wu J, Matthaei H, Maitra A, et al. Recurrent GNAS mutations define an unexpected pathway for pancreatic cyst development. Sci Transl Med 2011;3:92ra66.

46. Springer S, Wang Y, Molin MD, et al. A Combination of molecular markers and clinical features improve the classification of pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2015 Aug 4.

47. Ryu JK, Matthaei H, dal Molin M, et al. Elevated microRNA miR-21 Levels in Pancreatic cyst fluid are predictive of mucinous precursor lesions of ductal adenocarcinoma. Pancreatology 2011;11:343–50.

48. Matthaei H, Wylie D, Lloyd MB, et al. miRNA Biomarkers in cyst fluid augment the diagnosis and management of pancreatic cysts. Clin Cancer Res 2012;18 :4713–24.

49. Zikos T, Pham K, Bowen R, et al. Cyst fluid glucose is rapidly feasible and accurate in diagnosing mucinous pancreatic cysts. Am J Gastroenterol 2015;110:909–14.

50. Corcos O, Couvelard A, Dargère D, et al. Proteomic assessment of markers for malignancy in the mucus of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreas 2012;41:169–74.

51. Thiruvengadam N, Park W. Systematic review of pancreatic cyst fluid biomarkers: the path forward. Clin Transl Gastroenterol 2015;11:e88.

52. Plichta JK, Brosius JA, Pappas SG, et al. The changing spectrum of surgically treated cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. HPB Surg 2015;2015:791704.

53. Valsangkar NP, Morales-Oyarvide V, Thayer SP, et al. 851 resected cystic tumors of the pancreas: A 33-year experience at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Surgery 2012;152:S4–12.

54. DeWitt J, McGreevy K, Schmidt CM, Brugge WR. EUS-guided ethanol versus saline solution lavage for pancreatic cysts: a randomized, double-blind study. Gastrointest Endosc 2009;70:710–23.

55. Oh H-C, Seo DW, Song TJ, et al. Endoscopic ultrasonography-guided ethanol lavage with paclitaxel injection treats patients with pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2011;140:172–9.

56. Gavini H, Lee JH. Endoscopic ultrasound-guided endotherapy. J Clin Gastroenterol 2015;49:185–93.

57. Grutzmann R, Niedergethmann M, Pilarsky C, et al. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas: biology, diagnosis, and treatment. Ooncologist 2010;15:1294–309.

58. Ingkakul T, Warshaw AL, Fernández-Del Castillo C. Epidemiology of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas: sex differences between 3 geographic regions. Pancreas 2011;40:779–80.

59. Brugge WR, Lauwers GY, Sahani D, et al. Cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. N Engl J Med  2004;351:1218–26.

60. Capurso G, Boccia S, Salvia R, et al. Risk factors for intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm (IPMN) of the pancreas: a multicentre case-control study. Am J Gastroenterol 2013n;108:1003–9.

61. Lubezky N, Ben-Haim M, Nakache R, et al. Clinical presentation can predict disease course in patients with intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas. World J Surg 2010;34:126–32.

62. Kobari M, Egawa S, Shibuya K, et al. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas comprise 2 clinical subtypes: differences in clinical characteristics and surgical management. Arch Surg Chic Ill 1960. 1999;134:1131–6.

63. Serikawa M, Sasaki T, Fujimoto Y, et al. Management of intraductal papillary-mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas: treatment strategy based on morphologic classification. J Clin Gastroenterol 2006;40:856–62.

64. Sawai Y, Yamao K, Bhatia V, et al. Development of pancreatic cancers during long-term follow-up of side-branch intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms. Endoscopy 2010;42:1077–84.

65. Poultsides GA, Reddy S, Cameron JL, et al. Histopathologic basis for the favorable survival after resection of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm-associated invasive adenocarcinoma of the pancreas. Ann Surg 201 Mar;251:470–6.

66. Worni M, Akushevich I, Gloor B, et al. Adjuvant radiotherapy in the treatment of invasive intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas: an analysis of the surveillance, epidemiology, and end results registry. Ann Surg Oncol 2012;19:1316–23.

67. Goh BKP, Tan Y-M, Chung Y-FA, et al. A review of mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas defined by ovarian-type stroma: clinicopathological features of 344 patients. World J Surg 2006;30:2236–45.

68. Crippa S, Salvia R, Warshaw AL, et al. Mucinous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas is not an aggressive entity: lessons from 163 resected patients. Ann Surg 2008;247:571–9.

69. Curry CA, Eng J, Horton KM, et al. CT of primary cystic pancreatic neoplasms: can CT be used for patient triage and treatment? AJR Am J Roentgenol 2000;175:99–103.

70. Park JW, Jang J-Y, Kang MJ, et al. Mucinous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas: Is surgical resection recommended for all surgically fit patients? Pancreatology 2014;14:131–6.

71. Sakorafas GH, Smyrniotis V, Reid-Lombardo KM, Sarr MG. Primary pancreatic cystic neoplasms revisited: Part II. Mucinous cystic neoplasms. Surg Oncol 2011;20:e93–101.

72. Sarr MG, Carpenter HA, Prabhakar LP, et al. Clinical and pathologic correlation of 84 mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: can one reliably differentiate benign from malignant (or premalignant) neoplasms? Ann Surg 2000;231:205–12.

73. Reid MD, Choi H, Balci S, et al. Serous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: Clinicopathologic and molecular characteristics. Pancreat Neoplasms 2014;31:475–83.

74. Charlesworth M, Verbeke CS, Falk GA, et al. Pancreatic lesions in von Hippel-Lindau disease? A systematic review and meta-synthesis of the literature. J Gastrointest Surg Off J Soc Surg Aliment Tract 2012;16:1422–8.

75. Kimura W, Moriya T, Hirai I, et al. Multicenter study of serous cystic neoplasm of the Japan pancreas society. Pancreas 2012;41):380–7.

76. Sarr MG, Murr M, Smyrk TC, et al. Primary cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. Neoplastic disorders of emerging importance-current state-of-the-art and unanswered questions. J Gastrointest Surg Off J Soc Surg Aliment Tract 2003;7:417–28.

77. Yip-Schneider MT, Wu H, Dumas RP, et al. Vascular endothelial growth factor, a novel and highly accurate pancreatic fluid biomarker for serous pancreatic cysts. J Am Coll Surg 2014;218:608–17.

78. Del Chiaro M, Verbeke C, Salvia R, et al. European experts consensus statement on cystic tumours of the pancreas. Dig Liver Dis 2013;45:703–11.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Topics
Sections

From the Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To review the diagnosis and management of pancreatic cystic lesions.
  • Methods: Narrative review of the literature.
  • Results: Pancreatic cystic lesions are clinically relevant as some are precursor lesions to pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Mucinous cystic neoplasms and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms are 2 commonly encountered pre-cancerous pancreatic cysts. Many cysts are identified incidentally due to frequent use of high-resolution CT and MRI imaging technology. Proposed diagnostic and management algorithms exist to guide clinical practice but are limited by a lack of evidence and discordance among various guidelines. New cyst fluid biomarkers are under development to diagnose cyst types and risk of cancer.
  • Conclusion: Pancreatic cysts are increasingly encountered in clinical practice and represent a growing problem. Diagnostic and management algorithms are available to assist practice but are limited by the available evidence. A multidisciplinary approach is recommended.

 

In the United States there were an estimated 46,420 new cases of pancreatic cancer in 2014 [1]. Of all major cancers, pancreatic cancer had the lowest 5-year survival rate at 6% [1]. Of the 3 known precursor lesions to pancreas adenocarcinoma, 2 are pancreatic cysts [2]. Correctly identifying those with cancer, those with cancer potential (premalignant), and those that are benign (harboring no malignant potential) can be difficult.

The estimated prevalence of pancreatic cysts is approximately 2.6% [3]. In some case series using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), higher rates of detection of approximately 13.5% have been observed [4]. The prevalence increases with age reaching nearly 10% by the 8thdecade of life [3,4]. Mucinous cystic neoplasms (MCNs) and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms (IPMNs) account for about 30% of pancreatic cysts [5]. These cysts are defined as mucinous cysts and are known precursor lesions to pancreatic adenocarcinoma [6]. The other most common types of cysts are serous cystic neoplasms (SCNs), comprising 20% of pancreatic cysts, and pseudocysts, comprising 30% [5]. These cysts are considered nonmucinous cysts and are almost always benign [7,8]. There are multiple other pancreatic cyst types to consider, which are summarized in Table 1 [9,10,11]. In this review, we will cover the diagnosis and management of the most common pancreatic cysts in a case-based format.

Case 1

A 57-year-old male had a 1.5-cm pancreatic cyst located in the head that was found on computed tomography (CT) imaging for suspected renal colic. He had no history or complaints suspicious for pancreatic disease. A CT pancreas protocol scan was obtained, which demonstrated a simple appearing cyst with no mural nodules. The pancreatic and biliary ducts were normal. His laboratory evaluations including liver function testing and lipase were normal.

• What is the approach to incidentally discovered pancreatic cysts?

While many pancreatic cysts are first discovered by cross sectional imaging (CT or MRI), the diagnostic accuracy of defining cyst type and the presence of malignancy is imperfect. The area under the curve (AUC) for differentiating malignant from benign pancreatic cysts ranges from 0.64 to 0.82 for CT and 0.73 to 0.91 for MRI, and no difference between the 2 were observed [12,13]. Several guidelines are currently available to offer guidance on management [6,14,15,16,17]. Much of the current evidence includes retrospective case series with no randomized control trials. The guidelines, therefore, mostly represent consensus-based expert extrapolation of available data.

The second iteration of guidelines put forth by an international panel of experts is perhaps the most widely accepted among pancreatologists. Published in 2012, the panel narrowed the criteria from their first guidelines (2006) regarding surgical resection of a pancreatic cyst [6,17]. Patients with a pancreatic cyst who have any of the following 3 features (or “high-risk stigmata”) warrant immediate consideration of surgical resection. These features are (1) obstructive jaundice in the setting of a head cyst, (2) presence of an enhancing solid component within the cyst, and (3) main pancreatic ductal dilation of 10 or more mm [6]. The presence of other “worrisome” features should prompt further investigation with endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) and these include (1) presentation of a cyst with pancreatitis, (2) cysts 3 cm or greater in size, (3) thickened or enhancing cyst walls, (4) nonenhancing mural nodules, and (5) tapering of the pancreatic duct with distal pancreatic atrophy (Table 2)[6].

The American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) recently produced guidelines in 2015 [14]. In comparison to the international consensus guidelines, there are a few key differences, which have now become a point of vigorous debate and disagreement among pancreatologists and confusion among general gastroenterologists and surgeons in the community. Where the international consensus guidelines have stricter criteria to define the appropriateness of surgery, the AGA guidelines are more liberal. AGA defined cysts appropriate for surgery as having 2 out of 3 of the following features: (1) cyst size ≥ 3 cm, (2) presence of a solid component in the cyst, and (3) dilation of the main pancreatic duct. Those having 1 out of 3 criteria were defined as needing further investigation with EUS [14]. These criteria are more relaxed and will likely lead to more surgical resections.

Another difference involves surveillance recommendations. The international consensus guidelines do not define a period when surveillance can be safely stopped. The AGA guidelines define 5 years as the period where if there is no significant change in the cyst from surveillance MRIs performed every 1 to 2 years, then surveillance can be stopped [14]. As the natural history of these cysts remain substantially uncertain, with evidence that malignant transformation occurs after 5 years, this particular recommendation by the AGA remains highly controversial [18,19]. Other differences between these 2 guidelines are summarized in Table 2 [6,14].

Until the surveillance recommendations by the AGA are validated with further studies, we generally follow the 2012 international consensus guidelines. We generally prefer MRI for initial and surveillance evaluations of pancreatic cysts. Besides the lack of radiation exposure, some studies show MRI to have better inter-reader variability [20], better resolution to show cyst communication with the main pancreatic duct [21], and better characterization of peripheral pancreatic cysts [22]. At our center, when a solid mass is suspected, a CT pancreas protocol is preferred in lieu of an MRI by our surgical team.

Case 1 Continued

Given the smaller size and absence of high-risk stigmata or worrisome features, surveillance of his cyst was recommnded. He unfortunately did not follow up and presented 7 years later with several months of abdominal pain and esophageal reflux symptoms. A CT scan was repeated which showed that the cyst had grown to 10.7 x 8.8 x 8.9 cm with an adjacent smaller cyst (Figure 1). The cyst was surrounded by a thick rind of enhancing tissue and had occluded the splenic and superior mesenteric veins, and was encasing the splenic artery. The main pancreatic duct was dilated at 7 mm with pancreatic body and tail atrophy. There was no evidence of metastatic disease or pathological lymph nodes. An EUS was performed and showed a large complex cyst with thick walls of up to 2 cm. Fine-needle aspiration (FNA) yielded a carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) value of 2.3 ng/mL and cytology showed “bland epithelial cells.”

Despite the reassuring CEA and cytology results, a high concern for a malignant cystic lesion remained based on cyst size, main pancreatic duct dilation, and atrophy noted in the distal pancreas. The patient underwent surgical resection including subtotal pancreatectomy, splenectomy, subtotal gastrectomy, and superior mesenteric and portal vein resection with reconstruction. Pathology revealed the cyst to be a benign pseudocyst.

This case reflects some of the critical challenges in current management of pancreatic cysts. By history, this patient had no suspicion for pancreatitis, making a pseudocyst less likely in a differential diagnosis. When the patient presented 7 years later, again with no reported history of pancreatitis, there was clinical concern for a branch duct IPMN. Although the cyst fluid CEA and cytology were reassuring, the patient met surgical criteria by the 2006 international consensus criteria and the more recent AGA guidelines. Interestingly, the narrowed 2012 international consensus guidelines for surgical resection would have recommended observation. This case highlights the need for better diagnostic tests.

• What is the epidemiology of pancreatic fluid collections and how do they present?

Pancreatic fluid collections are not true cysts as they lack an epithelial cell lining. They often occur in the context of either acute or chronic pancreatitis, and are considered benign or nonmucinous cysts [7,8]. Duct disruption occurs causing pancreatic fluid accumulation, initially defined as an acute peri-pancreatic fluid collection, or an acute necrotic collection if necrosis is present. Over about 4 weeks a more defined cyst wall forms and the cyst is now classified as either a pseudocyst or walled-off pancreatic necrosis [23]. In one review, the median age at presentation was 49 with a male:female ratio of 2:1. Only 52% of fluid collections were discovered following an acute attack of pancreatitis [24]. The risk factors for pancreatic fluid collections are similar to the risk factors for pancreatitis, with the most common being alcohol use and gallstones [24]. Potential symptoms include abdominal pain, weight loss, gastrointestinal bleeding from pseudoaneurysms, obstructive symptoms, sepsis from super infection, and obstructive jaundice [8,24,25,26,27].

• How are pancreatic fluid collections diagnosed and managed?

Clinical suspicion for pancreatic fluid collections should increase if a cyst is diagnosed in the context of acute or chronic pancreatitis [28]. However, other types of cysts can cause ductal obstruction and pancreatitis, so further investigation may be needed, including review of prior imaging if available. The presence of internal debris, the presence of imaging findings of acute or chronic pancreatitis, and fluid extension beyond the pancreas and taking the shape of the retroperitoneum are often characteristics found in pancreatic fluid collections [29,28,30]. If needed, FNA with assay of amylase may be helpful. An amylase value of 5680 IU/L or greater was 84% sensitive and 64% specific (AUC 0.69) for pseudocysts in one study [31].

Management of pancreatic fluid collections is largely based on surgical series. Drainage procedures for pancreatic fluid collections are often undertaken for intractable symptoms or concerns of infection [8,24,25,26]. Asymptomatic pseudocysts can be safely followed. Specific techniques used for pancreatic fluid collection management vary by institutional expertise. Endoscopic drainage can be done by transpapillary stenting if main duct communication is present, or transgastric/transduodenal stenting if the cyst wall is mature and accessible by these approaches [32]. If necrosis is present this can be debrided endoscopically [33]. Laparoscopic surgical options are preferred to open approaches, and can be performed in 1 procedure where endoscopic approaches may require multiple procedures. The most common approach is to drain the cyst by creating a cyst-gastrostomy, or when not feasible a cyst-duodenostomy or cyst-jejunostomy [26,34]. Percutaneous drainage is less commonly performed and used for unstable patients as it can lead to cutaneous fistulas [34]. The best technique for intervention should be decided in the context of a multidisciplinary team. The option for conservative management should be considered as well because about 60% of those managed conservatively will have resolution in 1 year [35].

Case 2

A 65-year-old male had a CT scan of the abdomen and pelvis for hematuria. While no clear source of hematuria was identified, a pancreatic cyst was described prompting a dedicated CT pancreas protocol scan. This showed a 3.4 x 4.0 x 5.5 cm multicystic lesion in the head of the pancreas with mural nodules but no dilation of the main pancreatic duct or biliary ducts (Figure 2). He had no correlating symptoms and lab test results were normal.

• What is the role of endoscopic ultrasound with FNA in the diagnosis of pancreatic cysts?

While more invasive than CT or MRI, EUS provides detailed imaging to characterize relevant clinical features and allows fine needle aspiration of the cyst fluid and tissue of intra-cystic masses (Table 2) [6,14]. While MRI imaging resolution is continuing to improve [22,36,37], EUS is generally considered superior [38] for diagnosing high-risk lesions. A limitation of EUS, however, is significant inter-observer variability when compared with MRI [37,39,40].

EUS enables FNA of the cyst, which offers unique oppor-tunities for diagnosis. Cyst fluid cytology unfortunately has limited diagnostic yield, with a recent meta-analysis showing sensitivity 63%, specificity 88%, and AUC of 0.89 in differentiating mucinous from nonmucinous cysts [41]. The low sensitivity is likely because cyst fluid is paucicellular. Techniques that include targeting the cyst wall are under investigation and may improve the diagnostic yield of cytological analysis [42]. Tumor markers such as CEA have been widely used in the cyst fluid, with a value > 192 ng/mL having 63% sensitivity and 88% specificity (AUC of 0.79) for mucinous pancreatic cysts [43]. Other cyst fluid markers have been or are being developed including mutated KRAS DNA [44], mutated GNAS DNA [45,46], micro RNA [47,48], glucose [49], proteomic analysis [50], and multiple other molecules [51]. At this time, many of these markers are under investigation.

Case 2 Continued

An endoscopic ultrasound was performed and showed normal main pancreatic and common bile ducts. No intra-cystic mural nodules were observed. FNA was performed. Cytology showed “paucicellular fluid” and the cyst fluid CEA was 319 ng/mL. Having met the original consensus criteria for surgical resection [17] based on size, the presence of mural nodules, and due to suspicion for a mucinous cyst based on the CEA level, the patient underwent a Whipple procedure. The final pathology was a branch-duct IPMN with moderate dysplasia.

• What interventions exist for treating pancreatic cysts?

Surgery is the mainstay of treatment for pancreatic cysts. The most common surgical procedure for worrisome cysts in the head of the pancreas is a pancreatoduodenectomy (Whipple procedure). For cysts in the distal pancreas, a laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy can be performed [52,53]. Middle pancreatectomy, total pancreatectomy, and enucleation are less commonly performed and remain under investigation. The most common complications after surgery are surgical site and nonsurgical site infection, bleeding, pancreatic fistula, and delayed gastric emptying [52,53]. Overall complication rate for pancreatic cyst surgery is 27% to 39%, and perioperative mortality is 0.5% to 4% at high-volume centers [52,53].

An area of active investigation involves EUS-directed chemical cyst ablation. Prior studies using ethanol intra-cystic injection alone showed cyst resolution in 33% of patients [54]. A combination of ethanol and paclitaxel showed cyst resolution in 62% of patients [55]. Though these techniques offer a less invasive alternative to surgery, the complete eradication of dysplastic cystic epithelium remains uncertain and long-term efficacy is unclear. Thus, these techniques should only be considered in the context of a clinical trial or perhaps in patients who are not surgical candidates [56].

Case 3

A 72-year-old male with a history of pancreatitis 23 years ago complicated by a pseudocyst, who is status post cyst jejunostomy and cholecystectomy presented for evaluation. He was having colicky abdominal pain consistent with prior episodes of nephrolithiasis, and a non-contrast CT scan was obtained that showed a cystic mass in the head of the pancreas. His laboratory test results including liver function tests and lipase were normal. A CT pancreas protocol was obtained and showed a 2.4 x 4.6 cm cystic lesion without mural nodules in the head of pancreas (Figure 3). The cyst was continuous with the main duct, which was dilated to 0.9 cm and the common bile duct was dilated to 1.4 cm. There was severe atrophy of the pancreas upstream of the cyst, and small mesenteric lymph nodes. An endoscopic ultrasound with FNA showed similar findings to the CT, but a CEA was measured at 2298 ng/mL (Figure 3). Given the concerning imaging findings and an elevated CEA, a Whipple procedure was performed and final pathology showed a main-duct IPMN with in situ carcinoma.

• What is the epidemiology of IPMNs and how do they present?

IPMNs are mucin-producing lesions (mucinous cysts) of the exocrine pancreas involving either the main or branch ducts that have the potential to develop into pancreatic adenocarcinoma [57]. The mean age at presentation for both branch duct IPMNs (BD-IPMNs) and main duct IPMNs (MD-IPMNs) is around 65 years [58,59]. In the United States, the male to female prevalence ratio is equal, though there is some geographic variation among different countries [58]. Risk factors for IPMN formation include diabetes, chronic pancreatitis, and a family history of pancreatic adenocarcinoma [60]. Presentation is often asymptomatic but may present with pancreatitis, abdominal pain, weight loss, jaundice, and pancreatic exocrine insufficiency [61]. They tend to occur in the pancreatic head [29]. IPMNs involve either the main pancreatic duct or branch duct or both [62], but this is not always visible by imaging [21]. MRI with MRCP is considered superior to CT in characterizing these lesions, specifically in identifying a connection with the pancreatic ducts [21].

• How are IPMNs diagnosed and managed?

MD-IPMNs harbor a higher risk of malignancy than BD-IPMNs. In one series, 64% of MD-IPMN resected specimens contained cancer [63]. Because of the high cancer risk, all guidelines recommend surgical resection for appropriate patients [6,14,15,16,17]. BD-IPMNs have a lower risk of cancer at diagnosis, present in 19.5% of resected specimens in one study [63]. As a surgical series, this may overstate the true prevalence, which is supported by another study. A cohort of 103 suspected BD-IPMNs patients were observed and those with high-risk features were resected. The overall rate of cancer at 5 years was 2.6%, and only 1 of 103 patients developed non-resectable disease [64]. For these reasons, suspected BD-IPMNs can often be safely monitored if they do not harbor any high risk stigmata as defined by the international consensus criteria (Table 2)[6]. Otherwise, suspected BD-IPMNs are managed in a similar manner to other pancreatic cysts (Table 2) [6,14].

Prognosis after resection is more favorable for IPMNs than for pancreatic adenocarcinoma, possibly due to earlier stage of detection. The 5-year survival for BD-IPMN is 90% after resection, and 47% for MD-IPMN after resection [62]. Survival rates for IPMNs with invasive adenocarcinoma are lower with a combined overall survival 24% to 42% at 5 years. Survival rates are similar to the survival rate for non-cystic pancreatic adenocarcinoma when controlling for size, invasiveness, and lymph node metastasis [65,66].

Guidelines for surveillance after resection have even fewer applicable studies. The 5-year postoperative recurrence rate is 0 to 20% for IPMNs [6]. The revised international consensus guidelines recommends surveillance 6 months after resection with CT or MRI for all IPMNs, but with no recommendation given on how long to continue surveillance [6]. For patients with invasive disease, the same follow up is recommended as for standard invasive adenocarcinoma [6]. The AGA recommends yearly MRI only for only patients with high-grade dysplasia or invasive disease, with consideration for lifelong surveillance [14].

Case 4

A 44-year-old previously healthy female presents with 2 months of epigastric pain. Her laboratory test results, including liver function testing, were normal. A CT of the abdomen and pelvis showed an 11-cm unilocular cyst in the tail of the pancreas (Figure 4). Since the imaging findings were highly suggestive of a MCN, no further workup was done and a laparoscopic spleen preserving distal pancreatectomy was performed. Pathology confirmed a mucinous cystic neoplasm with low-grade dysplasia.

• What is the epidemiology of MCNs and how do they present?

MCNs are mucin-producing lesions (mucinous cysts) of the exocrine pancreas histologically defined by the presence of ovarian stroma [67]. They have the potential to develop into pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Unlike IPMNs, MCNs occur almost exclusively in women, and patients are generally younger. In one series, 99.7% of MCNs occurred in females, with a mean age of 47 [67]. Presenting symptoms, as with other cysts, are often vague. These include abdominal pain, fatigue, weight loss, pancreatitis, and a palpable mass. Only 25% of patients are asymptomatic [68].

• How are MCNs diagnosed and managed?

Approximately 95% of MCNs are located in the body or tail of the pancreas [67]. These lesions do not communicate with the pancreatic ducts unlike IPMNs, though they may still cause ductal obstruction and dilation [29]. They are often one large unilocular cyst with a thick cyst wall, but in 20% of cases they can have multiple septations [29]. Peripheral eggshell calcification on CT is present in roughly 25% of cases, which is sometimes helpful in differentiating these lesions from serous cystic neoplasms, which often have central calcification [69].

When diagnosed, MCNs are surgically removed [6,14]. A recent surgical series found that the rate of high-grade dysplasia in resected specimens was 5.5%, and the risk of invasive disease was 4.4% [70]. This data suggests that a more conservative approach of observation rather than immediate resection may be reasonable for some patients [70]. The prognosis is very good after MCN resection, with a 5-year survival of 97% to 100% for all comers [68,70]. However, invasive MCNs have a lower 5-year survival rate ranging from 15% to 75% [70,71]. Per the AGA guidelines, patients with invasive disease or dysplasia should undergo yearly surveillance with MRI [14]. This recommendation is based on a potential field defect described with IPMNs. However, the international consensus guidelines only recommends surveillance if invasive disease is present [6,68,71,72].

Case 5

A 59-year-old male presents for evaluation of sudden onset abdominal pain and an 8-pound weight loss over the past few months. Seven years ago a pancreatic cyst was diagnosed and has since been observed by serial imaging. His lipase was 400 U/L (normal < 82) with normal liver function tests. A CT scan of the abdomen and pelvis showed peri-pancreatic stranding consistent with pancreatitis and a large complex cyst in the head of the pancreas.

After the acute pancreatitis resolved, a CT pancreas protocol was performed for better characterization of the cyst. This showed a 5.9 x 5.3 x 1.5 cm, multiloculated cystic lesion without mural nodules, with multiple additional subcentimeter lesions. He underwent an EUS, which confirmed the CT findings (Figure 5). FNA was performed and the cytology showed “paucicellular fluid” and the CEA was 0.9 ng/mL. Due to his weight loss and presentation with pancreatitis, a Whipple procedure was performed and pathology showed a serous cystic neoplasm.

• What is the epidemiology of SCNs and how do they present?

SCNs are benign non–mucin-producing cystic lesions that are characterized by a glycogen-rich epithelium on histology [73]. Of patients with SCNs, 74% are female, with a median age 58 [10]. When diagnosed, most patients are usually asymptomatic (61%), but 27% present with abdominal pain. Other symptoms include jaundice, pancreatitis, nausea, and presence of a palpable abdominal mass. SCNs are more common in patients with von Hippel-Lindau syndrome [74].

• How are SCNs diagnosed and managed?

These cysts have fairly even distribution when discovered in the pancreas [53]. About 74% of lesions have smaller micro-cystic components [75]. About 20% of lesions have a characteristic honeycomb appearance, which is highly suggestive of an SCN [76]. About 30% of patients have a characteristic central stellate scar on CT which is also highly suggestive of an SCN [76]. Unlike mucinous neoplasms, peripheral calcification is usually not seen [69].

Malignancy associated with these cysts is very rare, with the largest cohort study reporting a rate of 0.1% [10]. The diagnosis can commonly be made by its unique imaging appearance [10]. Diagnostic biomarkers that may identify such cysts with more certainty are under active investigation [77]. Resection is reasonable and often performed for SCNs when they cause debilitating symptoms including refractory abdominal pain or pancreatitis. When resected and confirmed by pathology, no surveillance is required [14,78].

Conclusion

Pancreatic cysts are common incidental findings in clinical practice today. Many cause anxiety due to their association with pancreas cancer, but most are indolent and safe to observe. Even those cysts with malignant potential grow slowly and immediate surgery is often unnecessary. Several guidelines have been developed, and while there are similarities between them, there are enough critical differences unfortunately to cause some confusion among practitioners today. Further robust research is needed to help address and reconcile these differences. In the meantime, a multidisciplinary approach is highly recommended at dedicated centers of excellence for pancreatic diseases.

 

Corresponding author: Walter G. Park, MD, MS, 300 Pasteur Drive, MC: 5187, Stanford, CA 94305, [email protected].

Funding/support: Dr. Park is funded by an American College of Gastroenterology Junior Faculty Development Award and is a subcontinent for the National Cancer Institute's Early Detection Research Network.

Financial disclosures: None.

Author contributions: conception and design, TZ, WGP; analysis and interpretation of data, WGP; drafting of article, TZ, WGP; critical revision of the article, TZ, WGP.

From the Department of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To review the diagnosis and management of pancreatic cystic lesions.
  • Methods: Narrative review of the literature.
  • Results: Pancreatic cystic lesions are clinically relevant as some are precursor lesions to pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Mucinous cystic neoplasms and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms are 2 commonly encountered pre-cancerous pancreatic cysts. Many cysts are identified incidentally due to frequent use of high-resolution CT and MRI imaging technology. Proposed diagnostic and management algorithms exist to guide clinical practice but are limited by a lack of evidence and discordance among various guidelines. New cyst fluid biomarkers are under development to diagnose cyst types and risk of cancer.
  • Conclusion: Pancreatic cysts are increasingly encountered in clinical practice and represent a growing problem. Diagnostic and management algorithms are available to assist practice but are limited by the available evidence. A multidisciplinary approach is recommended.

 

In the United States there were an estimated 46,420 new cases of pancreatic cancer in 2014 [1]. Of all major cancers, pancreatic cancer had the lowest 5-year survival rate at 6% [1]. Of the 3 known precursor lesions to pancreas adenocarcinoma, 2 are pancreatic cysts [2]. Correctly identifying those with cancer, those with cancer potential (premalignant), and those that are benign (harboring no malignant potential) can be difficult.

The estimated prevalence of pancreatic cysts is approximately 2.6% [3]. In some case series using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), higher rates of detection of approximately 13.5% have been observed [4]. The prevalence increases with age reaching nearly 10% by the 8thdecade of life [3,4]. Mucinous cystic neoplasms (MCNs) and intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms (IPMNs) account for about 30% of pancreatic cysts [5]. These cysts are defined as mucinous cysts and are known precursor lesions to pancreatic adenocarcinoma [6]. The other most common types of cysts are serous cystic neoplasms (SCNs), comprising 20% of pancreatic cysts, and pseudocysts, comprising 30% [5]. These cysts are considered nonmucinous cysts and are almost always benign [7,8]. There are multiple other pancreatic cyst types to consider, which are summarized in Table 1 [9,10,11]. In this review, we will cover the diagnosis and management of the most common pancreatic cysts in a case-based format.

Case 1

A 57-year-old male had a 1.5-cm pancreatic cyst located in the head that was found on computed tomography (CT) imaging for suspected renal colic. He had no history or complaints suspicious for pancreatic disease. A CT pancreas protocol scan was obtained, which demonstrated a simple appearing cyst with no mural nodules. The pancreatic and biliary ducts were normal. His laboratory evaluations including liver function testing and lipase were normal.

• What is the approach to incidentally discovered pancreatic cysts?

While many pancreatic cysts are first discovered by cross sectional imaging (CT or MRI), the diagnostic accuracy of defining cyst type and the presence of malignancy is imperfect. The area under the curve (AUC) for differentiating malignant from benign pancreatic cysts ranges from 0.64 to 0.82 for CT and 0.73 to 0.91 for MRI, and no difference between the 2 were observed [12,13]. Several guidelines are currently available to offer guidance on management [6,14,15,16,17]. Much of the current evidence includes retrospective case series with no randomized control trials. The guidelines, therefore, mostly represent consensus-based expert extrapolation of available data.

The second iteration of guidelines put forth by an international panel of experts is perhaps the most widely accepted among pancreatologists. Published in 2012, the panel narrowed the criteria from their first guidelines (2006) regarding surgical resection of a pancreatic cyst [6,17]. Patients with a pancreatic cyst who have any of the following 3 features (or “high-risk stigmata”) warrant immediate consideration of surgical resection. These features are (1) obstructive jaundice in the setting of a head cyst, (2) presence of an enhancing solid component within the cyst, and (3) main pancreatic ductal dilation of 10 or more mm [6]. The presence of other “worrisome” features should prompt further investigation with endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) and these include (1) presentation of a cyst with pancreatitis, (2) cysts 3 cm or greater in size, (3) thickened or enhancing cyst walls, (4) nonenhancing mural nodules, and (5) tapering of the pancreatic duct with distal pancreatic atrophy (Table 2)[6].

The American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) recently produced guidelines in 2015 [14]. In comparison to the international consensus guidelines, there are a few key differences, which have now become a point of vigorous debate and disagreement among pancreatologists and confusion among general gastroenterologists and surgeons in the community. Where the international consensus guidelines have stricter criteria to define the appropriateness of surgery, the AGA guidelines are more liberal. AGA defined cysts appropriate for surgery as having 2 out of 3 of the following features: (1) cyst size ≥ 3 cm, (2) presence of a solid component in the cyst, and (3) dilation of the main pancreatic duct. Those having 1 out of 3 criteria were defined as needing further investigation with EUS [14]. These criteria are more relaxed and will likely lead to more surgical resections.

Another difference involves surveillance recommendations. The international consensus guidelines do not define a period when surveillance can be safely stopped. The AGA guidelines define 5 years as the period where if there is no significant change in the cyst from surveillance MRIs performed every 1 to 2 years, then surveillance can be stopped [14]. As the natural history of these cysts remain substantially uncertain, with evidence that malignant transformation occurs after 5 years, this particular recommendation by the AGA remains highly controversial [18,19]. Other differences between these 2 guidelines are summarized in Table 2 [6,14].

Until the surveillance recommendations by the AGA are validated with further studies, we generally follow the 2012 international consensus guidelines. We generally prefer MRI for initial and surveillance evaluations of pancreatic cysts. Besides the lack of radiation exposure, some studies show MRI to have better inter-reader variability [20], better resolution to show cyst communication with the main pancreatic duct [21], and better characterization of peripheral pancreatic cysts [22]. At our center, when a solid mass is suspected, a CT pancreas protocol is preferred in lieu of an MRI by our surgical team.

Case 1 Continued

Given the smaller size and absence of high-risk stigmata or worrisome features, surveillance of his cyst was recommnded. He unfortunately did not follow up and presented 7 years later with several months of abdominal pain and esophageal reflux symptoms. A CT scan was repeated which showed that the cyst had grown to 10.7 x 8.8 x 8.9 cm with an adjacent smaller cyst (Figure 1). The cyst was surrounded by a thick rind of enhancing tissue and had occluded the splenic and superior mesenteric veins, and was encasing the splenic artery. The main pancreatic duct was dilated at 7 mm with pancreatic body and tail atrophy. There was no evidence of metastatic disease or pathological lymph nodes. An EUS was performed and showed a large complex cyst with thick walls of up to 2 cm. Fine-needle aspiration (FNA) yielded a carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) value of 2.3 ng/mL and cytology showed “bland epithelial cells.”

Despite the reassuring CEA and cytology results, a high concern for a malignant cystic lesion remained based on cyst size, main pancreatic duct dilation, and atrophy noted in the distal pancreas. The patient underwent surgical resection including subtotal pancreatectomy, splenectomy, subtotal gastrectomy, and superior mesenteric and portal vein resection with reconstruction. Pathology revealed the cyst to be a benign pseudocyst.

This case reflects some of the critical challenges in current management of pancreatic cysts. By history, this patient had no suspicion for pancreatitis, making a pseudocyst less likely in a differential diagnosis. When the patient presented 7 years later, again with no reported history of pancreatitis, there was clinical concern for a branch duct IPMN. Although the cyst fluid CEA and cytology were reassuring, the patient met surgical criteria by the 2006 international consensus criteria and the more recent AGA guidelines. Interestingly, the narrowed 2012 international consensus guidelines for surgical resection would have recommended observation. This case highlights the need for better diagnostic tests.

• What is the epidemiology of pancreatic fluid collections and how do they present?

Pancreatic fluid collections are not true cysts as they lack an epithelial cell lining. They often occur in the context of either acute or chronic pancreatitis, and are considered benign or nonmucinous cysts [7,8]. Duct disruption occurs causing pancreatic fluid accumulation, initially defined as an acute peri-pancreatic fluid collection, or an acute necrotic collection if necrosis is present. Over about 4 weeks a more defined cyst wall forms and the cyst is now classified as either a pseudocyst or walled-off pancreatic necrosis [23]. In one review, the median age at presentation was 49 with a male:female ratio of 2:1. Only 52% of fluid collections were discovered following an acute attack of pancreatitis [24]. The risk factors for pancreatic fluid collections are similar to the risk factors for pancreatitis, with the most common being alcohol use and gallstones [24]. Potential symptoms include abdominal pain, weight loss, gastrointestinal bleeding from pseudoaneurysms, obstructive symptoms, sepsis from super infection, and obstructive jaundice [8,24,25,26,27].

• How are pancreatic fluid collections diagnosed and managed?

Clinical suspicion for pancreatic fluid collections should increase if a cyst is diagnosed in the context of acute or chronic pancreatitis [28]. However, other types of cysts can cause ductal obstruction and pancreatitis, so further investigation may be needed, including review of prior imaging if available. The presence of internal debris, the presence of imaging findings of acute or chronic pancreatitis, and fluid extension beyond the pancreas and taking the shape of the retroperitoneum are often characteristics found in pancreatic fluid collections [29,28,30]. If needed, FNA with assay of amylase may be helpful. An amylase value of 5680 IU/L or greater was 84% sensitive and 64% specific (AUC 0.69) for pseudocysts in one study [31].

Management of pancreatic fluid collections is largely based on surgical series. Drainage procedures for pancreatic fluid collections are often undertaken for intractable symptoms or concerns of infection [8,24,25,26]. Asymptomatic pseudocysts can be safely followed. Specific techniques used for pancreatic fluid collection management vary by institutional expertise. Endoscopic drainage can be done by transpapillary stenting if main duct communication is present, or transgastric/transduodenal stenting if the cyst wall is mature and accessible by these approaches [32]. If necrosis is present this can be debrided endoscopically [33]. Laparoscopic surgical options are preferred to open approaches, and can be performed in 1 procedure where endoscopic approaches may require multiple procedures. The most common approach is to drain the cyst by creating a cyst-gastrostomy, or when not feasible a cyst-duodenostomy or cyst-jejunostomy [26,34]. Percutaneous drainage is less commonly performed and used for unstable patients as it can lead to cutaneous fistulas [34]. The best technique for intervention should be decided in the context of a multidisciplinary team. The option for conservative management should be considered as well because about 60% of those managed conservatively will have resolution in 1 year [35].

Case 2

A 65-year-old male had a CT scan of the abdomen and pelvis for hematuria. While no clear source of hematuria was identified, a pancreatic cyst was described prompting a dedicated CT pancreas protocol scan. This showed a 3.4 x 4.0 x 5.5 cm multicystic lesion in the head of the pancreas with mural nodules but no dilation of the main pancreatic duct or biliary ducts (Figure 2). He had no correlating symptoms and lab test results were normal.

• What is the role of endoscopic ultrasound with FNA in the diagnosis of pancreatic cysts?

While more invasive than CT or MRI, EUS provides detailed imaging to characterize relevant clinical features and allows fine needle aspiration of the cyst fluid and tissue of intra-cystic masses (Table 2) [6,14]. While MRI imaging resolution is continuing to improve [22,36,37], EUS is generally considered superior [38] for diagnosing high-risk lesions. A limitation of EUS, however, is significant inter-observer variability when compared with MRI [37,39,40].

EUS enables FNA of the cyst, which offers unique oppor-tunities for diagnosis. Cyst fluid cytology unfortunately has limited diagnostic yield, with a recent meta-analysis showing sensitivity 63%, specificity 88%, and AUC of 0.89 in differentiating mucinous from nonmucinous cysts [41]. The low sensitivity is likely because cyst fluid is paucicellular. Techniques that include targeting the cyst wall are under investigation and may improve the diagnostic yield of cytological analysis [42]. Tumor markers such as CEA have been widely used in the cyst fluid, with a value > 192 ng/mL having 63% sensitivity and 88% specificity (AUC of 0.79) for mucinous pancreatic cysts [43]. Other cyst fluid markers have been or are being developed including mutated KRAS DNA [44], mutated GNAS DNA [45,46], micro RNA [47,48], glucose [49], proteomic analysis [50], and multiple other molecules [51]. At this time, many of these markers are under investigation.

Case 2 Continued

An endoscopic ultrasound was performed and showed normal main pancreatic and common bile ducts. No intra-cystic mural nodules were observed. FNA was performed. Cytology showed “paucicellular fluid” and the cyst fluid CEA was 319 ng/mL. Having met the original consensus criteria for surgical resection [17] based on size, the presence of mural nodules, and due to suspicion for a mucinous cyst based on the CEA level, the patient underwent a Whipple procedure. The final pathology was a branch-duct IPMN with moderate dysplasia.

• What interventions exist for treating pancreatic cysts?

Surgery is the mainstay of treatment for pancreatic cysts. The most common surgical procedure for worrisome cysts in the head of the pancreas is a pancreatoduodenectomy (Whipple procedure). For cysts in the distal pancreas, a laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy can be performed [52,53]. Middle pancreatectomy, total pancreatectomy, and enucleation are less commonly performed and remain under investigation. The most common complications after surgery are surgical site and nonsurgical site infection, bleeding, pancreatic fistula, and delayed gastric emptying [52,53]. Overall complication rate for pancreatic cyst surgery is 27% to 39%, and perioperative mortality is 0.5% to 4% at high-volume centers [52,53].

An area of active investigation involves EUS-directed chemical cyst ablation. Prior studies using ethanol intra-cystic injection alone showed cyst resolution in 33% of patients [54]. A combination of ethanol and paclitaxel showed cyst resolution in 62% of patients [55]. Though these techniques offer a less invasive alternative to surgery, the complete eradication of dysplastic cystic epithelium remains uncertain and long-term efficacy is unclear. Thus, these techniques should only be considered in the context of a clinical trial or perhaps in patients who are not surgical candidates [56].

Case 3

A 72-year-old male with a history of pancreatitis 23 years ago complicated by a pseudocyst, who is status post cyst jejunostomy and cholecystectomy presented for evaluation. He was having colicky abdominal pain consistent with prior episodes of nephrolithiasis, and a non-contrast CT scan was obtained that showed a cystic mass in the head of the pancreas. His laboratory test results including liver function tests and lipase were normal. A CT pancreas protocol was obtained and showed a 2.4 x 4.6 cm cystic lesion without mural nodules in the head of pancreas (Figure 3). The cyst was continuous with the main duct, which was dilated to 0.9 cm and the common bile duct was dilated to 1.4 cm. There was severe atrophy of the pancreas upstream of the cyst, and small mesenteric lymph nodes. An endoscopic ultrasound with FNA showed similar findings to the CT, but a CEA was measured at 2298 ng/mL (Figure 3). Given the concerning imaging findings and an elevated CEA, a Whipple procedure was performed and final pathology showed a main-duct IPMN with in situ carcinoma.

• What is the epidemiology of IPMNs and how do they present?

IPMNs are mucin-producing lesions (mucinous cysts) of the exocrine pancreas involving either the main or branch ducts that have the potential to develop into pancreatic adenocarcinoma [57]. The mean age at presentation for both branch duct IPMNs (BD-IPMNs) and main duct IPMNs (MD-IPMNs) is around 65 years [58,59]. In the United States, the male to female prevalence ratio is equal, though there is some geographic variation among different countries [58]. Risk factors for IPMN formation include diabetes, chronic pancreatitis, and a family history of pancreatic adenocarcinoma [60]. Presentation is often asymptomatic but may present with pancreatitis, abdominal pain, weight loss, jaundice, and pancreatic exocrine insufficiency [61]. They tend to occur in the pancreatic head [29]. IPMNs involve either the main pancreatic duct or branch duct or both [62], but this is not always visible by imaging [21]. MRI with MRCP is considered superior to CT in characterizing these lesions, specifically in identifying a connection with the pancreatic ducts [21].

• How are IPMNs diagnosed and managed?

MD-IPMNs harbor a higher risk of malignancy than BD-IPMNs. In one series, 64% of MD-IPMN resected specimens contained cancer [63]. Because of the high cancer risk, all guidelines recommend surgical resection for appropriate patients [6,14,15,16,17]. BD-IPMNs have a lower risk of cancer at diagnosis, present in 19.5% of resected specimens in one study [63]. As a surgical series, this may overstate the true prevalence, which is supported by another study. A cohort of 103 suspected BD-IPMNs patients were observed and those with high-risk features were resected. The overall rate of cancer at 5 years was 2.6%, and only 1 of 103 patients developed non-resectable disease [64]. For these reasons, suspected BD-IPMNs can often be safely monitored if they do not harbor any high risk stigmata as defined by the international consensus criteria (Table 2)[6]. Otherwise, suspected BD-IPMNs are managed in a similar manner to other pancreatic cysts (Table 2) [6,14].

Prognosis after resection is more favorable for IPMNs than for pancreatic adenocarcinoma, possibly due to earlier stage of detection. The 5-year survival for BD-IPMN is 90% after resection, and 47% for MD-IPMN after resection [62]. Survival rates for IPMNs with invasive adenocarcinoma are lower with a combined overall survival 24% to 42% at 5 years. Survival rates are similar to the survival rate for non-cystic pancreatic adenocarcinoma when controlling for size, invasiveness, and lymph node metastasis [65,66].

Guidelines for surveillance after resection have even fewer applicable studies. The 5-year postoperative recurrence rate is 0 to 20% for IPMNs [6]. The revised international consensus guidelines recommends surveillance 6 months after resection with CT or MRI for all IPMNs, but with no recommendation given on how long to continue surveillance [6]. For patients with invasive disease, the same follow up is recommended as for standard invasive adenocarcinoma [6]. The AGA recommends yearly MRI only for only patients with high-grade dysplasia or invasive disease, with consideration for lifelong surveillance [14].

Case 4

A 44-year-old previously healthy female presents with 2 months of epigastric pain. Her laboratory test results, including liver function testing, were normal. A CT of the abdomen and pelvis showed an 11-cm unilocular cyst in the tail of the pancreas (Figure 4). Since the imaging findings were highly suggestive of a MCN, no further workup was done and a laparoscopic spleen preserving distal pancreatectomy was performed. Pathology confirmed a mucinous cystic neoplasm with low-grade dysplasia.

• What is the epidemiology of MCNs and how do they present?

MCNs are mucin-producing lesions (mucinous cysts) of the exocrine pancreas histologically defined by the presence of ovarian stroma [67]. They have the potential to develop into pancreatic adenocarcinoma. Unlike IPMNs, MCNs occur almost exclusively in women, and patients are generally younger. In one series, 99.7% of MCNs occurred in females, with a mean age of 47 [67]. Presenting symptoms, as with other cysts, are often vague. These include abdominal pain, fatigue, weight loss, pancreatitis, and a palpable mass. Only 25% of patients are asymptomatic [68].

• How are MCNs diagnosed and managed?

Approximately 95% of MCNs are located in the body or tail of the pancreas [67]. These lesions do not communicate with the pancreatic ducts unlike IPMNs, though they may still cause ductal obstruction and dilation [29]. They are often one large unilocular cyst with a thick cyst wall, but in 20% of cases they can have multiple septations [29]. Peripheral eggshell calcification on CT is present in roughly 25% of cases, which is sometimes helpful in differentiating these lesions from serous cystic neoplasms, which often have central calcification [69].

When diagnosed, MCNs are surgically removed [6,14]. A recent surgical series found that the rate of high-grade dysplasia in resected specimens was 5.5%, and the risk of invasive disease was 4.4% [70]. This data suggests that a more conservative approach of observation rather than immediate resection may be reasonable for some patients [70]. The prognosis is very good after MCN resection, with a 5-year survival of 97% to 100% for all comers [68,70]. However, invasive MCNs have a lower 5-year survival rate ranging from 15% to 75% [70,71]. Per the AGA guidelines, patients with invasive disease or dysplasia should undergo yearly surveillance with MRI [14]. This recommendation is based on a potential field defect described with IPMNs. However, the international consensus guidelines only recommends surveillance if invasive disease is present [6,68,71,72].

Case 5

A 59-year-old male presents for evaluation of sudden onset abdominal pain and an 8-pound weight loss over the past few months. Seven years ago a pancreatic cyst was diagnosed and has since been observed by serial imaging. His lipase was 400 U/L (normal < 82) with normal liver function tests. A CT scan of the abdomen and pelvis showed peri-pancreatic stranding consistent with pancreatitis and a large complex cyst in the head of the pancreas.

After the acute pancreatitis resolved, a CT pancreas protocol was performed for better characterization of the cyst. This showed a 5.9 x 5.3 x 1.5 cm, multiloculated cystic lesion without mural nodules, with multiple additional subcentimeter lesions. He underwent an EUS, which confirmed the CT findings (Figure 5). FNA was performed and the cytology showed “paucicellular fluid” and the CEA was 0.9 ng/mL. Due to his weight loss and presentation with pancreatitis, a Whipple procedure was performed and pathology showed a serous cystic neoplasm.

• What is the epidemiology of SCNs and how do they present?

SCNs are benign non–mucin-producing cystic lesions that are characterized by a glycogen-rich epithelium on histology [73]. Of patients with SCNs, 74% are female, with a median age 58 [10]. When diagnosed, most patients are usually asymptomatic (61%), but 27% present with abdominal pain. Other symptoms include jaundice, pancreatitis, nausea, and presence of a palpable abdominal mass. SCNs are more common in patients with von Hippel-Lindau syndrome [74].

• How are SCNs diagnosed and managed?

These cysts have fairly even distribution when discovered in the pancreas [53]. About 74% of lesions have smaller micro-cystic components [75]. About 20% of lesions have a characteristic honeycomb appearance, which is highly suggestive of an SCN [76]. About 30% of patients have a characteristic central stellate scar on CT which is also highly suggestive of an SCN [76]. Unlike mucinous neoplasms, peripheral calcification is usually not seen [69].

Malignancy associated with these cysts is very rare, with the largest cohort study reporting a rate of 0.1% [10]. The diagnosis can commonly be made by its unique imaging appearance [10]. Diagnostic biomarkers that may identify such cysts with more certainty are under active investigation [77]. Resection is reasonable and often performed for SCNs when they cause debilitating symptoms including refractory abdominal pain or pancreatitis. When resected and confirmed by pathology, no surveillance is required [14,78].

Conclusion

Pancreatic cysts are common incidental findings in clinical practice today. Many cause anxiety due to their association with pancreas cancer, but most are indolent and safe to observe. Even those cysts with malignant potential grow slowly and immediate surgery is often unnecessary. Several guidelines have been developed, and while there are similarities between them, there are enough critical differences unfortunately to cause some confusion among practitioners today. Further robust research is needed to help address and reconcile these differences. In the meantime, a multidisciplinary approach is highly recommended at dedicated centers of excellence for pancreatic diseases.

 

Corresponding author: Walter G. Park, MD, MS, 300 Pasteur Drive, MC: 5187, Stanford, CA 94305, [email protected].

Funding/support: Dr. Park is funded by an American College of Gastroenterology Junior Faculty Development Award and is a subcontinent for the National Cancer Institute's Early Detection Research Network.

Financial disclosures: None.

Author contributions: conception and design, TZ, WGP; analysis and interpretation of data, WGP; drafting of article, TZ, WGP; critical revision of the article, TZ, WGP.

References

1. DeSantis CE, Lin CC, Mariotto AB, et al. Cancer treatment and survivorship statistics, 2014. CA Cancer J Clin 2014;64:252–71.

2. Hruban RH, Maitra A, Kern SE, Goggins M. Precursors to pancreatic cancer. Gastroenterol Clin North Am 2007;36:831–49.

3. Laffan TA, Horton KM, Klein AP, et al. Prevalence of unsuspected pancreatic cysts on MDCT. Am J Roentgenol 2008;191:802–7.

4. Lee KS, Sekhar A, Rofsky NM, Pedrosa I. Prevalence of incidental pancreatic cysts in the adult population on MR imaging. Am J Gastroenterol 2010;105:2079–84.

5. Volkan Adsay N. Cystic lesions of the pancreas. Mod Pathol 20(1 Suppl):S71–93.

6. Tanaka M, Fernández-del Castillo C, Adsay V, et al. International consensus guidelines 2012 for the management of IPMN and MCN of the pancreas. Pancreatology 2012;12:183–97.

7. Galanis C, Zamani A, Cameron J, et al. Resected serous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: a review of 158 patients with recommendations for treatment. J Gastrointest Surg 2007;11:820–6.

8. Vitas G, Sarr M. Selected management of pancreatic pseudocysts: operative versus expectant management. Surgery 1992;111:123–30.

9. Jani N, Bani Hani M, Schulick RD, et al. Diagnosis and management of cystic lesions of the pancreas. Diagn Ther Endosc 2011;2011:478913.

10. Jais B, Rebours V, Malleo G, et al. Serous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas: a multinational study of 2622 patients under the auspices of the International Association of Pancreatology and European Pancreatic Club (European Study Group on Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas). Gut 2015 Jun 4.

11. Kim YS, Cho JH. Rare nonneoplastic cysts of pancreas. Clin Endosc 2015;48:31–8.

12. Visser BC, Yeh BM, Qayyum A, et al. Characterization of cystic pancreatic masses: relative accuracy of CT and MRI. Am J Roentgenol 2007;189:648–56.

13. Lee H-J, Kim M-J, Choi J-Y, et al. Relative accuracy of CT and MRI in the differentiation of benign from malignant pancreatic cystic lesions. Clin Radiol 2011;66:315–21.

14. Scheiman JM, Hwang JH, Moayyedi P. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the diagnosis and management of asymptomatic neoplastic pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2015;148:824–48.

15. Berland LL, Silverman SG, Gore RM, et al. Managing incidental findings on abdominal CT: white paper of the ACR Incidental Findings Committee. J Am Coll Radiol  2010;7:754–73.

16. Khalid A, Brugge W. ACG practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of neoplastic pancreatic cysts. Am J Gastroenterol 2007;102:2339–49.

17. Tanaka M, Chari S, Adsay V, et al. International consensus guidelines for management of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms and mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreatol Off J Int Assoc Pancreatol IAP Al 2006;6(1-2).

18. Ahn D-W, Lee SH, Kim J, et al. Long-term outcome of cystic lesions in the pancreas: a retrospective cohort study. Gut Liver 2012;6:493–500.

19. Khannoussi W, Vullierme MP, Rebours V, et al. The long term risk of malignancy in patients with branch duct intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreatol Off J Int Assoc Pancreatol IAP Al 2012;12:198–202.

20. Grieser C, Heine G, Stelter L, et al. Morphological analysis and differentiation of benign cystic neoplasms of the pancreas using computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. Fortschr Röntgenstr 2013;185:219–27.

21. Waters J, Schmidt CM, Pinchot J, et al. CT vs MRCP: optimal classification of IPMN type and extent. J Gastrointest Surg 2008;12:101–9.

22. Duconseil P, Turrini O, Ewald J, et al. “Peripheric” pancreatic cysts: performance of CT scan, MRI and endoscopy according to final pathological examination. HPB 2015;17:485–9.

23. Banks PA, Bollen TL, Dervenis C, et al. Classification of acute pancreatitis—2012: revision of the Atlanta classification and definitions by international consensus. Gut  2013;62:102–11.

24. Sanfey H, Aguilar M, Jones R. Pseudocysts of the pancreas, a review of 97 cases. Am Surg 1994;60:661–8.

25. Cheruvu CVN, Clarke MG, Prentice M, Eyre-Brook IA. Conservative treatment as an option in the management of pancreatic pseudocyst. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2003;85:313–6.

26. Usatoff V, Brancatisano R, Williamson RCN. Operative treatment of pseudocysts in patients with chronic pancreatitis. Br J Surg 2000;87:1494–9.

27. Marshall G, Howell DA, Hansen BL, et al. Multidisciplinary approach to pseudoaneurysms complicating pancreatic pseudocysts: Impact of pretreatment diagnosis. Arch Surg 1996;131:278–83.

28. Sahani DV, Kadavigere R, Saokar A, et al. Cystic pancreatic lesions: a simple imaging-based classification system for guiding management. RadioGraphics 2005;25:1471–84.

29. Tirkes T, Aisen A, Cramer H, et al. Cystic neoplasms of the pancreas; findings on magnetic resonance imaging with pathological, surgical, and clinical correlation. Abdom Imaging 2014;39:1088–101.

30. Macari M, Finn ME, Bennett GL, et al. Differentiating Pancreatic cystic neoplasms from pancreatic pseudocysts at MR Imaging: value of perceived internal debris. Radiology 2009;251:77–84.

31. Park WG, Mascarenhas R, Palaez-Luna M, et al. Diagnostic performance of cyst fluid carcinoembryonic antigen and amylase in histologically confirmed pancreatic cysts. Pancreas 2011;40:42–5.

32. Braden B, Dietrich CF. Endoscopic ultrasonography-guided endoscopic treatment of pancreatic pseudocysts and walled-off necrosis: New technical developments. World J Gastroenterol WJG 2014;20:16191–6.

33. van Brunschot S, Fockens P, Bakker O, et al. Endoscopic transluminal necrosectomy in necrotising pancreatitis: a systematic review. Surg Endosc 2014;28:1425–38.

34. Pan G, Wan MH, Xie K-L, et al. Classification and management of pancreatic pseudocysts. Medicine (Baltimore). 2015;94:e960.

35. Yeo CJ, Bastidas JA, Lynch-Nyhan A, et al. The natural history of pancreatic pseudocysts documented by computed tomography. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1990;170:411–7.

36. Chebib I, Yaeger K, Mino-Kenudson M, Pitman MB. The role of cytopathology and cyst fluid analysis in the preoperative diagnosis and management of pancreatic cysts >3 cm. Cancer Cytopathol 2014;122:804–9.

37. Kim JH, Eun HW, Park H-J, et al. Diagnostic performance of MRI and EUS in the differentiation of benign from malignant pancreatic cyst and cyst communication with the main duct. Eur J Radiol 2012;81:2927–35.

38. Khashab MA, Kim K, Lennon AM, et al. Should we do EUS/FNA on patients with pancreatic cysts? the incremental diagnostic yield of EUS over CT/MRI for prediction of cystic neoplasms. Pancreas 2013;42:717–21.

39. de Jong K, Verlaan T, Dijkgraaf MG, et al. Interobserver agreement for endosonography in the diagnosis of pancreatic cysts. Endoscopy 2011;43:579–84.

40. Harinck F, Konings ICAW, Kluijt I, Poley JW, van Hooft JE, van Dullemen HM, et al. A multicentre comparative prospective blinded analysis of EUS and MRI for screening of pancreatic cancer in high-risk individuals. Gut 2015 May 18.

41. Thosani N, Thosani S, Qiao W, et al. Role of EUS-FNA based cytology in diagnosis of mucinous pancreatic cystic lesions: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Dig Dis Sci 2010;55:2756–66.

42. Hong S-KS, Loren DE, Rogart JN, et al. Targeted cyst wall puncture and aspiration during EUS-FNA increases the diagnostic yield of premalignant and malignant pancreatic cysts. Gastrointest Endosc 2012;75:775–82.

43. Thornton G, McPhail M, Nayagam S, et al. Endoscopic ultrasound guided fine needle aspiration for the diagnosis of pancreatic cystic neoplasms: a meta-analysis. Pancreatology 2013;13:48–57.

44. Khalid A, Zahid M, Finkelstein SD, et al. Pancreatic cyst fluid DNA analysis in evaluating pancreatic cysts: a report of the PANDA study. Gastrointest Endosc 2009;May;69:1095–102.

45. Wu J, Matthaei H, Maitra A, et al. Recurrent GNAS mutations define an unexpected pathway for pancreatic cyst development. Sci Transl Med 2011;3:92ra66.

46. Springer S, Wang Y, Molin MD, et al. A Combination of molecular markers and clinical features improve the classification of pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2015 Aug 4.

47. Ryu JK, Matthaei H, dal Molin M, et al. Elevated microRNA miR-21 Levels in Pancreatic cyst fluid are predictive of mucinous precursor lesions of ductal adenocarcinoma. Pancreatology 2011;11:343–50.

48. Matthaei H, Wylie D, Lloyd MB, et al. miRNA Biomarkers in cyst fluid augment the diagnosis and management of pancreatic cysts. Clin Cancer Res 2012;18 :4713–24.

49. Zikos T, Pham K, Bowen R, et al. Cyst fluid glucose is rapidly feasible and accurate in diagnosing mucinous pancreatic cysts. Am J Gastroenterol 2015;110:909–14.

50. Corcos O, Couvelard A, Dargère D, et al. Proteomic assessment of markers for malignancy in the mucus of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreas 2012;41:169–74.

51. Thiruvengadam N, Park W. Systematic review of pancreatic cyst fluid biomarkers: the path forward. Clin Transl Gastroenterol 2015;11:e88.

52. Plichta JK, Brosius JA, Pappas SG, et al. The changing spectrum of surgically treated cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. HPB Surg 2015;2015:791704.

53. Valsangkar NP, Morales-Oyarvide V, Thayer SP, et al. 851 resected cystic tumors of the pancreas: A 33-year experience at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Surgery 2012;152:S4–12.

54. DeWitt J, McGreevy K, Schmidt CM, Brugge WR. EUS-guided ethanol versus saline solution lavage for pancreatic cysts: a randomized, double-blind study. Gastrointest Endosc 2009;70:710–23.

55. Oh H-C, Seo DW, Song TJ, et al. Endoscopic ultrasonography-guided ethanol lavage with paclitaxel injection treats patients with pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2011;140:172–9.

56. Gavini H, Lee JH. Endoscopic ultrasound-guided endotherapy. J Clin Gastroenterol 2015;49:185–93.

57. Grutzmann R, Niedergethmann M, Pilarsky C, et al. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas: biology, diagnosis, and treatment. Ooncologist 2010;15:1294–309.

58. Ingkakul T, Warshaw AL, Fernández-Del Castillo C. Epidemiology of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas: sex differences between 3 geographic regions. Pancreas 2011;40:779–80.

59. Brugge WR, Lauwers GY, Sahani D, et al. Cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. N Engl J Med  2004;351:1218–26.

60. Capurso G, Boccia S, Salvia R, et al. Risk factors for intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm (IPMN) of the pancreas: a multicentre case-control study. Am J Gastroenterol 2013n;108:1003–9.

61. Lubezky N, Ben-Haim M, Nakache R, et al. Clinical presentation can predict disease course in patients with intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas. World J Surg 2010;34:126–32.

62. Kobari M, Egawa S, Shibuya K, et al. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas comprise 2 clinical subtypes: differences in clinical characteristics and surgical management. Arch Surg Chic Ill 1960. 1999;134:1131–6.

63. Serikawa M, Sasaki T, Fujimoto Y, et al. Management of intraductal papillary-mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas: treatment strategy based on morphologic classification. J Clin Gastroenterol 2006;40:856–62.

64. Sawai Y, Yamao K, Bhatia V, et al. Development of pancreatic cancers during long-term follow-up of side-branch intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms. Endoscopy 2010;42:1077–84.

65. Poultsides GA, Reddy S, Cameron JL, et al. Histopathologic basis for the favorable survival after resection of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm-associated invasive adenocarcinoma of the pancreas. Ann Surg 201 Mar;251:470–6.

66. Worni M, Akushevich I, Gloor B, et al. Adjuvant radiotherapy in the treatment of invasive intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas: an analysis of the surveillance, epidemiology, and end results registry. Ann Surg Oncol 2012;19:1316–23.

67. Goh BKP, Tan Y-M, Chung Y-FA, et al. A review of mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas defined by ovarian-type stroma: clinicopathological features of 344 patients. World J Surg 2006;30:2236–45.

68. Crippa S, Salvia R, Warshaw AL, et al. Mucinous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas is not an aggressive entity: lessons from 163 resected patients. Ann Surg 2008;247:571–9.

69. Curry CA, Eng J, Horton KM, et al. CT of primary cystic pancreatic neoplasms: can CT be used for patient triage and treatment? AJR Am J Roentgenol 2000;175:99–103.

70. Park JW, Jang J-Y, Kang MJ, et al. Mucinous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas: Is surgical resection recommended for all surgically fit patients? Pancreatology 2014;14:131–6.

71. Sakorafas GH, Smyrniotis V, Reid-Lombardo KM, Sarr MG. Primary pancreatic cystic neoplasms revisited: Part II. Mucinous cystic neoplasms. Surg Oncol 2011;20:e93–101.

72. Sarr MG, Carpenter HA, Prabhakar LP, et al. Clinical and pathologic correlation of 84 mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: can one reliably differentiate benign from malignant (or premalignant) neoplasms? Ann Surg 2000;231:205–12.

73. Reid MD, Choi H, Balci S, et al. Serous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: Clinicopathologic and molecular characteristics. Pancreat Neoplasms 2014;31:475–83.

74. Charlesworth M, Verbeke CS, Falk GA, et al. Pancreatic lesions in von Hippel-Lindau disease? A systematic review and meta-synthesis of the literature. J Gastrointest Surg Off J Soc Surg Aliment Tract 2012;16:1422–8.

75. Kimura W, Moriya T, Hirai I, et al. Multicenter study of serous cystic neoplasm of the Japan pancreas society. Pancreas 2012;41):380–7.

76. Sarr MG, Murr M, Smyrk TC, et al. Primary cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. Neoplastic disorders of emerging importance-current state-of-the-art and unanswered questions. J Gastrointest Surg Off J Soc Surg Aliment Tract 2003;7:417–28.

77. Yip-Schneider MT, Wu H, Dumas RP, et al. Vascular endothelial growth factor, a novel and highly accurate pancreatic fluid biomarker for serous pancreatic cysts. J Am Coll Surg 2014;218:608–17.

78. Del Chiaro M, Verbeke C, Salvia R, et al. European experts consensus statement on cystic tumours of the pancreas. Dig Liver Dis 2013;45:703–11.

References

1. DeSantis CE, Lin CC, Mariotto AB, et al. Cancer treatment and survivorship statistics, 2014. CA Cancer J Clin 2014;64:252–71.

2. Hruban RH, Maitra A, Kern SE, Goggins M. Precursors to pancreatic cancer. Gastroenterol Clin North Am 2007;36:831–49.

3. Laffan TA, Horton KM, Klein AP, et al. Prevalence of unsuspected pancreatic cysts on MDCT. Am J Roentgenol 2008;191:802–7.

4. Lee KS, Sekhar A, Rofsky NM, Pedrosa I. Prevalence of incidental pancreatic cysts in the adult population on MR imaging. Am J Gastroenterol 2010;105:2079–84.

5. Volkan Adsay N. Cystic lesions of the pancreas. Mod Pathol 20(1 Suppl):S71–93.

6. Tanaka M, Fernández-del Castillo C, Adsay V, et al. International consensus guidelines 2012 for the management of IPMN and MCN of the pancreas. Pancreatology 2012;12:183–97.

7. Galanis C, Zamani A, Cameron J, et al. Resected serous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: a review of 158 patients with recommendations for treatment. J Gastrointest Surg 2007;11:820–6.

8. Vitas G, Sarr M. Selected management of pancreatic pseudocysts: operative versus expectant management. Surgery 1992;111:123–30.

9. Jani N, Bani Hani M, Schulick RD, et al. Diagnosis and management of cystic lesions of the pancreas. Diagn Ther Endosc 2011;2011:478913.

10. Jais B, Rebours V, Malleo G, et al. Serous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas: a multinational study of 2622 patients under the auspices of the International Association of Pancreatology and European Pancreatic Club (European Study Group on Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas). Gut 2015 Jun 4.

11. Kim YS, Cho JH. Rare nonneoplastic cysts of pancreas. Clin Endosc 2015;48:31–8.

12. Visser BC, Yeh BM, Qayyum A, et al. Characterization of cystic pancreatic masses: relative accuracy of CT and MRI. Am J Roentgenol 2007;189:648–56.

13. Lee H-J, Kim M-J, Choi J-Y, et al. Relative accuracy of CT and MRI in the differentiation of benign from malignant pancreatic cystic lesions. Clin Radiol 2011;66:315–21.

14. Scheiman JM, Hwang JH, Moayyedi P. American Gastroenterological Association technical review on the diagnosis and management of asymptomatic neoplastic pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2015;148:824–48.

15. Berland LL, Silverman SG, Gore RM, et al. Managing incidental findings on abdominal CT: white paper of the ACR Incidental Findings Committee. J Am Coll Radiol  2010;7:754–73.

16. Khalid A, Brugge W. ACG practice guidelines for the diagnosis and management of neoplastic pancreatic cysts. Am J Gastroenterol 2007;102:2339–49.

17. Tanaka M, Chari S, Adsay V, et al. International consensus guidelines for management of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms and mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreatol Off J Int Assoc Pancreatol IAP Al 2006;6(1-2).

18. Ahn D-W, Lee SH, Kim J, et al. Long-term outcome of cystic lesions in the pancreas: a retrospective cohort study. Gut Liver 2012;6:493–500.

19. Khannoussi W, Vullierme MP, Rebours V, et al. The long term risk of malignancy in patients with branch duct intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreatol Off J Int Assoc Pancreatol IAP Al 2012;12:198–202.

20. Grieser C, Heine G, Stelter L, et al. Morphological analysis and differentiation of benign cystic neoplasms of the pancreas using computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging. Fortschr Röntgenstr 2013;185:219–27.

21. Waters J, Schmidt CM, Pinchot J, et al. CT vs MRCP: optimal classification of IPMN type and extent. J Gastrointest Surg 2008;12:101–9.

22. Duconseil P, Turrini O, Ewald J, et al. “Peripheric” pancreatic cysts: performance of CT scan, MRI and endoscopy according to final pathological examination. HPB 2015;17:485–9.

23. Banks PA, Bollen TL, Dervenis C, et al. Classification of acute pancreatitis—2012: revision of the Atlanta classification and definitions by international consensus. Gut  2013;62:102–11.

24. Sanfey H, Aguilar M, Jones R. Pseudocysts of the pancreas, a review of 97 cases. Am Surg 1994;60:661–8.

25. Cheruvu CVN, Clarke MG, Prentice M, Eyre-Brook IA. Conservative treatment as an option in the management of pancreatic pseudocyst. Ann R Coll Surg Engl 2003;85:313–6.

26. Usatoff V, Brancatisano R, Williamson RCN. Operative treatment of pseudocysts in patients with chronic pancreatitis. Br J Surg 2000;87:1494–9.

27. Marshall G, Howell DA, Hansen BL, et al. Multidisciplinary approach to pseudoaneurysms complicating pancreatic pseudocysts: Impact of pretreatment diagnosis. Arch Surg 1996;131:278–83.

28. Sahani DV, Kadavigere R, Saokar A, et al. Cystic pancreatic lesions: a simple imaging-based classification system for guiding management. RadioGraphics 2005;25:1471–84.

29. Tirkes T, Aisen A, Cramer H, et al. Cystic neoplasms of the pancreas; findings on magnetic resonance imaging with pathological, surgical, and clinical correlation. Abdom Imaging 2014;39:1088–101.

30. Macari M, Finn ME, Bennett GL, et al. Differentiating Pancreatic cystic neoplasms from pancreatic pseudocysts at MR Imaging: value of perceived internal debris. Radiology 2009;251:77–84.

31. Park WG, Mascarenhas R, Palaez-Luna M, et al. Diagnostic performance of cyst fluid carcinoembryonic antigen and amylase in histologically confirmed pancreatic cysts. Pancreas 2011;40:42–5.

32. Braden B, Dietrich CF. Endoscopic ultrasonography-guided endoscopic treatment of pancreatic pseudocysts and walled-off necrosis: New technical developments. World J Gastroenterol WJG 2014;20:16191–6.

33. van Brunschot S, Fockens P, Bakker O, et al. Endoscopic transluminal necrosectomy in necrotising pancreatitis: a systematic review. Surg Endosc 2014;28:1425–38.

34. Pan G, Wan MH, Xie K-L, et al. Classification and management of pancreatic pseudocysts. Medicine (Baltimore). 2015;94:e960.

35. Yeo CJ, Bastidas JA, Lynch-Nyhan A, et al. The natural history of pancreatic pseudocysts documented by computed tomography. Surg Gynecol Obstet 1990;170:411–7.

36. Chebib I, Yaeger K, Mino-Kenudson M, Pitman MB. The role of cytopathology and cyst fluid analysis in the preoperative diagnosis and management of pancreatic cysts >3 cm. Cancer Cytopathol 2014;122:804–9.

37. Kim JH, Eun HW, Park H-J, et al. Diagnostic performance of MRI and EUS in the differentiation of benign from malignant pancreatic cyst and cyst communication with the main duct. Eur J Radiol 2012;81:2927–35.

38. Khashab MA, Kim K, Lennon AM, et al. Should we do EUS/FNA on patients with pancreatic cysts? the incremental diagnostic yield of EUS over CT/MRI for prediction of cystic neoplasms. Pancreas 2013;42:717–21.

39. de Jong K, Verlaan T, Dijkgraaf MG, et al. Interobserver agreement for endosonography in the diagnosis of pancreatic cysts. Endoscopy 2011;43:579–84.

40. Harinck F, Konings ICAW, Kluijt I, Poley JW, van Hooft JE, van Dullemen HM, et al. A multicentre comparative prospective blinded analysis of EUS and MRI for screening of pancreatic cancer in high-risk individuals. Gut 2015 May 18.

41. Thosani N, Thosani S, Qiao W, et al. Role of EUS-FNA based cytology in diagnosis of mucinous pancreatic cystic lesions: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Dig Dis Sci 2010;55:2756–66.

42. Hong S-KS, Loren DE, Rogart JN, et al. Targeted cyst wall puncture and aspiration during EUS-FNA increases the diagnostic yield of premalignant and malignant pancreatic cysts. Gastrointest Endosc 2012;75:775–82.

43. Thornton G, McPhail M, Nayagam S, et al. Endoscopic ultrasound guided fine needle aspiration for the diagnosis of pancreatic cystic neoplasms: a meta-analysis. Pancreatology 2013;13:48–57.

44. Khalid A, Zahid M, Finkelstein SD, et al. Pancreatic cyst fluid DNA analysis in evaluating pancreatic cysts: a report of the PANDA study. Gastrointest Endosc 2009;May;69:1095–102.

45. Wu J, Matthaei H, Maitra A, et al. Recurrent GNAS mutations define an unexpected pathway for pancreatic cyst development. Sci Transl Med 2011;3:92ra66.

46. Springer S, Wang Y, Molin MD, et al. A Combination of molecular markers and clinical features improve the classification of pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2015 Aug 4.

47. Ryu JK, Matthaei H, dal Molin M, et al. Elevated microRNA miR-21 Levels in Pancreatic cyst fluid are predictive of mucinous precursor lesions of ductal adenocarcinoma. Pancreatology 2011;11:343–50.

48. Matthaei H, Wylie D, Lloyd MB, et al. miRNA Biomarkers in cyst fluid augment the diagnosis and management of pancreatic cysts. Clin Cancer Res 2012;18 :4713–24.

49. Zikos T, Pham K, Bowen R, et al. Cyst fluid glucose is rapidly feasible and accurate in diagnosing mucinous pancreatic cysts. Am J Gastroenterol 2015;110:909–14.

50. Corcos O, Couvelard A, Dargère D, et al. Proteomic assessment of markers for malignancy in the mucus of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas. Pancreas 2012;41:169–74.

51. Thiruvengadam N, Park W. Systematic review of pancreatic cyst fluid biomarkers: the path forward. Clin Transl Gastroenterol 2015;11:e88.

52. Plichta JK, Brosius JA, Pappas SG, et al. The changing spectrum of surgically treated cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. HPB Surg 2015;2015:791704.

53. Valsangkar NP, Morales-Oyarvide V, Thayer SP, et al. 851 resected cystic tumors of the pancreas: A 33-year experience at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Surgery 2012;152:S4–12.

54. DeWitt J, McGreevy K, Schmidt CM, Brugge WR. EUS-guided ethanol versus saline solution lavage for pancreatic cysts: a randomized, double-blind study. Gastrointest Endosc 2009;70:710–23.

55. Oh H-C, Seo DW, Song TJ, et al. Endoscopic ultrasonography-guided ethanol lavage with paclitaxel injection treats patients with pancreatic cysts. Gastroenterology 2011;140:172–9.

56. Gavini H, Lee JH. Endoscopic ultrasound-guided endotherapy. J Clin Gastroenterol 2015;49:185–93.

57. Grutzmann R, Niedergethmann M, Pilarsky C, et al. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas: biology, diagnosis, and treatment. Ooncologist 2010;15:1294–309.

58. Ingkakul T, Warshaw AL, Fernández-Del Castillo C. Epidemiology of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms of the pancreas: sex differences between 3 geographic regions. Pancreas 2011;40:779–80.

59. Brugge WR, Lauwers GY, Sahani D, et al. Cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. N Engl J Med  2004;351:1218–26.

60. Capurso G, Boccia S, Salvia R, et al. Risk factors for intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm (IPMN) of the pancreas: a multicentre case-control study. Am J Gastroenterol 2013n;108:1003–9.

61. Lubezky N, Ben-Haim M, Nakache R, et al. Clinical presentation can predict disease course in patients with intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas. World J Surg 2010;34:126–32.

62. Kobari M, Egawa S, Shibuya K, et al. Intraductal papillary mucinous tumors of the pancreas comprise 2 clinical subtypes: differences in clinical characteristics and surgical management. Arch Surg Chic Ill 1960. 1999;134:1131–6.

63. Serikawa M, Sasaki T, Fujimoto Y, et al. Management of intraductal papillary-mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas: treatment strategy based on morphologic classification. J Clin Gastroenterol 2006;40:856–62.

64. Sawai Y, Yamao K, Bhatia V, et al. Development of pancreatic cancers during long-term follow-up of side-branch intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms. Endoscopy 2010;42:1077–84.

65. Poultsides GA, Reddy S, Cameron JL, et al. Histopathologic basis for the favorable survival after resection of intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm-associated invasive adenocarcinoma of the pancreas. Ann Surg 201 Mar;251:470–6.

66. Worni M, Akushevich I, Gloor B, et al. Adjuvant radiotherapy in the treatment of invasive intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm of the pancreas: an analysis of the surveillance, epidemiology, and end results registry. Ann Surg Oncol 2012;19:1316–23.

67. Goh BKP, Tan Y-M, Chung Y-FA, et al. A review of mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas defined by ovarian-type stroma: clinicopathological features of 344 patients. World J Surg 2006;30:2236–45.

68. Crippa S, Salvia R, Warshaw AL, et al. Mucinous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas is not an aggressive entity: lessons from 163 resected patients. Ann Surg 2008;247:571–9.

69. Curry CA, Eng J, Horton KM, et al. CT of primary cystic pancreatic neoplasms: can CT be used for patient triage and treatment? AJR Am J Roentgenol 2000;175:99–103.

70. Park JW, Jang J-Y, Kang MJ, et al. Mucinous cystic neoplasm of the pancreas: Is surgical resection recommended for all surgically fit patients? Pancreatology 2014;14:131–6.

71. Sakorafas GH, Smyrniotis V, Reid-Lombardo KM, Sarr MG. Primary pancreatic cystic neoplasms revisited: Part II. Mucinous cystic neoplasms. Surg Oncol 2011;20:e93–101.

72. Sarr MG, Carpenter HA, Prabhakar LP, et al. Clinical and pathologic correlation of 84 mucinous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: can one reliably differentiate benign from malignant (or premalignant) neoplasms? Ann Surg 2000;231:205–12.

73. Reid MD, Choi H, Balci S, et al. Serous cystic neoplasms of the pancreas: Clinicopathologic and molecular characteristics. Pancreat Neoplasms 2014;31:475–83.

74. Charlesworth M, Verbeke CS, Falk GA, et al. Pancreatic lesions in von Hippel-Lindau disease? A systematic review and meta-synthesis of the literature. J Gastrointest Surg Off J Soc Surg Aliment Tract 2012;16:1422–8.

75. Kimura W, Moriya T, Hirai I, et al. Multicenter study of serous cystic neoplasm of the Japan pancreas society. Pancreas 2012;41):380–7.

76. Sarr MG, Murr M, Smyrk TC, et al. Primary cystic neoplasms of the pancreas. Neoplastic disorders of emerging importance-current state-of-the-art and unanswered questions. J Gastrointest Surg Off J Soc Surg Aliment Tract 2003;7:417–28.

77. Yip-Schneider MT, Wu H, Dumas RP, et al. Vascular endothelial growth factor, a novel and highly accurate pancreatic fluid biomarker for serous pancreatic cysts. J Am Coll Surg 2014;218:608–17.

78. Del Chiaro M, Verbeke C, Salvia R, et al. European experts consensus statement on cystic tumours of the pancreas. Dig Liver Dis 2013;45:703–11.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Evaluation and Management of Pancreatic Cystic Lesions
Display Headline
Evaluation and Management of Pancreatic Cystic Lesions
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default

46 experts pen open letter to the FDA on uterine power morcellation

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 10/01/2018 - 10:49
Display Headline
46 experts pen open letter to the FDA on uterine power morcellation

As gynecologists are well aware, in November 2014, the FDA issued a safety communication, warning “against the use of laparoscopic power morcellators in the majority of women undergoing myomectomy or hysterectomy for treatment of fibroids.” Now, a group of 46 experts in gynecologic surgery, including Dr. Eva Chalas, question the FDA’s decision and provide their own clinical recommendations for FDA consideration.

In this interview with Dr. Chalas, she discusses:

  • why this letter needed to be written now
  • why, as an oncologist, she felt she needed to sign the letter
  • concerns with the data the FDA used to make their recommendation 1 year ago
  • the effects of the FDA’s warning over time
  • more.

 Click here to read the open letter to the FDA.

References

Reference

 

  1. US Food and Drug Administration. Updated: Laparoscopic Uterine Power Morcellation in Hysterectomy and Myomectomy: FDA Safety Communication. November 24, 2014. http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm424443.htm. Accessed November 19, 2015.
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Chalas is Chief of Gynecologic Oncology and Director of Clinical Cancer Services at Winthrop-University Hospital in Mineola, New York.

Dr. Chalas reports that she receives grant or research support from NCI and is a speaker for Astra-Zeneca.

Issue
OBG Management - 27(12)
Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
Eva Chalas MD,uterine power morcellation,open letter, hysterectomy, myomectomy, fibroids,46 minimally invasive surgeons,occult leiomyosarcoma,gynecologic oncology,laparotomy,open hysterectomy,laparoscopic hysterectomy
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Chalas is Chief of Gynecologic Oncology and Director of Clinical Cancer Services at Winthrop-University Hospital in Mineola, New York.

Dr. Chalas reports that she receives grant or research support from NCI and is a speaker for Astra-Zeneca.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Chalas is Chief of Gynecologic Oncology and Director of Clinical Cancer Services at Winthrop-University Hospital in Mineola, New York.

Dr. Chalas reports that she receives grant or research support from NCI and is a speaker for Astra-Zeneca.

Related Articles

As gynecologists are well aware, in November 2014, the FDA issued a safety communication, warning “against the use of laparoscopic power morcellators in the majority of women undergoing myomectomy or hysterectomy for treatment of fibroids.” Now, a group of 46 experts in gynecologic surgery, including Dr. Eva Chalas, question the FDA’s decision and provide their own clinical recommendations for FDA consideration.

In this interview with Dr. Chalas, she discusses:

  • why this letter needed to be written now
  • why, as an oncologist, she felt she needed to sign the letter
  • concerns with the data the FDA used to make their recommendation 1 year ago
  • the effects of the FDA’s warning over time
  • more.

 Click here to read the open letter to the FDA.

As gynecologists are well aware, in November 2014, the FDA issued a safety communication, warning “against the use of laparoscopic power morcellators in the majority of women undergoing myomectomy or hysterectomy for treatment of fibroids.” Now, a group of 46 experts in gynecologic surgery, including Dr. Eva Chalas, question the FDA’s decision and provide their own clinical recommendations for FDA consideration.

In this interview with Dr. Chalas, she discusses:

  • why this letter needed to be written now
  • why, as an oncologist, she felt she needed to sign the letter
  • concerns with the data the FDA used to make their recommendation 1 year ago
  • the effects of the FDA’s warning over time
  • more.

 Click here to read the open letter to the FDA.

References

Reference

 

  1. US Food and Drug Administration. Updated: Laparoscopic Uterine Power Morcellation in Hysterectomy and Myomectomy: FDA Safety Communication. November 24, 2014. http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm424443.htm. Accessed November 19, 2015.
References

Reference

 

  1. US Food and Drug Administration. Updated: Laparoscopic Uterine Power Morcellation in Hysterectomy and Myomectomy: FDA Safety Communication. November 24, 2014. http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm424443.htm. Accessed November 19, 2015.
Issue
OBG Management - 27(12)
Issue
OBG Management - 27(12)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
46 experts pen open letter to the FDA on uterine power morcellation
Display Headline
46 experts pen open letter to the FDA on uterine power morcellation
Legacy Keywords
Eva Chalas MD,uterine power morcellation,open letter, hysterectomy, myomectomy, fibroids,46 minimally invasive surgeons,occult leiomyosarcoma,gynecologic oncology,laparotomy,open hysterectomy,laparoscopic hysterectomy
Legacy Keywords
Eva Chalas MD,uterine power morcellation,open letter, hysterectomy, myomectomy, fibroids,46 minimally invasive surgeons,occult leiomyosarcoma,gynecologic oncology,laparotomy,open hysterectomy,laparoscopic hysterectomy
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica

Selecting a Direct Oral Anticoagulant for the Geriatric Patient with Nonvalvular Atrial Fibrillation

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 03/06/2018 - 13:20
Display Headline
Selecting a Direct Oral Anticoagulant for the Geriatric Patient with Nonvalvular Atrial Fibrillation

From the Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To provide a clinical summary of the available data evaluating the use of direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) in geriatric patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation.
  • Methods: MEDLINE, Web of Science, and Google Scholar were used to identify pertinent systematic reviews, randomized controlled trials, observational studies, and pharmacokinetic studies evaluating use of DOACs in the geriatric population.
  • Results: A total of 8 systemic reviews, 5 randomized controlled trials, 2 observational trials, and 5 pharmacokinetic studies of relevance were identified for inclusion in this review. The landscape of anticoagulation has dramatically changed over the past 5 years beginning with the development and marketing of an oral direct thrombin inhibitor and followed by 3 oral direct factor Xa inhibitors. Despite significant advances in this oral anticoagulation arena, many questions remain as to the best therapeutic approach in the geriatric population as the literature is lacking. This population has a higher risk of stroke; however, due to the increased risk of bleeding clinicians may often defer anticoagulant therapy due to the fear of hemorrhagic complications. Clinicians must consider the risk-benefit ratio and the associated outcomes in geriatric patients compared to other patient populations.
  • Conclusions: Interpreting the available literature and understanding the benefits and limitations of the DOACs is critical when selecting the most appropriate pharmacologic strategy in geriatric patients.

 

Anticoagulants are among the top 5 drug classes associated with patient harm in the US [1] and are commonly reported as contributing to hospitalizations [2]. In just one quarter in 2012 alone, warfarin, dabigatran, and rivaroxaban accounted for 1734 of 50,289 adverse events reported to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), including 233 deaths [3]. Appropriate use of anticoagulant agents and consideration of individual patient risk factors are essential to mitigate the occurrence of adverse consequences, especially in the geriatric population. This population is more likely to have risk factors for adverse drug events, for example, polypharmacy, age-related changes in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, and diminished organ function (ie, renal and hepatic) [4,5]. Another important consideration is the lack of consensus on the definition of a “geriatric” or “elderly” patient. Although many consider a chronological age of > 65 years as the defining variable for a geriatric individual, this definition does not account for overall health status [6,7]. Clinicians should consider this shortcoming when evaluating the quality of geriatric studies. For example, a study claiming to evaluate the pharmacokinetics of a drug in a geriatric population enrolling healthy subjects aged > 65 years may result in data that do not translate to clinical practice.

Compounding the concern for iatrogenic events is the frequency of anticoagulant use in the geriatric population, as several indications are found more commonly in this age-group. Stroke prevention in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation (AF), the most common arrhythmia in the elderly, is a common indication for long-term anticoagulation [8]. The prevalence of AF increases with age and is usually higher in men than in women [9,10]. AF is generally uncommon before 60 years of age, but the prevalence increases noticeably thereafter, affecting approximately 10% of the overall population by 80 years of age [11]. The median age of patients who have AF is 75 years with approximately 70% of patients between 65 and 85 years of age [8,12]. Currently in the United States, an estimated 2.3 million people are diagnosed with AF [8]. In 2020, the AF population is predicted to increase to 7.5 million individuals with an expected prevalence of 13.5% among individuals ≥ 75 years of age, and 18.2% for those ≥ 85 years of age [13]. These data underscore the importance of considering the influence of age on the balance between efficacy and safety of anticoagulant therapy.

Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) represent the first alternatives to warfarin in over 6 decades. Currently available products in US include apixaban, dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban. DOACs possess many of the characteristics of an ideal anticoagulant, including predictable pharmacokinetics, a wider therapeutic window compared to warfarin, minimal drug interactions, a fixed dose, and no need for routine evaluation of coagulation parameters. The safety and efficacy of the DOACs for stroke prevention in nonvalvular AF have been substantiated in several landmark clinical trials [14–16]. Yet there are several important questions that need to be addressed, such as management of excessive anticoagulation, clinical outcome data with renally adjusted doses (an exclusion criterion in many landmark studies was a creatinine clearance of < 25–30 mL/min), whether monitoring of coagulation parameters could enhance efficacy and safety, and optimal dosing strategies in geriatric patients. This review provides clinicians a summary of data from landmark studies, post-marketing surveillance, and pharmacokinetic evaluations to support DOAC selection in the geriatric population.

Evaluating Bleeding Risk

Anticoagulation is highly effective for the prevention of thrombotic events, however, bleeding risk is always present. Tools have been developed for the assessment of bleeding risk during anticoagulation therapy, but they have limitations. Several instruments have been validated in patients with AF and are summarized in Table 1 [17–19].

These tools have been extensively evaluated with warfarin therapy, but their performance in predicting DOAC-related bleeding has not been definitively established. Nonetheless, until tools evaluated specifically for DOACs are developed, it is reasonable to use these for risk-prediction in combination with clinical judgment. As an example, the European Society of Cardiology guideline on the use of non–vitamin K antagonist (VKA) anticoagulants in patients with nonvalvular AF suggests that the HAS-BLED score may be used to identify risk factors for bleeding and correct those that are modifiable [20]. The HAS-BLED score is validated for VKA and non-VKA anticoagulants (early-generation oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelgatran) [21] and is the only bleeding risk score predictive for intracranial hemorrhage [19]. In a 2013 “real world” comparison, HAS-BLED was easier to use and had better predictive accuracy that ATRIA [22].

One of the major challenges in geriatric patients is that those at highest risk for bleeding are those who would have the greatest benefit from anticoagulation [23]. The prediction scores can help clinicians balance the risk-benefit ratio for anticoagulation on a case by case basis. Although the scoring systems take into consideration several factors, including medical conditions that have been shown to significantly increase bleeding risk, including hypertension, cerebrovascular disease, ischemic stroke, serious heart disease, diabetes, renal insufficiency, alcoholism and liver disease, not all are included in every scoring scheme [23]. These conditions are more common among elderly patients, and this should be taken into account when estimating the risk-benefit ratio of oral anticoagulation [15]. Patients’ preferences should also be taken into account. It is essential for clinicians to clearly discuss treatment options with patients as data suggest that clinician and patient perceptions of anticoagulation are often mismatched [24–26].

Performance of TSOACS in Landmark Studies

Due to the lack of head-to-head studies comparing the DOACs, clinicians must cautiously rely on indirect comparisons of these agents. Important considerations include differences in landmark study design, population, and outcomes. Table 2 [14–16,27] highlights some of the study design differences.

Some specific differences in outcomes seen in landmark studies that may facilitate selection among the DOACs include the risk of major bleeding, risk of gastrointestinal bleeding, risk of acute coronary syndrome, exclusion of valvular heart disease, and noninferiority versus superiority as the primary endpoint when compared to warfarin.

Major Bleeding

Table 3 and Table 4 [28–31,56] provide a summary of major bleeding rates reported in landmark trials for the total and age-specific populations. Both apixaban and edoxaban (60 mg and 30 mg) were associated with significantly fewer major bleeding events compared to warfarin (apixaban: 2.1%/year versus 3.1%/year, < 0.001; edoxaban: 60 mg 2.75%/year and 30 mg 1.61%/year versus 3.43%/year, < 0.001) [16,27]. Dabigatran and rivaroxaban had similar major bleeding rates compared to warfarin (3.1%/year versus 3.5%/year, = 0.31 and 5.6% versus 5.4%, = 0.58, respectively). A pooled analysis of the DOACs reported that major bleeding in patients ≥ 75 years was at least similar to warfarin (hazard ratio [HR], 0.93; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.74–1.17) [32].

Gastrointestinal Bleeding

Among all of the DOACs, gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding was significantly greater with dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban when compared to warfarin (HR, 1.49; 95% CI, 1.21–1.84; HR, 1.23; 95% CI, 1.02–1.50; and HR, 1.61; 95% CI, 1.30–1.99, respectively; < 0.05 for all) [14–16] in landmark studies. Based on these data, clinicians may consider the selection of apixaban in patients with a previous history of GI pathology. GI bleeding may be more common in elderly patients due to the potential for preexisting GI pathology and high local concentrations of drug [29]. Clemens and colleagues suggested an “anticoagulation GI stress test” may predict GI malignancy [33]. They found that patients on DOACs that presented with a GI bleed were more likely to present with a GI malignancy. As such, it is reasonable to screen patients with a fecal occult blood test within the first month after initiating TSOAC treatment and then annually.

Acute Coronary Syndrome

A higher rate of myocardial infarction was observed with dabigatran 150 mg versus warfarin (0.74% vs 0.53% per year; P = 0.048) in the RE-LY study [16]. Whether the increase in myocardial infarction was due to dabigatran as a causative agent or warfarin’s ability to reduce the risk of myocardial infarction to a larger extent compared with dabigatran is unknown. Nonetheless, it may be prudent to use an alternative therapy in patients with a history of acute coronary syndrome.

Valvular Heart Disease

The risk of stroke and systemic embolism is higher in patients with valvular heart disease [34]. Patients with moderate to severe mitral stenosis or mechanical prosthetic heart valves were excluded from the DOAC landmark studies. Dabigatran was evaluated for prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in patients with valvular heart disease in the RE-ALIGN study [35,36]. Patients were randomized to warfarin titrated to a target INR of 2 to 3 or 2.5 to 3.5 on the basis of thromboembolic risk or dabigatran 150 mg, 220 mg, or 300 mg twice daily adjusted to a targeted trough of ≥ 50 ng/mL. The trial was terminated early due to a worse primary outcome (composite of stroke, systemic embolism, myocardial infarction, and death) with dabigatran versus warfarin (HR, 3.37, 95% CI, 0.76–14.95; P = 0.11). In addition, bleeding rates (any bleeding) was significantly greater with dabigatran (27%) versus warfarin (12%) (P = 0.01). Based on these data and the lack of data with the other TSOACs, warfarin remains the standard of care for valvular heart disease [37]. In patients with a previous bioprosthetic valve with AF, patients with mitral insufficiency, or aortic stensosis, TSOACs may be considered [37].

Landmark Study Efficacy Endpoints

The primary endpoint in each of the landmark studies was a composite of stroke (ischemic or hemorrhagic) and systemic embolism. For the primary endpoint only dabigatran 150 mg twice daily and apixaban 5 mg twice daily were found to be superior to warfarin for the prevention of stroke or systemic embolism in nonvalvular AF (HR, 0.66; 95% CI, 0.53–0.82; < 0.001 and HR, 0.66; 95% CI, 0.66–0.95; = 0.01, respectively). Both edoxaban (60 mg and 30 mg daily) and rivaroxaban were noninferior to warfarin for the primary endpoint. In terms of ischemic stroke, only dabigatran 150 mg twice daily was superior to warfarin for the reduction in ischemic stroke in patients with nonvalvular AF (HR, 0.76; 95% CI, 0.60–0.98; P = 0.03) [19]. All of the DOACs demonstrated a reduction in hemorrhagic stroke.

TSOAC Use in Elderly Patitents

Pharmacokinetic Evaluations

Several pharmacokinetic studies have evaluated the influence of age on DOAC disposition. In a study evaluating the influence of age on apixaban disposition, the area under the concentration-time curve to infinity was 32% higher in the elderly (aged 65 years or older) compared to the younger subjects (< age 40 years) [38]. These data provide the rationale for dosage adjustment in individuals aged 80 years or older with either low body mass (weight less than or equal to 60 kg) or renal impairment (serum creatinine 1.5 mg/dL or higher). In a pharmacokinetic study evaluating dabigatran in patients > 65 years of age, the time to steady state ranged from 2 to 3 days, correlating to a half-life of 12 to 14 hours, and peak concentrations (256 ng/mL females, 255 ng/mL males) were reached after a median of 3 hours (range, 2.0–4.0 hours) [39]. These data suggest a 1.7- to twofold increase in bioavailability. The area under the curve of rivaroxaban was significantly higher in subjects > 75 years versus subjects 18-45 years, while total and renal clearance were decreased [40].However, the time to maximum factor Xa inhibition and Cmax were not influenced by age.

Clinical Evaluations

Although DOACs offer advantages over warfarin [41], there is still no assurance regarding the promise of reduced or similar risk of bleeding with DOACs compared with warfarin in the geriatric population. Generalizability of bleeding rates reported in landmark studies leads to underestimating the risk of bleeding in geriatric patients [42]. For example, in one case series 67% of the bleeding complications with dabigatran were in patients ≥ 80 years old [43]. Furthermore, although subgroup analyses were performed evaluating geriatric patients in the landmark studies, these analyses are inherently biased. First, they represent post-hoc analyses and are not adequately powered. Second, geriatric patients included in landmark studies may have lower CHADS2 scores compared to those seen in clinical practice. Third, patients with severe renal dysfunction (ie, CrCl < 25–30 mL/min) were excluded from many landmark studies. However, several large observational studies have found that the DOACs pose no disproportionate risk of bleeding the geriatric population versus warfarin [44–46]. A review of major bleeding complications reported from landmark clinical trials are summarized Table 3 [29–31, 47–50]. Figure 1 depicts the hazard ratios for stroke and major hemorrhage reported in geriatric subgroup analyses in the landmark studies [29–31,44–46]. Below we describe geriatric subgroup data for each DOAC. Analyses of geriatric subroups are yet to be published in full for edoxaban.

Dabigatran

In a post-hoc analysis of the RE-LY trial, Eikelboom and colleagues found that patients 75 years of age and older treated with dabigatran 150 mg twice daily had a greater incidence of GI bleeding irrespective of renal function compared with those on warfarin (1.85%/year vs. 1.25%/year; P < 0.001) [29]. A higher risk in major bleeding also was seen in dabigatran patients (5.10% versus 4.37%; = 0.07). As a result, the 2012 Beer’s Criteria lists dabigatran as a potentially inappropriate medication. An analysis was conducted of 134,414 elderly Medicare patients (defined as age > 65 years) with 37,587 person-years of follow-up who were treated with dabigatran or warfarin [44]. Approximately 60% of patients included in the analysis were over age 75 years. Dabigatran was associated with a significant reduction in ischemic stroke: HR 0.80 (CI 0.67–0.96); intracranial hemorrhage: HR 0.34 (CI 0.26–0.46); and death: HR 0.86 (CI 0.77–0.96) when compared with warfarin. As in the Eikelboom study, major gastrointestinal bleeding was significantly increased with dabigatran (HR, 1.28 [95% CI, 1.14–1.44]).

Rivaroxaban

For rivaroxaban, a subgroup analysis of patients ≥ 75 years in the ROCKET-AF trial reported similar rates of major bleeding (HR, 1.11; 95% CI, 0.92–1.34) with rivaroxaban compared with warfarin [31]. Clinically relevant non-major bleeding was significantly higher for patients aged ≥ 75 years compared with patients aged < 75 years (= 0.01).

Apixaban

Halvorsen and colleagues found that age did not influence the benefits of apixaban in terms of efficacy and safety [47]. In the cohort of patients aged 75 years or older, major bleeding was significantly reduced compared to warfarin (HR, 0.64; 95% CI, 0.52–0.79). The safety benefits persisted even in the setting of age greater than 75 years and renal impairment. A significant reduction in major bleeding (HR, 0.35; 95% CI, 0.14–0.86) was seen in elderly patients with a CrCl; ≤ 30 mL/min (n = 221) treated with apixaban versus warfarin. Similarly, in elderly patients with a CrCl 30 to 50 mL/min (n = 1898) a significant reduction in major bleeding was reported (HR, 0.53; 95% CI, 0.37–0.76). These data are consistent with a meta-regression analysis that found a linear relationship between the relative risk of major bleeding and the magnitude of renal excretion for the DOACs (r2=0.66, = 0.03) [48]. In this analysis, apixaban had the most favorable outcomes in terms of major bleeding compared to the other DOACs and also has the least dependence on renal function for clearance. In a pooled analysis of data from landmark trials, Ng and colleagues found that in elderly patients (defined as age > 75 years) with nonvalvular AF, only apixaban was associated with a significant reduction in both stroke and major hemorrhage (Figure 1) [49,50].

Edoxaban

Kato and colleagues performed a subgroup analysis of patients aged 75 years or older enrolled in the ENGAGE TIMI 48 study [50]. Currently the results are only published in abstract form. Regardless of treatment, the risk of major bleeding and stroke significantly increased with age (< 0.001). An absolute risk reduction in major bleeding was reported with both 60 mg and 30 mg of edoxaban versus warfarin (4.0%/year and 2.2%/year versus 4.8%/year, respectively; no P value provided).

Therapeuti Drug Monitoring

Collectively, the data on assessment of the anticoagulant activity of DOACs using coagulation assays is evolving. These tests include but are not limited to prothrombin time (PT), activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), thrombin clotting time (TT), dilute TT, activated clotting time (ACT), anti factor Xa, and ecarin clotting time (ECT) assays. Although routine monitoring is not desirable, the ability to assess degree of anticoagulation in select patient populations may prove beneficial. Future studies are essential to confirm whether assessing DOAC activity using coagulation assays in vulnerable populations such as the elderly improves clinical outcomes. Several reviews on this subject matter have been published [51–55]. The reader is encouraged to review these data as there are significant limitations to currently available assays and incorrect interpretation may lead to suboptimal treatment decisions.

Renal and Hepatic Dysfunction

Depending on the specific agents, DOACs renal clearance varies from 27% to 80% [56–59]. Clinical trials often use the Cockcroft-Gault formula (CG) based on actual body weight to estimate renal function. Landmark trials evaluating the DOACs differed in their strategy for estimation of renal function using CG. For example, RE-LY and ROCKET-AF used actual body weight for the estimation of renal function, while ARISTOTLE did not specify which body weight to use. Estimation of renal function or glomerular filtration rate (GFR) by CG is frequently in discordance with actual renal function in the elderly [60]. MDRD (modification of diet in renal disease) and Chronic Kidney Disease-Epidemiology Collaboration (CKD-EPI) are also common estimations that provide an estimate of GFR. In a cross-sectional study, comparing the CG, MDRD, and EPI formulas in a clinical setting, data from potential kidney donors and adult patients who underwent a GFR measurement revealed that MDRD has the smallest mean bias. The influence of age was the absolute bias for estimation of renal function for all formulas. CG is additionally influenced by body weight and body mass index. When compared to CG, MDRD actually reported more accurate predictor of GFR in adults < 70 years old [61]. However, package inserts recommend dose adjustments based on estimation of CrCl using CG formula. This poses a problem in adjusting DOAC doses in elderly patients who are subject to overestimation of renal function with this antiquated equation. Among elderly patients with renal impairment, discordance between estimated and actual renal function was higher for dabigatran and rivaroxaban than for apixaban dosages [61].

Only 27% of apixaban is renally cleared, and the manufacturer does not indicate dose adjustments for patients with renal insufficiency [57]. Therefore, apixaban is the favorable anticoagulant in the elderly population with renal disease. Prescribing information recommends reducing the dose from 5 mg twice daily to 2.5 mg twice daily for nonvalvular AF patients, if patients meet 2 of the following criteria: age ≥ 80 years of age, body weight ≤ 60 kg, and serum creatinine ≥ 1.5 mg/dL (Table 5) [57]. In patients with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) maintained on hemodialysis, the recommended dose of apixaban is 5 mg twice daily, unless the patient is ≥ 80 years or has a body weight ≤ 60 kg, in which case the dose should be reduced to 2.5 mg twice daily. Clinicians should consider the source of the aforementioned dosing strategy as patients with a CrCl < 25 mL/min were excluded from the ARISTOTLE study. Dosing in hemodialysis is supported by a small study that showed an increase in AUC of 36% after a single dose. The extent of drug accumulation is unknown and dialysis only clears a small portion of apixaban (~14%).

Renal excretion of unchanged dabigatran is the predominant pathway for elimination (~80%) [58]. The FDA-approved dosing strategy in the US for dabigatran is 150 mg twice daily in patients with a CrCl ≥ 30 mL/min, 75 mg twice daily in patients with severe renal impairment (CrCl 15–30 mL/min), and is contraindicated in patients with a CrCl < 15 mL/min [58]. By comparison, the Canadian and the European Medicines Agency have listed patients with a CrCl < 30 mL/min (severe renal impairment) as a contraindication for use. The US-approved dosage for severe renal impairment was derived during the approval phase of dabigatran using a simulation pharmacokinetic model [62,63]. The dosage was estimated by pharmacokinetic simulation to provide similar Cmax and Cmin concentrations compared to the 150 mg twice-daily dosage in moderate renal impairment. Compared to patients with CrCl ≥ 80 mL/min, there was a 1.29- and a 1.47-fold increase in dabigatran trough plasma concentration in the CrCl 50–80 mL/min patients and the CrCl 30–50 mL/min patients, respectively. There have been many postmarketing reports of hemorrhage with dabigatran [36,84,85]. Although reporting bias is likely due to the novelty of the agent, clinicians may take key clinical pearls away from these reports. Patients often had risk factors, including low body weight, renal impairment, and polypharmacy with interacting drugs (eg, amiodarone). These risk factors are also important with the other DOACs.

A subgroup analysis of ROCKET-AF evaluating rivaroxaban 15 mg daily in patients with a CrCl of 30–49 mL/min did not identify any differences in endpoints with the exception of fatal bleeding, which occurred less often with rivaroxaban (0.28%/yr vs. 0.74%/yr; = 0.047) [64].

Monitoring of renal function is essential to mitigate the risk of drug accumulation. Clinicians should consider obtaining a baseline renal assessment with annual reassessments in patients with normal (CrCl ≥ 80 mL/min) or mild (CrCl 50–79 mL/min) renal impairment, and 2 to 3 times per year in patients with moderate (CrCl 30–49 mL/min) renal impairment [65]. A summary of renal dose adjustments for DOAC therapy may be found in Table 5 [56–59].

In addition to renal function, hepatic impairment can also affect the metabolism of anticoagulants. Severe hepatic impairment can lead to prolonged PT. Therefore, patients who have liver dysfunction and are treated with anticoagulation have increased risk of hemorrhagic events. Large pivotal trials on the key indications of dabigatran, apixaban, and rivaroxaban excluded patients with significant signs of hepatic impairment. Table 5 provides dosing recommendations for the different DOACs in the setting of hepatic impairment [56–59].

Polypharmacy And The Potential For Adverse Consequences

Polypharmacy is defined as concomitantly using multiple medications. The likelihood of an adverse drug reaction increases exponentially with the number of drugs taken, independent of the class of medication [66]. Older adults use over the counter (46%) and herbal supplements (52%) while taking prescription medications and 50% of them are noted to have a drug interaction with anticoagulants. This leads to approximately 1 out of 25 older adults at risk for significant drug-drug interactions [67]. Some DOACs have recommendations for dosage reductions in the setting of advanced age (Table 6). Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that advanced age and drug interactions may place patients at greater risk of treatment failure. Further investigations are needed to understand polypharmacy and drug-drug interactions in geriatric patients [68]; however, clinicians should be aware of the potential pharmacokinetic interactions with DOACs (Table 7) [56–59]. 
Clinicians should review the patient’s entire medication profile and discontinue any unnecessary medications that may interact with one another if possible. There are several pharmacodymanic interactions that should also be considered. Concomitant use of antiplatelets and NSAIDs with DOACs may increase bleeding risk. In many cases NSAIDs may be discontinued. Patients on dual antiplatelet therapy and an anticoagulant are at an increased risk of bleeding. Clinicians should question the need for dual antiplatelet therapy with anticoagulation. The WOEST (What Is the Optimal Antiplatelet and Anticoagulant Therapy in Patients with Oral Anticoagulation and Coronary Stenting) trial suggested that triple therapy (eg, oral anticoagulant plus aspirin plus clopidogrel) is associated with greater risks than benefits in individuals with AF and coronary stents [69, 70].

Costs And Cost-Effectiveness of DOACS

With the high burden of AF and the aging population, analysis of cost and value is an important consideration [76]. There are limited publications comparing the cost-effectiveness between the anticoagulation options. However, numerous cost-effectiveness studies have evaluated the individual DOACs [71–79]. Overall, the studies suggest that the DOACs are a cost-effective alternative to warfarin in the general and elderly populations. One analysis reported that dabigatran may not be cost-effective in patients with a low CHADS2 score (≤ 2) [71].

Harrington et al [80] compared the cost-effectiveness of dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban versus warfarin. This cost-effectiveness study used published clinical trial data to build a decision model, and results indicated that for patients ≥ 70 years of age with an increased risk for stroke, normal renal function, and no previous contraindications to anticoagulant therapy, apixaban 5 mg, dabigatran 150 mg, and rivaroxaban 20 mg were cost-effective substitutes for warfarin for the prevention of stroke in nonvalvular AF [80]. Apixaban was the preferred anticoagulant for their hypothetical cohort of 70-year-old patients with nonvalvular AF, as it was most likely to be the cost-effective treatment option at all willing-to-pay thresholds > $40,000 per quality-adjusted life-year gained [76,81].

Prescription costs may vary depending on payor and level of insurance. If a patient does not have prescription insurance, the annual price of generic warfarin is roughly $200 to $360, depending on dosage. Approximate annual costs for the DOACs are greater than 20 times the cost of warfarin (apixaban $4500, dabigatran $4500, and rivaroxaban $4800) [82]. However, most patients on these medications are over 65 years old and have prescription coverage through Medicare Part D. Of note, patients may have more of a burden if or when they reach the “donut hole” coverage gap. Currently, once patients spend $2960 (for 2015) and $3310 (for 2016) on covered drugs they will fall into the donut hole unless they qualify for additional assistance. At this point Medicare Part D will reimburse 45% of the cost of the newer anticoagulants since generics are currently unavailable. As a result, individual affordability may become an issue. Further complicating the scenario is the inability to apply coupon and rebate cards in the setting of government-funded prescription coverage. Clinicians should discuss these issues with their patients to help select the most valuable therapy.

Conclusions And Recommendations

With life expectancy among the elderly continuing to improve, the number of patients requiring chronic anti-coagulation will continue to rise. Understanding the strengths and limitations of oral anticoagulants and the literature to support their use is essential to select the most appropriate agent in the geriatric patient. When selecting an anticoagulant strategy, clinicians should consider clinical data, patient factors, and patient preferences. Figure 2 provides a suggested anticoagulant selection pathway to complement the clinical decision process [83,84].

 

Corresponding author: Luigi Brunetti, PharmD, MPH, Rutgers University, 160 Frelinghuysen Rd, Piscataway, NJ 08854, [email protected].

References

1. Fanikos J, Stapinski C, Koo S, et al. Medication errors associated with anticoagulant therapy in the hospital. Am J Cardiol 2004;94:532–5.

2. Budnitz DS, Lovegrove MC, Shehab N, Richards CL. Emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events in older Americans. N Engl J Med2011;365:2002–12.

3. Institute for Safe Medication Practices. QuarterWatch. 9 January 2013. Available at http://www.ismp.org/quarterwatch/pdfs/2012Q2.pdf.

4. Hajjar ER, Hanlon JT, Artz MB, Let al. Adverse drug reaction risk factors in older outpatients. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2003;1:82–9.

5. Gurwitz JH, Field TS, Harrold LR, et al. Incidence and preventability of adverse drug events among older persons in the ambulatory setting. JAMA 2003;289:1107–16.

6. Singh S. Defining ‘elderly’ in clinical practice guidelines for pharmacotherapy. Pharm Pract 2014;12:489.

7. Singh S, Bajorek B. Pharmacotherapy in the aging patient: The impact of age per se (a review). Ageing Res Rev 2015 Jul 28. pii: S1568-1637(15)30008-8.

8. Go AS, Hylek EM, Phillips KA, et al. Prevalence of diagnosed atrial fibrillation in adults: national implications for rhythm management and stroke prevention: the anticoagulation and risk factors in atrial fibrillation (ATRIA) Study. JAMA 2001;285:2370–5.

9. Lip GY, Brechin CM, Lane DA. The global burden of atrial fibrillation and stroke: a systematic review of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation in regions outside North America and Europe Chest 2012;142:1489–98.

10. Camm AJ, Lip GY, De Caterina R, et al. 2012 Focused update of the ESC guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation: an update of the 2010 ESC guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation-developed with the special contribution of the European Heart Rhythm Association Europace 2012;14:1385–413.

11. Kannel WB, Benjamin EJ. Status of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation. Med Clin North Am 2008;92:17–40.

12. Chugh SS, Havmoeller R, Narayanan K, et al. Worldwide epidemiology of atrial fibrillation: a global burden 2010 study. Circulation 2014;129:837-47.

13. Miyasaka Y, Barnes ME, Gersh BJ, et al. Secular trends in incidence of atrial fibrillation in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1980 to 2000, and implications on the projections for future prevalence. Circulation 2006;114:119–25.

14. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009;361:1139–51.

15. Patel MR, Mahaffey KW, Garg J, et al. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;365:883–91.

16. Granger CB, Alexander JH, McMurray JJ, et al. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;365:981–92.

17. Apostolakis S, Lane DA, Guo Y, et al. Performance of the HEMORR2HAGES, ATRIA, and HAS-BLED Bleeding Risk–Prediction Scores in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation Undergoing Anticoagulation: The AMADEUS (Evaluating the Use of SR34006 Compared to Warfarin or Acenocoumarol in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation) Study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;60:861–7.

18. Fang MC, Go AS, Chang Y, et al. A new risk scheme to predict warfarin-associated hemorrhage: the ATRIA (Anticoagulation and Risk Factors in Atrial Fibrillation) study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;58:395–401.

19. Pisters R, Lane DA, Nieuwlaat R, et al. A novel user-friendly score (has-bled) to assess 1-year risk of major bleeding in patients with atrial fibrillation: The Euro Heart Survey. Chest 2010;138:1093–100.

20. Heidbuchel H, Verhamme P, Alings M, et al. Updated European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use of non-vitamin K antagonist anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. Europace 2015;17:1467–507.

21. Lip GY, Frison L, Halperin JL, Lane DA. Comparative validation of a novel risk score for predicting bleeding risk in anticoagulated patients with atrial fibrillation: the HAS-BLED (Hypertension, Abnormal Renal/Liver Function, Stroke, Bleeding History or Predisposition, Labile INR, Elderly, Drugs/Alcohol Concomitantly) score. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;57:173–80.

22. Roldán V, Marín F, Fernández H, et al. Predictive value of the HAS-BLED and ATRIA bleeding scores for the risk of serious bleeding in a "real-world" population with atrial fibrillation receiving anticoagulant therapy. Chest 2013;43:179–84.

23. Robert-Ebadi H, Le Gal G, Righini M. Use of anticoagulants in elderly patients: practical recommendations. Clin Interv Aging 2009;4:165–77.

24. Barcellona D, Contu P, Sorano GG, et al. The management of oral anticoagulant therapy: the patient's point of view. Thromb Haemost 2000;83:49–53.

25. Lancaster TR, Singer DE, Sheehan MA, et al. The impact of long-term warfarin therapy on quality of life. Evidence from a randomized trial. Boston Area Anticoagulation Trial for Atrial Fibrillation Investigators. Arch Intern Med 1991;151:1944–9.

26. Devereaux PJ, Anderson DR, Gardner MJ, et al. Differences between perspectives of physicians and patients on anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation: observational study. BMJ 2001;323:1218–22.

27. Giugliano RP, Ruff CT, Braunwald E, Murphy SA. Edoxaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2093–104.

28. Barco S, Cheung YW, Eikelboom JW, Coppens M. New oral anticoagulants in elderly patients. Best Pract Res Clin Haematol 2013;26:215–24

29. Eikelboom JW, Wallentin L, Connolly SJ, et al. Risk of bleeding with 2 doses of dabigatran compared with warfarin in older and younger patients with atrial fibrillation: an analysis of the randomized evaluation of long-term anticoagulant therapy (RE-LY) trial. Circulation 2011;123:2363–72.

30. Coppens M, Eikelboom JW, Ezekowitz M, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in very elderly patients with atrial fibrillation: results from the RE-LY trial. Abstract. Circulation 2012;126:A15l537.

31. Halperin JL, Wojdyla D, Piccini JP, et al. Efficacy and safety of rivaroxaban compared with warfarin among elderly patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation in the ROCKET-AF trial. Abstract. Stroke 2012;43:A148.

32. Ruff CT, Giugliano RP, Braunwald E, et al. Comparison of the efficacy and safety of new oral anticoagulants with warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation: a meta-analysis of randomised trials. Lancet 2014;383:955–62

33. Clemens A, Strack A, Noack H, et al. Anticoagulant-related gastrointestinal bleeding—could this facilitate early detection of benign or malignant gastrointestinal lesions? Ann Med 2014;46:672–8.

34. Petty GW, Khandheria BK, Whisnant JP, et al. Predictors of cerebrovascular events and death among patients with valvular heart disease: A population-based study. Stroke 2000;31:2628–35.

35. Eikelboom JW, Connolly SJ, Brueckmann M, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with mechanical heart valves. N Engl J Med 2013;369:1206–14.

36. Schomburg JL, Medina EM, Lahti MT, Bianco RW. Dabigatran versus warfarin after mechanical mitral valve replacement in the swine model. J Invest Surg 2012;25:150–5.

37. Douketis J, Bell AD, Eikelboom J, Liew A. Approach to the new oral anticoagulants in family practice: part 2: addressing frequently asked questions. Can Fam Physician 2014;60:997–1001.

38. Frost CE, Nepal S, Barrett YC, LaCreta F. Effects of age and gender on the singledose pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) of apixaban. Abstract. J Thromb Haemost 2009;7(Suppl 2):PP-MO-407..

39. Stangier J, Stahle H, Rathgen K et al. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the direct oral thrombin inhibitor dabigatran in healthy elderly subjects. Clin Pharmacokinet 2008;47:47–59.

40. Kubitza D, Becka M, Mueck W. The effect of extreme age, and gender on the pharmacology and tolerability of rivaroxaban, an oral direct factor Xa inhibitor. Blood 2006;108: Abstract 905.

41. Siegal DM, Crowther MA. Acute management of bleeding in patients on novel oral anticoagulants. Eur Heart J 2013;34:489–98.

42. Evans A, Kalra L. Are the results of randomized controlled trials on anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation generalizable to clinical practice? Arch Intern Med 2001;161:1443–7.

43. Harper P, Young L, Merriman E. Bleeding risk with dabigatran in the frail elderly. N Engl J Med 2012;366:864–6.

44. Graham DJ, Reichman ME, Wernecke M, et al. Cardiovascular, bleeding, and mortality risks in elderly Medicare patients treated with dabigatran or warfarin for nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Circulation 2015;131:157–64.

45. Avgil-Tsadok M, Jackevicius CA, Essebag V, et al. Dabigatran use in elderly patients with atrial fibrillation. Thromb Haemost 2015;115(1).

46. Uchino K, Hernandez AV. Dabigatran association with higher risk of acute coronary events: meta-analysis of noninferiority randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med 2012;172:397–402.

47. Halvorsen S, Atar D, Yang H, et al. Efficacy and safety of apixaban compared with warfarin according to age for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation: observations from the ARISTOTLE trial. Eur Heart J 2014;35:1864–72.

48. Lega JC, Bertoletti L, Gremillet C, et al. Consistency of safety profile of new oral anticoagulants in patients with renal failure. J Thromb Haemost 2014;12:337–43.

49. Ng KH, Hart RG, Eikelboom JW. Anticoagulation in patients aged ≥ 75 years with atrial fibrillation: role of novel oral anticoagulants. Cardiol Ther 2013;2:135–49.

50. Kato ET, Guigliano RP, Ruff CT, et al. Efficacy and safety of edoxaban for the management of elderly patients with atrial fibrillation: Engage-AF TIMI 48. Circulation 2014;130:A16612.

51. Tripodi A. The laboratory and the new oral anticoagulants. Clin Chem 2013;59:353–62.

52. Tripodi A, Di Iorio G, Lippi G, et al. Position paper on laboratory testing for patients taking new oral anticoagulants. Consensus document of FCSA, SIMeL, SIBioC and CISMEL. Clin Chem Lab Med 2012;50:2137-40.

53. Heidbuchel H, Verhamme P, Alings M, et al. European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use of new oral anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. Europace 2013;15:625–51.

54. Chin PK, Wright DF, Patterson DM, et al. A proposal for dose-adjustment of dabigatran etexilate in atrial fibrillation guided by thrombin time. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2014;78:599–609.

55. Miyares MA, Davis K. Newer oral anticoagulants: a review of laboratory monitoring options and reversal agents in the hemorrhagic patient. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2012;69:1473–84.

56. Xarelto [package insert]. Titusville, NJ. Janssen Pharmaceuticals. September 2014.

57. Eliquis [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Meyers Squibb. June 2015.

58. Pradaxa [package insert]. Ridgefield, CT: Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals. October 2010.

59. Savaysa [package insert]. Parsippany, NJ: Daiichi Sankyo. September 2015.

60. Michels WM, Grootendorst DC, Verduijn M, et al. Performance of the Cockcroft-Gault, MDRD, and new CKDEPI formulas in relation to GFR, age, and body size. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2010;5: 1003–9.

61. Poulsen BK, Grove EL, Husted SE. New oral anticoagulants: a review of the literature with particular emphasis on patients with impaired renal function. Drugs 2012;72:1739–53.

62. Hariharan S, Madabushi R. Clinical pharmacology basis of deriving dosing recommendations for dabigatran in patients with severe renal impairment. J Clin Pharmacol 2012;52:119S–25S.

63. Lehr T, Haertter S, Liesenfeld KH, et al. Dabigatran etexilate in atrial fibrillation patients with severe renal impairment: dose identification using pharmacokinetic modeling and simulation. J Clin Pharmacol 2012;52:1373–8.

64. Fox KAA, Piccini JP, Wojdyla D, et al. Prevention of stroke and systemic embolism with rivaroxaban compared with warfarin in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation and moderate renal impairment. Eur Heart J 2011;32:2387–94.

65. Pengo V, Crippa L, Falanga A et al. Questions and answers on the use of dabigatran and perspectives on the use of other new oral anticoagulants in patients with atrial fibrillation. A consensus document of the Italian Federation of Thrombosis Centers (FCSA). Thromb Haemost 2011;106:868–76.

66. Atkin PA, Veitch PC, Veitch EM, Ogle SJ. The epidemiology of serious adverse drug reactions among the elderly. Drugs Aging 1999;14:141–52.

67. Qato DM, Alexander GC, Conti RM, et al. Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States. JAMA 2008;300:2867–78.

68. Skov J, Bladbjerg EM, Sidelmann J, et al. Plenty of pills: polypharmacy prevails in patients of a Danish anticoagulant clinic. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2011;67:1169–74.

69. Ukena C, Bohm M, Schirmer SH. Hot topics in cardiology: data from IABP-SHOCK II, TRILOGY-ACS, WOEST, ALTIDUDE, FAME II and more. Clin Res Cardiol 2012;101):861–74.

70. Dewilde, Willem JM, Oirbans T, et al. Use of clopidogrel with or without aspirin in patients taking oral anticoagulant therapy and undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: an open-label, randomised, controlled trial. Lancet;381:1107–15.

71. Shah SV, Gage BF. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran for stroke prophylaxis in atrial fibrillation. Circulation 2011;123:
2562–70.

72. Sorensen SV, Kansal AR, Connolly S, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for the prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in atrial fibrillation: a Canadian payer perspective. Thromb Haemost 2011;105:908–19.

73. Adcock AK, Lee-Iannotti JK, Aguilar MI, et al. Is dabigatran cost effective compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation?: a critically appraised topic. Neurologist 2012;18:102–7.

74. Kamel H, Johnston SC, Easton JD, Kim AS. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in patients with atrial fibrillation and prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. Stroke 2012;43:881–3.

75. Langkilde LK, Bergholdt AM, Overgaard M. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for stroke prevention in non-valvular atrial fibrillation. J Med Econ 2012;15:695-703.

76. Kansal AR, Sorensen SV, Gani R, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for the prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in UK patients with atrial fibrillation. Heart 2012; 98:573–8.

77. Freeman JV, Zhu RP, Owens DK, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:1–11.

78. Pink J, Lane S, Pirmohamed M, Hughes DA. Dabigatran etexilate versus warfarin in management of non-valvular atrial fibrillation in UK context: quantitative benefit-harm and economic analyses. BMJ 2011;343:d6333.

79. Ali A, Bailey C, Abdelhafiz AH. Stroke prophylaxis with warfarin or dabigatran for patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation-cost analysis. Age Ageing 2012;41:681–4.

80. Harrington AR, Armstrong EP, Nolan PE Jr, Malone DC. Cost effectiveness of apixaban, dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation. Stroke 2013;44:1676–81.

81. Amin A, Lingohr-Smith M, Bruno A, et al. Economic evaluations of medical cost differences: use of targeted-specific oral anticoagulants vs. warfarin among patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation and venous thromboembolism in the US. J Hematol Thrombo Dis 2015;3:209.

82. Lexicomp, Lexi-Drugs. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp.

83. U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. Apixaban NDA 202155/S-002 approval letter. Jan 30 2014. Available at http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/appletter/2014/202155Orig1s002ltr.pdf

84. Hinojar R, Jimenez-Natcher JJ, Fernandez-Golfin C, Zamorano JL. New oral anticoagulants: a practical guide for physicians. Eur Heart J Cardiovasc Pharmacother 2015;1:134-45.

85. Connolly SJ, Eikelboom J, Joyner C, et al. Apixaban in patiets with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;364;806–17.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Topics
Sections

From the Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To provide a clinical summary of the available data evaluating the use of direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) in geriatric patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation.
  • Methods: MEDLINE, Web of Science, and Google Scholar were used to identify pertinent systematic reviews, randomized controlled trials, observational studies, and pharmacokinetic studies evaluating use of DOACs in the geriatric population.
  • Results: A total of 8 systemic reviews, 5 randomized controlled trials, 2 observational trials, and 5 pharmacokinetic studies of relevance were identified for inclusion in this review. The landscape of anticoagulation has dramatically changed over the past 5 years beginning with the development and marketing of an oral direct thrombin inhibitor and followed by 3 oral direct factor Xa inhibitors. Despite significant advances in this oral anticoagulation arena, many questions remain as to the best therapeutic approach in the geriatric population as the literature is lacking. This population has a higher risk of stroke; however, due to the increased risk of bleeding clinicians may often defer anticoagulant therapy due to the fear of hemorrhagic complications. Clinicians must consider the risk-benefit ratio and the associated outcomes in geriatric patients compared to other patient populations.
  • Conclusions: Interpreting the available literature and understanding the benefits and limitations of the DOACs is critical when selecting the most appropriate pharmacologic strategy in geriatric patients.

 

Anticoagulants are among the top 5 drug classes associated with patient harm in the US [1] and are commonly reported as contributing to hospitalizations [2]. In just one quarter in 2012 alone, warfarin, dabigatran, and rivaroxaban accounted for 1734 of 50,289 adverse events reported to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), including 233 deaths [3]. Appropriate use of anticoagulant agents and consideration of individual patient risk factors are essential to mitigate the occurrence of adverse consequences, especially in the geriatric population. This population is more likely to have risk factors for adverse drug events, for example, polypharmacy, age-related changes in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, and diminished organ function (ie, renal and hepatic) [4,5]. Another important consideration is the lack of consensus on the definition of a “geriatric” or “elderly” patient. Although many consider a chronological age of > 65 years as the defining variable for a geriatric individual, this definition does not account for overall health status [6,7]. Clinicians should consider this shortcoming when evaluating the quality of geriatric studies. For example, a study claiming to evaluate the pharmacokinetics of a drug in a geriatric population enrolling healthy subjects aged > 65 years may result in data that do not translate to clinical practice.

Compounding the concern for iatrogenic events is the frequency of anticoagulant use in the geriatric population, as several indications are found more commonly in this age-group. Stroke prevention in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation (AF), the most common arrhythmia in the elderly, is a common indication for long-term anticoagulation [8]. The prevalence of AF increases with age and is usually higher in men than in women [9,10]. AF is generally uncommon before 60 years of age, but the prevalence increases noticeably thereafter, affecting approximately 10% of the overall population by 80 years of age [11]. The median age of patients who have AF is 75 years with approximately 70% of patients between 65 and 85 years of age [8,12]. Currently in the United States, an estimated 2.3 million people are diagnosed with AF [8]. In 2020, the AF population is predicted to increase to 7.5 million individuals with an expected prevalence of 13.5% among individuals ≥ 75 years of age, and 18.2% for those ≥ 85 years of age [13]. These data underscore the importance of considering the influence of age on the balance between efficacy and safety of anticoagulant therapy.

Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) represent the first alternatives to warfarin in over 6 decades. Currently available products in US include apixaban, dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban. DOACs possess many of the characteristics of an ideal anticoagulant, including predictable pharmacokinetics, a wider therapeutic window compared to warfarin, minimal drug interactions, a fixed dose, and no need for routine evaluation of coagulation parameters. The safety and efficacy of the DOACs for stroke prevention in nonvalvular AF have been substantiated in several landmark clinical trials [14–16]. Yet there are several important questions that need to be addressed, such as management of excessive anticoagulation, clinical outcome data with renally adjusted doses (an exclusion criterion in many landmark studies was a creatinine clearance of < 25–30 mL/min), whether monitoring of coagulation parameters could enhance efficacy and safety, and optimal dosing strategies in geriatric patients. This review provides clinicians a summary of data from landmark studies, post-marketing surveillance, and pharmacokinetic evaluations to support DOAC selection in the geriatric population.

Evaluating Bleeding Risk

Anticoagulation is highly effective for the prevention of thrombotic events, however, bleeding risk is always present. Tools have been developed for the assessment of bleeding risk during anticoagulation therapy, but they have limitations. Several instruments have been validated in patients with AF and are summarized in Table 1 [17–19].

These tools have been extensively evaluated with warfarin therapy, but their performance in predicting DOAC-related bleeding has not been definitively established. Nonetheless, until tools evaluated specifically for DOACs are developed, it is reasonable to use these for risk-prediction in combination with clinical judgment. As an example, the European Society of Cardiology guideline on the use of non–vitamin K antagonist (VKA) anticoagulants in patients with nonvalvular AF suggests that the HAS-BLED score may be used to identify risk factors for bleeding and correct those that are modifiable [20]. The HAS-BLED score is validated for VKA and non-VKA anticoagulants (early-generation oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelgatran) [21] and is the only bleeding risk score predictive for intracranial hemorrhage [19]. In a 2013 “real world” comparison, HAS-BLED was easier to use and had better predictive accuracy that ATRIA [22].

One of the major challenges in geriatric patients is that those at highest risk for bleeding are those who would have the greatest benefit from anticoagulation [23]. The prediction scores can help clinicians balance the risk-benefit ratio for anticoagulation on a case by case basis. Although the scoring systems take into consideration several factors, including medical conditions that have been shown to significantly increase bleeding risk, including hypertension, cerebrovascular disease, ischemic stroke, serious heart disease, diabetes, renal insufficiency, alcoholism and liver disease, not all are included in every scoring scheme [23]. These conditions are more common among elderly patients, and this should be taken into account when estimating the risk-benefit ratio of oral anticoagulation [15]. Patients’ preferences should also be taken into account. It is essential for clinicians to clearly discuss treatment options with patients as data suggest that clinician and patient perceptions of anticoagulation are often mismatched [24–26].

Performance of TSOACS in Landmark Studies

Due to the lack of head-to-head studies comparing the DOACs, clinicians must cautiously rely on indirect comparisons of these agents. Important considerations include differences in landmark study design, population, and outcomes. Table 2 [14–16,27] highlights some of the study design differences.

Some specific differences in outcomes seen in landmark studies that may facilitate selection among the DOACs include the risk of major bleeding, risk of gastrointestinal bleeding, risk of acute coronary syndrome, exclusion of valvular heart disease, and noninferiority versus superiority as the primary endpoint when compared to warfarin.

Major Bleeding

Table 3 and Table 4 [28–31,56] provide a summary of major bleeding rates reported in landmark trials for the total and age-specific populations. Both apixaban and edoxaban (60 mg and 30 mg) were associated with significantly fewer major bleeding events compared to warfarin (apixaban: 2.1%/year versus 3.1%/year, < 0.001; edoxaban: 60 mg 2.75%/year and 30 mg 1.61%/year versus 3.43%/year, < 0.001) [16,27]. Dabigatran and rivaroxaban had similar major bleeding rates compared to warfarin (3.1%/year versus 3.5%/year, = 0.31 and 5.6% versus 5.4%, = 0.58, respectively). A pooled analysis of the DOACs reported that major bleeding in patients ≥ 75 years was at least similar to warfarin (hazard ratio [HR], 0.93; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.74–1.17) [32].

Gastrointestinal Bleeding

Among all of the DOACs, gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding was significantly greater with dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban when compared to warfarin (HR, 1.49; 95% CI, 1.21–1.84; HR, 1.23; 95% CI, 1.02–1.50; and HR, 1.61; 95% CI, 1.30–1.99, respectively; < 0.05 for all) [14–16] in landmark studies. Based on these data, clinicians may consider the selection of apixaban in patients with a previous history of GI pathology. GI bleeding may be more common in elderly patients due to the potential for preexisting GI pathology and high local concentrations of drug [29]. Clemens and colleagues suggested an “anticoagulation GI stress test” may predict GI malignancy [33]. They found that patients on DOACs that presented with a GI bleed were more likely to present with a GI malignancy. As such, it is reasonable to screen patients with a fecal occult blood test within the first month after initiating TSOAC treatment and then annually.

Acute Coronary Syndrome

A higher rate of myocardial infarction was observed with dabigatran 150 mg versus warfarin (0.74% vs 0.53% per year; P = 0.048) in the RE-LY study [16]. Whether the increase in myocardial infarction was due to dabigatran as a causative agent or warfarin’s ability to reduce the risk of myocardial infarction to a larger extent compared with dabigatran is unknown. Nonetheless, it may be prudent to use an alternative therapy in patients with a history of acute coronary syndrome.

Valvular Heart Disease

The risk of stroke and systemic embolism is higher in patients with valvular heart disease [34]. Patients with moderate to severe mitral stenosis or mechanical prosthetic heart valves were excluded from the DOAC landmark studies. Dabigatran was evaluated for prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in patients with valvular heart disease in the RE-ALIGN study [35,36]. Patients were randomized to warfarin titrated to a target INR of 2 to 3 or 2.5 to 3.5 on the basis of thromboembolic risk or dabigatran 150 mg, 220 mg, or 300 mg twice daily adjusted to a targeted trough of ≥ 50 ng/mL. The trial was terminated early due to a worse primary outcome (composite of stroke, systemic embolism, myocardial infarction, and death) with dabigatran versus warfarin (HR, 3.37, 95% CI, 0.76–14.95; P = 0.11). In addition, bleeding rates (any bleeding) was significantly greater with dabigatran (27%) versus warfarin (12%) (P = 0.01). Based on these data and the lack of data with the other TSOACs, warfarin remains the standard of care for valvular heart disease [37]. In patients with a previous bioprosthetic valve with AF, patients with mitral insufficiency, or aortic stensosis, TSOACs may be considered [37].

Landmark Study Efficacy Endpoints

The primary endpoint in each of the landmark studies was a composite of stroke (ischemic or hemorrhagic) and systemic embolism. For the primary endpoint only dabigatran 150 mg twice daily and apixaban 5 mg twice daily were found to be superior to warfarin for the prevention of stroke or systemic embolism in nonvalvular AF (HR, 0.66; 95% CI, 0.53–0.82; < 0.001 and HR, 0.66; 95% CI, 0.66–0.95; = 0.01, respectively). Both edoxaban (60 mg and 30 mg daily) and rivaroxaban were noninferior to warfarin for the primary endpoint. In terms of ischemic stroke, only dabigatran 150 mg twice daily was superior to warfarin for the reduction in ischemic stroke in patients with nonvalvular AF (HR, 0.76; 95% CI, 0.60–0.98; P = 0.03) [19]. All of the DOACs demonstrated a reduction in hemorrhagic stroke.

TSOAC Use in Elderly Patitents

Pharmacokinetic Evaluations

Several pharmacokinetic studies have evaluated the influence of age on DOAC disposition. In a study evaluating the influence of age on apixaban disposition, the area under the concentration-time curve to infinity was 32% higher in the elderly (aged 65 years or older) compared to the younger subjects (< age 40 years) [38]. These data provide the rationale for dosage adjustment in individuals aged 80 years or older with either low body mass (weight less than or equal to 60 kg) or renal impairment (serum creatinine 1.5 mg/dL or higher). In a pharmacokinetic study evaluating dabigatran in patients > 65 years of age, the time to steady state ranged from 2 to 3 days, correlating to a half-life of 12 to 14 hours, and peak concentrations (256 ng/mL females, 255 ng/mL males) were reached after a median of 3 hours (range, 2.0–4.0 hours) [39]. These data suggest a 1.7- to twofold increase in bioavailability. The area under the curve of rivaroxaban was significantly higher in subjects > 75 years versus subjects 18-45 years, while total and renal clearance were decreased [40].However, the time to maximum factor Xa inhibition and Cmax were not influenced by age.

Clinical Evaluations

Although DOACs offer advantages over warfarin [41], there is still no assurance regarding the promise of reduced or similar risk of bleeding with DOACs compared with warfarin in the geriatric population. Generalizability of bleeding rates reported in landmark studies leads to underestimating the risk of bleeding in geriatric patients [42]. For example, in one case series 67% of the bleeding complications with dabigatran were in patients ≥ 80 years old [43]. Furthermore, although subgroup analyses were performed evaluating geriatric patients in the landmark studies, these analyses are inherently biased. First, they represent post-hoc analyses and are not adequately powered. Second, geriatric patients included in landmark studies may have lower CHADS2 scores compared to those seen in clinical practice. Third, patients with severe renal dysfunction (ie, CrCl < 25–30 mL/min) were excluded from many landmark studies. However, several large observational studies have found that the DOACs pose no disproportionate risk of bleeding the geriatric population versus warfarin [44–46]. A review of major bleeding complications reported from landmark clinical trials are summarized Table 3 [29–31, 47–50]. Figure 1 depicts the hazard ratios for stroke and major hemorrhage reported in geriatric subgroup analyses in the landmark studies [29–31,44–46]. Below we describe geriatric subgroup data for each DOAC. Analyses of geriatric subroups are yet to be published in full for edoxaban.

Dabigatran

In a post-hoc analysis of the RE-LY trial, Eikelboom and colleagues found that patients 75 years of age and older treated with dabigatran 150 mg twice daily had a greater incidence of GI bleeding irrespective of renal function compared with those on warfarin (1.85%/year vs. 1.25%/year; P < 0.001) [29]. A higher risk in major bleeding also was seen in dabigatran patients (5.10% versus 4.37%; = 0.07). As a result, the 2012 Beer’s Criteria lists dabigatran as a potentially inappropriate medication. An analysis was conducted of 134,414 elderly Medicare patients (defined as age > 65 years) with 37,587 person-years of follow-up who were treated with dabigatran or warfarin [44]. Approximately 60% of patients included in the analysis were over age 75 years. Dabigatran was associated with a significant reduction in ischemic stroke: HR 0.80 (CI 0.67–0.96); intracranial hemorrhage: HR 0.34 (CI 0.26–0.46); and death: HR 0.86 (CI 0.77–0.96) when compared with warfarin. As in the Eikelboom study, major gastrointestinal bleeding was significantly increased with dabigatran (HR, 1.28 [95% CI, 1.14–1.44]).

Rivaroxaban

For rivaroxaban, a subgroup analysis of patients ≥ 75 years in the ROCKET-AF trial reported similar rates of major bleeding (HR, 1.11; 95% CI, 0.92–1.34) with rivaroxaban compared with warfarin [31]. Clinically relevant non-major bleeding was significantly higher for patients aged ≥ 75 years compared with patients aged < 75 years (= 0.01).

Apixaban

Halvorsen and colleagues found that age did not influence the benefits of apixaban in terms of efficacy and safety [47]. In the cohort of patients aged 75 years or older, major bleeding was significantly reduced compared to warfarin (HR, 0.64; 95% CI, 0.52–0.79). The safety benefits persisted even in the setting of age greater than 75 years and renal impairment. A significant reduction in major bleeding (HR, 0.35; 95% CI, 0.14–0.86) was seen in elderly patients with a CrCl; ≤ 30 mL/min (n = 221) treated with apixaban versus warfarin. Similarly, in elderly patients with a CrCl 30 to 50 mL/min (n = 1898) a significant reduction in major bleeding was reported (HR, 0.53; 95% CI, 0.37–0.76). These data are consistent with a meta-regression analysis that found a linear relationship between the relative risk of major bleeding and the magnitude of renal excretion for the DOACs (r2=0.66, = 0.03) [48]. In this analysis, apixaban had the most favorable outcomes in terms of major bleeding compared to the other DOACs and also has the least dependence on renal function for clearance. In a pooled analysis of data from landmark trials, Ng and colleagues found that in elderly patients (defined as age > 75 years) with nonvalvular AF, only apixaban was associated with a significant reduction in both stroke and major hemorrhage (Figure 1) [49,50].

Edoxaban

Kato and colleagues performed a subgroup analysis of patients aged 75 years or older enrolled in the ENGAGE TIMI 48 study [50]. Currently the results are only published in abstract form. Regardless of treatment, the risk of major bleeding and stroke significantly increased with age (< 0.001). An absolute risk reduction in major bleeding was reported with both 60 mg and 30 mg of edoxaban versus warfarin (4.0%/year and 2.2%/year versus 4.8%/year, respectively; no P value provided).

Therapeuti Drug Monitoring

Collectively, the data on assessment of the anticoagulant activity of DOACs using coagulation assays is evolving. These tests include but are not limited to prothrombin time (PT), activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), thrombin clotting time (TT), dilute TT, activated clotting time (ACT), anti factor Xa, and ecarin clotting time (ECT) assays. Although routine monitoring is not desirable, the ability to assess degree of anticoagulation in select patient populations may prove beneficial. Future studies are essential to confirm whether assessing DOAC activity using coagulation assays in vulnerable populations such as the elderly improves clinical outcomes. Several reviews on this subject matter have been published [51–55]. The reader is encouraged to review these data as there are significant limitations to currently available assays and incorrect interpretation may lead to suboptimal treatment decisions.

Renal and Hepatic Dysfunction

Depending on the specific agents, DOACs renal clearance varies from 27% to 80% [56–59]. Clinical trials often use the Cockcroft-Gault formula (CG) based on actual body weight to estimate renal function. Landmark trials evaluating the DOACs differed in their strategy for estimation of renal function using CG. For example, RE-LY and ROCKET-AF used actual body weight for the estimation of renal function, while ARISTOTLE did not specify which body weight to use. Estimation of renal function or glomerular filtration rate (GFR) by CG is frequently in discordance with actual renal function in the elderly [60]. MDRD (modification of diet in renal disease) and Chronic Kidney Disease-Epidemiology Collaboration (CKD-EPI) are also common estimations that provide an estimate of GFR. In a cross-sectional study, comparing the CG, MDRD, and EPI formulas in a clinical setting, data from potential kidney donors and adult patients who underwent a GFR measurement revealed that MDRD has the smallest mean bias. The influence of age was the absolute bias for estimation of renal function for all formulas. CG is additionally influenced by body weight and body mass index. When compared to CG, MDRD actually reported more accurate predictor of GFR in adults < 70 years old [61]. However, package inserts recommend dose adjustments based on estimation of CrCl using CG formula. This poses a problem in adjusting DOAC doses in elderly patients who are subject to overestimation of renal function with this antiquated equation. Among elderly patients with renal impairment, discordance between estimated and actual renal function was higher for dabigatran and rivaroxaban than for apixaban dosages [61].

Only 27% of apixaban is renally cleared, and the manufacturer does not indicate dose adjustments for patients with renal insufficiency [57]. Therefore, apixaban is the favorable anticoagulant in the elderly population with renal disease. Prescribing information recommends reducing the dose from 5 mg twice daily to 2.5 mg twice daily for nonvalvular AF patients, if patients meet 2 of the following criteria: age ≥ 80 years of age, body weight ≤ 60 kg, and serum creatinine ≥ 1.5 mg/dL (Table 5) [57]. In patients with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) maintained on hemodialysis, the recommended dose of apixaban is 5 mg twice daily, unless the patient is ≥ 80 years or has a body weight ≤ 60 kg, in which case the dose should be reduced to 2.5 mg twice daily. Clinicians should consider the source of the aforementioned dosing strategy as patients with a CrCl < 25 mL/min were excluded from the ARISTOTLE study. Dosing in hemodialysis is supported by a small study that showed an increase in AUC of 36% after a single dose. The extent of drug accumulation is unknown and dialysis only clears a small portion of apixaban (~14%).

Renal excretion of unchanged dabigatran is the predominant pathway for elimination (~80%) [58]. The FDA-approved dosing strategy in the US for dabigatran is 150 mg twice daily in patients with a CrCl ≥ 30 mL/min, 75 mg twice daily in patients with severe renal impairment (CrCl 15–30 mL/min), and is contraindicated in patients with a CrCl < 15 mL/min [58]. By comparison, the Canadian and the European Medicines Agency have listed patients with a CrCl < 30 mL/min (severe renal impairment) as a contraindication for use. The US-approved dosage for severe renal impairment was derived during the approval phase of dabigatran using a simulation pharmacokinetic model [62,63]. The dosage was estimated by pharmacokinetic simulation to provide similar Cmax and Cmin concentrations compared to the 150 mg twice-daily dosage in moderate renal impairment. Compared to patients with CrCl ≥ 80 mL/min, there was a 1.29- and a 1.47-fold increase in dabigatran trough plasma concentration in the CrCl 50–80 mL/min patients and the CrCl 30–50 mL/min patients, respectively. There have been many postmarketing reports of hemorrhage with dabigatran [36,84,85]. Although reporting bias is likely due to the novelty of the agent, clinicians may take key clinical pearls away from these reports. Patients often had risk factors, including low body weight, renal impairment, and polypharmacy with interacting drugs (eg, amiodarone). These risk factors are also important with the other DOACs.

A subgroup analysis of ROCKET-AF evaluating rivaroxaban 15 mg daily in patients with a CrCl of 30–49 mL/min did not identify any differences in endpoints with the exception of fatal bleeding, which occurred less often with rivaroxaban (0.28%/yr vs. 0.74%/yr; = 0.047) [64].

Monitoring of renal function is essential to mitigate the risk of drug accumulation. Clinicians should consider obtaining a baseline renal assessment with annual reassessments in patients with normal (CrCl ≥ 80 mL/min) or mild (CrCl 50–79 mL/min) renal impairment, and 2 to 3 times per year in patients with moderate (CrCl 30–49 mL/min) renal impairment [65]. A summary of renal dose adjustments for DOAC therapy may be found in Table 5 [56–59].

In addition to renal function, hepatic impairment can also affect the metabolism of anticoagulants. Severe hepatic impairment can lead to prolonged PT. Therefore, patients who have liver dysfunction and are treated with anticoagulation have increased risk of hemorrhagic events. Large pivotal trials on the key indications of dabigatran, apixaban, and rivaroxaban excluded patients with significant signs of hepatic impairment. Table 5 provides dosing recommendations for the different DOACs in the setting of hepatic impairment [56–59].

Polypharmacy And The Potential For Adverse Consequences

Polypharmacy is defined as concomitantly using multiple medications. The likelihood of an adverse drug reaction increases exponentially with the number of drugs taken, independent of the class of medication [66]. Older adults use over the counter (46%) and herbal supplements (52%) while taking prescription medications and 50% of them are noted to have a drug interaction with anticoagulants. This leads to approximately 1 out of 25 older adults at risk for significant drug-drug interactions [67]. Some DOACs have recommendations for dosage reductions in the setting of advanced age (Table 6). Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that advanced age and drug interactions may place patients at greater risk of treatment failure. Further investigations are needed to understand polypharmacy and drug-drug interactions in geriatric patients [68]; however, clinicians should be aware of the potential pharmacokinetic interactions with DOACs (Table 7) [56–59]. 
Clinicians should review the patient’s entire medication profile and discontinue any unnecessary medications that may interact with one another if possible. There are several pharmacodymanic interactions that should also be considered. Concomitant use of antiplatelets and NSAIDs with DOACs may increase bleeding risk. In many cases NSAIDs may be discontinued. Patients on dual antiplatelet therapy and an anticoagulant are at an increased risk of bleeding. Clinicians should question the need for dual antiplatelet therapy with anticoagulation. The WOEST (What Is the Optimal Antiplatelet and Anticoagulant Therapy in Patients with Oral Anticoagulation and Coronary Stenting) trial suggested that triple therapy (eg, oral anticoagulant plus aspirin plus clopidogrel) is associated with greater risks than benefits in individuals with AF and coronary stents [69, 70].

Costs And Cost-Effectiveness of DOACS

With the high burden of AF and the aging population, analysis of cost and value is an important consideration [76]. There are limited publications comparing the cost-effectiveness between the anticoagulation options. However, numerous cost-effectiveness studies have evaluated the individual DOACs [71–79]. Overall, the studies suggest that the DOACs are a cost-effective alternative to warfarin in the general and elderly populations. One analysis reported that dabigatran may not be cost-effective in patients with a low CHADS2 score (≤ 2) [71].

Harrington et al [80] compared the cost-effectiveness of dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban versus warfarin. This cost-effectiveness study used published clinical trial data to build a decision model, and results indicated that for patients ≥ 70 years of age with an increased risk for stroke, normal renal function, and no previous contraindications to anticoagulant therapy, apixaban 5 mg, dabigatran 150 mg, and rivaroxaban 20 mg were cost-effective substitutes for warfarin for the prevention of stroke in nonvalvular AF [80]. Apixaban was the preferred anticoagulant for their hypothetical cohort of 70-year-old patients with nonvalvular AF, as it was most likely to be the cost-effective treatment option at all willing-to-pay thresholds > $40,000 per quality-adjusted life-year gained [76,81].

Prescription costs may vary depending on payor and level of insurance. If a patient does not have prescription insurance, the annual price of generic warfarin is roughly $200 to $360, depending on dosage. Approximate annual costs for the DOACs are greater than 20 times the cost of warfarin (apixaban $4500, dabigatran $4500, and rivaroxaban $4800) [82]. However, most patients on these medications are over 65 years old and have prescription coverage through Medicare Part D. Of note, patients may have more of a burden if or when they reach the “donut hole” coverage gap. Currently, once patients spend $2960 (for 2015) and $3310 (for 2016) on covered drugs they will fall into the donut hole unless they qualify for additional assistance. At this point Medicare Part D will reimburse 45% of the cost of the newer anticoagulants since generics are currently unavailable. As a result, individual affordability may become an issue. Further complicating the scenario is the inability to apply coupon and rebate cards in the setting of government-funded prescription coverage. Clinicians should discuss these issues with their patients to help select the most valuable therapy.

Conclusions And Recommendations

With life expectancy among the elderly continuing to improve, the number of patients requiring chronic anti-coagulation will continue to rise. Understanding the strengths and limitations of oral anticoagulants and the literature to support their use is essential to select the most appropriate agent in the geriatric patient. When selecting an anticoagulant strategy, clinicians should consider clinical data, patient factors, and patient preferences. Figure 2 provides a suggested anticoagulant selection pathway to complement the clinical decision process [83,84].

 

Corresponding author: Luigi Brunetti, PharmD, MPH, Rutgers University, 160 Frelinghuysen Rd, Piscataway, NJ 08854, [email protected].

From the Ernest Mario School of Pharmacy, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ.

 

Abstract

  • Objective: To provide a clinical summary of the available data evaluating the use of direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) in geriatric patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation.
  • Methods: MEDLINE, Web of Science, and Google Scholar were used to identify pertinent systematic reviews, randomized controlled trials, observational studies, and pharmacokinetic studies evaluating use of DOACs in the geriatric population.
  • Results: A total of 8 systemic reviews, 5 randomized controlled trials, 2 observational trials, and 5 pharmacokinetic studies of relevance were identified for inclusion in this review. The landscape of anticoagulation has dramatically changed over the past 5 years beginning with the development and marketing of an oral direct thrombin inhibitor and followed by 3 oral direct factor Xa inhibitors. Despite significant advances in this oral anticoagulation arena, many questions remain as to the best therapeutic approach in the geriatric population as the literature is lacking. This population has a higher risk of stroke; however, due to the increased risk of bleeding clinicians may often defer anticoagulant therapy due to the fear of hemorrhagic complications. Clinicians must consider the risk-benefit ratio and the associated outcomes in geriatric patients compared to other patient populations.
  • Conclusions: Interpreting the available literature and understanding the benefits and limitations of the DOACs is critical when selecting the most appropriate pharmacologic strategy in geriatric patients.

 

Anticoagulants are among the top 5 drug classes associated with patient harm in the US [1] and are commonly reported as contributing to hospitalizations [2]. In just one quarter in 2012 alone, warfarin, dabigatran, and rivaroxaban accounted for 1734 of 50,289 adverse events reported to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), including 233 deaths [3]. Appropriate use of anticoagulant agents and consideration of individual patient risk factors are essential to mitigate the occurrence of adverse consequences, especially in the geriatric population. This population is more likely to have risk factors for adverse drug events, for example, polypharmacy, age-related changes in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, and diminished organ function (ie, renal and hepatic) [4,5]. Another important consideration is the lack of consensus on the definition of a “geriatric” or “elderly” patient. Although many consider a chronological age of > 65 years as the defining variable for a geriatric individual, this definition does not account for overall health status [6,7]. Clinicians should consider this shortcoming when evaluating the quality of geriatric studies. For example, a study claiming to evaluate the pharmacokinetics of a drug in a geriatric population enrolling healthy subjects aged > 65 years may result in data that do not translate to clinical practice.

Compounding the concern for iatrogenic events is the frequency of anticoagulant use in the geriatric population, as several indications are found more commonly in this age-group. Stroke prevention in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation (AF), the most common arrhythmia in the elderly, is a common indication for long-term anticoagulation [8]. The prevalence of AF increases with age and is usually higher in men than in women [9,10]. AF is generally uncommon before 60 years of age, but the prevalence increases noticeably thereafter, affecting approximately 10% of the overall population by 80 years of age [11]. The median age of patients who have AF is 75 years with approximately 70% of patients between 65 and 85 years of age [8,12]. Currently in the United States, an estimated 2.3 million people are diagnosed with AF [8]. In 2020, the AF population is predicted to increase to 7.5 million individuals with an expected prevalence of 13.5% among individuals ≥ 75 years of age, and 18.2% for those ≥ 85 years of age [13]. These data underscore the importance of considering the influence of age on the balance between efficacy and safety of anticoagulant therapy.

Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) represent the first alternatives to warfarin in over 6 decades. Currently available products in US include apixaban, dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban. DOACs possess many of the characteristics of an ideal anticoagulant, including predictable pharmacokinetics, a wider therapeutic window compared to warfarin, minimal drug interactions, a fixed dose, and no need for routine evaluation of coagulation parameters. The safety and efficacy of the DOACs for stroke prevention in nonvalvular AF have been substantiated in several landmark clinical trials [14–16]. Yet there are several important questions that need to be addressed, such as management of excessive anticoagulation, clinical outcome data with renally adjusted doses (an exclusion criterion in many landmark studies was a creatinine clearance of < 25–30 mL/min), whether monitoring of coagulation parameters could enhance efficacy and safety, and optimal dosing strategies in geriatric patients. This review provides clinicians a summary of data from landmark studies, post-marketing surveillance, and pharmacokinetic evaluations to support DOAC selection in the geriatric population.

Evaluating Bleeding Risk

Anticoagulation is highly effective for the prevention of thrombotic events, however, bleeding risk is always present. Tools have been developed for the assessment of bleeding risk during anticoagulation therapy, but they have limitations. Several instruments have been validated in patients with AF and are summarized in Table 1 [17–19].

These tools have been extensively evaluated with warfarin therapy, but their performance in predicting DOAC-related bleeding has not been definitively established. Nonetheless, until tools evaluated specifically for DOACs are developed, it is reasonable to use these for risk-prediction in combination with clinical judgment. As an example, the European Society of Cardiology guideline on the use of non–vitamin K antagonist (VKA) anticoagulants in patients with nonvalvular AF suggests that the HAS-BLED score may be used to identify risk factors for bleeding and correct those that are modifiable [20]. The HAS-BLED score is validated for VKA and non-VKA anticoagulants (early-generation oral direct thrombin inhibitor ximelgatran) [21] and is the only bleeding risk score predictive for intracranial hemorrhage [19]. In a 2013 “real world” comparison, HAS-BLED was easier to use and had better predictive accuracy that ATRIA [22].

One of the major challenges in geriatric patients is that those at highest risk for bleeding are those who would have the greatest benefit from anticoagulation [23]. The prediction scores can help clinicians balance the risk-benefit ratio for anticoagulation on a case by case basis. Although the scoring systems take into consideration several factors, including medical conditions that have been shown to significantly increase bleeding risk, including hypertension, cerebrovascular disease, ischemic stroke, serious heart disease, diabetes, renal insufficiency, alcoholism and liver disease, not all are included in every scoring scheme [23]. These conditions are more common among elderly patients, and this should be taken into account when estimating the risk-benefit ratio of oral anticoagulation [15]. Patients’ preferences should also be taken into account. It is essential for clinicians to clearly discuss treatment options with patients as data suggest that clinician and patient perceptions of anticoagulation are often mismatched [24–26].

Performance of TSOACS in Landmark Studies

Due to the lack of head-to-head studies comparing the DOACs, clinicians must cautiously rely on indirect comparisons of these agents. Important considerations include differences in landmark study design, population, and outcomes. Table 2 [14–16,27] highlights some of the study design differences.

Some specific differences in outcomes seen in landmark studies that may facilitate selection among the DOACs include the risk of major bleeding, risk of gastrointestinal bleeding, risk of acute coronary syndrome, exclusion of valvular heart disease, and noninferiority versus superiority as the primary endpoint when compared to warfarin.

Major Bleeding

Table 3 and Table 4 [28–31,56] provide a summary of major bleeding rates reported in landmark trials for the total and age-specific populations. Both apixaban and edoxaban (60 mg and 30 mg) were associated with significantly fewer major bleeding events compared to warfarin (apixaban: 2.1%/year versus 3.1%/year, < 0.001; edoxaban: 60 mg 2.75%/year and 30 mg 1.61%/year versus 3.43%/year, < 0.001) [16,27]. Dabigatran and rivaroxaban had similar major bleeding rates compared to warfarin (3.1%/year versus 3.5%/year, = 0.31 and 5.6% versus 5.4%, = 0.58, respectively). A pooled analysis of the DOACs reported that major bleeding in patients ≥ 75 years was at least similar to warfarin (hazard ratio [HR], 0.93; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.74–1.17) [32].

Gastrointestinal Bleeding

Among all of the DOACs, gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding was significantly greater with dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban when compared to warfarin (HR, 1.49; 95% CI, 1.21–1.84; HR, 1.23; 95% CI, 1.02–1.50; and HR, 1.61; 95% CI, 1.30–1.99, respectively; < 0.05 for all) [14–16] in landmark studies. Based on these data, clinicians may consider the selection of apixaban in patients with a previous history of GI pathology. GI bleeding may be more common in elderly patients due to the potential for preexisting GI pathology and high local concentrations of drug [29]. Clemens and colleagues suggested an “anticoagulation GI stress test” may predict GI malignancy [33]. They found that patients on DOACs that presented with a GI bleed were more likely to present with a GI malignancy. As such, it is reasonable to screen patients with a fecal occult blood test within the first month after initiating TSOAC treatment and then annually.

Acute Coronary Syndrome

A higher rate of myocardial infarction was observed with dabigatran 150 mg versus warfarin (0.74% vs 0.53% per year; P = 0.048) in the RE-LY study [16]. Whether the increase in myocardial infarction was due to dabigatran as a causative agent or warfarin’s ability to reduce the risk of myocardial infarction to a larger extent compared with dabigatran is unknown. Nonetheless, it may be prudent to use an alternative therapy in patients with a history of acute coronary syndrome.

Valvular Heart Disease

The risk of stroke and systemic embolism is higher in patients with valvular heart disease [34]. Patients with moderate to severe mitral stenosis or mechanical prosthetic heart valves were excluded from the DOAC landmark studies. Dabigatran was evaluated for prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in patients with valvular heart disease in the RE-ALIGN study [35,36]. Patients were randomized to warfarin titrated to a target INR of 2 to 3 or 2.5 to 3.5 on the basis of thromboembolic risk or dabigatran 150 mg, 220 mg, or 300 mg twice daily adjusted to a targeted trough of ≥ 50 ng/mL. The trial was terminated early due to a worse primary outcome (composite of stroke, systemic embolism, myocardial infarction, and death) with dabigatran versus warfarin (HR, 3.37, 95% CI, 0.76–14.95; P = 0.11). In addition, bleeding rates (any bleeding) was significantly greater with dabigatran (27%) versus warfarin (12%) (P = 0.01). Based on these data and the lack of data with the other TSOACs, warfarin remains the standard of care for valvular heart disease [37]. In patients with a previous bioprosthetic valve with AF, patients with mitral insufficiency, or aortic stensosis, TSOACs may be considered [37].

Landmark Study Efficacy Endpoints

The primary endpoint in each of the landmark studies was a composite of stroke (ischemic or hemorrhagic) and systemic embolism. For the primary endpoint only dabigatran 150 mg twice daily and apixaban 5 mg twice daily were found to be superior to warfarin for the prevention of stroke or systemic embolism in nonvalvular AF (HR, 0.66; 95% CI, 0.53–0.82; < 0.001 and HR, 0.66; 95% CI, 0.66–0.95; = 0.01, respectively). Both edoxaban (60 mg and 30 mg daily) and rivaroxaban were noninferior to warfarin for the primary endpoint. In terms of ischemic stroke, only dabigatran 150 mg twice daily was superior to warfarin for the reduction in ischemic stroke in patients with nonvalvular AF (HR, 0.76; 95% CI, 0.60–0.98; P = 0.03) [19]. All of the DOACs demonstrated a reduction in hemorrhagic stroke.

TSOAC Use in Elderly Patitents

Pharmacokinetic Evaluations

Several pharmacokinetic studies have evaluated the influence of age on DOAC disposition. In a study evaluating the influence of age on apixaban disposition, the area under the concentration-time curve to infinity was 32% higher in the elderly (aged 65 years or older) compared to the younger subjects (< age 40 years) [38]. These data provide the rationale for dosage adjustment in individuals aged 80 years or older with either low body mass (weight less than or equal to 60 kg) or renal impairment (serum creatinine 1.5 mg/dL or higher). In a pharmacokinetic study evaluating dabigatran in patients > 65 years of age, the time to steady state ranged from 2 to 3 days, correlating to a half-life of 12 to 14 hours, and peak concentrations (256 ng/mL females, 255 ng/mL males) were reached after a median of 3 hours (range, 2.0–4.0 hours) [39]. These data suggest a 1.7- to twofold increase in bioavailability. The area under the curve of rivaroxaban was significantly higher in subjects > 75 years versus subjects 18-45 years, while total and renal clearance were decreased [40].However, the time to maximum factor Xa inhibition and Cmax were not influenced by age.

Clinical Evaluations

Although DOACs offer advantages over warfarin [41], there is still no assurance regarding the promise of reduced or similar risk of bleeding with DOACs compared with warfarin in the geriatric population. Generalizability of bleeding rates reported in landmark studies leads to underestimating the risk of bleeding in geriatric patients [42]. For example, in one case series 67% of the bleeding complications with dabigatran were in patients ≥ 80 years old [43]. Furthermore, although subgroup analyses were performed evaluating geriatric patients in the landmark studies, these analyses are inherently biased. First, they represent post-hoc analyses and are not adequately powered. Second, geriatric patients included in landmark studies may have lower CHADS2 scores compared to those seen in clinical practice. Third, patients with severe renal dysfunction (ie, CrCl < 25–30 mL/min) were excluded from many landmark studies. However, several large observational studies have found that the DOACs pose no disproportionate risk of bleeding the geriatric population versus warfarin [44–46]. A review of major bleeding complications reported from landmark clinical trials are summarized Table 3 [29–31, 47–50]. Figure 1 depicts the hazard ratios for stroke and major hemorrhage reported in geriatric subgroup analyses in the landmark studies [29–31,44–46]. Below we describe geriatric subgroup data for each DOAC. Analyses of geriatric subroups are yet to be published in full for edoxaban.

Dabigatran

In a post-hoc analysis of the RE-LY trial, Eikelboom and colleagues found that patients 75 years of age and older treated with dabigatran 150 mg twice daily had a greater incidence of GI bleeding irrespective of renal function compared with those on warfarin (1.85%/year vs. 1.25%/year; P < 0.001) [29]. A higher risk in major bleeding also was seen in dabigatran patients (5.10% versus 4.37%; = 0.07). As a result, the 2012 Beer’s Criteria lists dabigatran as a potentially inappropriate medication. An analysis was conducted of 134,414 elderly Medicare patients (defined as age > 65 years) with 37,587 person-years of follow-up who were treated with dabigatran or warfarin [44]. Approximately 60% of patients included in the analysis were over age 75 years. Dabigatran was associated with a significant reduction in ischemic stroke: HR 0.80 (CI 0.67–0.96); intracranial hemorrhage: HR 0.34 (CI 0.26–0.46); and death: HR 0.86 (CI 0.77–0.96) when compared with warfarin. As in the Eikelboom study, major gastrointestinal bleeding was significantly increased with dabigatran (HR, 1.28 [95% CI, 1.14–1.44]).

Rivaroxaban

For rivaroxaban, a subgroup analysis of patients ≥ 75 years in the ROCKET-AF trial reported similar rates of major bleeding (HR, 1.11; 95% CI, 0.92–1.34) with rivaroxaban compared with warfarin [31]. Clinically relevant non-major bleeding was significantly higher for patients aged ≥ 75 years compared with patients aged < 75 years (= 0.01).

Apixaban

Halvorsen and colleagues found that age did not influence the benefits of apixaban in terms of efficacy and safety [47]. In the cohort of patients aged 75 years or older, major bleeding was significantly reduced compared to warfarin (HR, 0.64; 95% CI, 0.52–0.79). The safety benefits persisted even in the setting of age greater than 75 years and renal impairment. A significant reduction in major bleeding (HR, 0.35; 95% CI, 0.14–0.86) was seen in elderly patients with a CrCl; ≤ 30 mL/min (n = 221) treated with apixaban versus warfarin. Similarly, in elderly patients with a CrCl 30 to 50 mL/min (n = 1898) a significant reduction in major bleeding was reported (HR, 0.53; 95% CI, 0.37–0.76). These data are consistent with a meta-regression analysis that found a linear relationship between the relative risk of major bleeding and the magnitude of renal excretion for the DOACs (r2=0.66, = 0.03) [48]. In this analysis, apixaban had the most favorable outcomes in terms of major bleeding compared to the other DOACs and also has the least dependence on renal function for clearance. In a pooled analysis of data from landmark trials, Ng and colleagues found that in elderly patients (defined as age > 75 years) with nonvalvular AF, only apixaban was associated with a significant reduction in both stroke and major hemorrhage (Figure 1) [49,50].

Edoxaban

Kato and colleagues performed a subgroup analysis of patients aged 75 years or older enrolled in the ENGAGE TIMI 48 study [50]. Currently the results are only published in abstract form. Regardless of treatment, the risk of major bleeding and stroke significantly increased with age (< 0.001). An absolute risk reduction in major bleeding was reported with both 60 mg and 30 mg of edoxaban versus warfarin (4.0%/year and 2.2%/year versus 4.8%/year, respectively; no P value provided).

Therapeuti Drug Monitoring

Collectively, the data on assessment of the anticoagulant activity of DOACs using coagulation assays is evolving. These tests include but are not limited to prothrombin time (PT), activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), thrombin clotting time (TT), dilute TT, activated clotting time (ACT), anti factor Xa, and ecarin clotting time (ECT) assays. Although routine monitoring is not desirable, the ability to assess degree of anticoagulation in select patient populations may prove beneficial. Future studies are essential to confirm whether assessing DOAC activity using coagulation assays in vulnerable populations such as the elderly improves clinical outcomes. Several reviews on this subject matter have been published [51–55]. The reader is encouraged to review these data as there are significant limitations to currently available assays and incorrect interpretation may lead to suboptimal treatment decisions.

Renal and Hepatic Dysfunction

Depending on the specific agents, DOACs renal clearance varies from 27% to 80% [56–59]. Clinical trials often use the Cockcroft-Gault formula (CG) based on actual body weight to estimate renal function. Landmark trials evaluating the DOACs differed in their strategy for estimation of renal function using CG. For example, RE-LY and ROCKET-AF used actual body weight for the estimation of renal function, while ARISTOTLE did not specify which body weight to use. Estimation of renal function or glomerular filtration rate (GFR) by CG is frequently in discordance with actual renal function in the elderly [60]. MDRD (modification of diet in renal disease) and Chronic Kidney Disease-Epidemiology Collaboration (CKD-EPI) are also common estimations that provide an estimate of GFR. In a cross-sectional study, comparing the CG, MDRD, and EPI formulas in a clinical setting, data from potential kidney donors and adult patients who underwent a GFR measurement revealed that MDRD has the smallest mean bias. The influence of age was the absolute bias for estimation of renal function for all formulas. CG is additionally influenced by body weight and body mass index. When compared to CG, MDRD actually reported more accurate predictor of GFR in adults < 70 years old [61]. However, package inserts recommend dose adjustments based on estimation of CrCl using CG formula. This poses a problem in adjusting DOAC doses in elderly patients who are subject to overestimation of renal function with this antiquated equation. Among elderly patients with renal impairment, discordance between estimated and actual renal function was higher for dabigatran and rivaroxaban than for apixaban dosages [61].

Only 27% of apixaban is renally cleared, and the manufacturer does not indicate dose adjustments for patients with renal insufficiency [57]. Therefore, apixaban is the favorable anticoagulant in the elderly population with renal disease. Prescribing information recommends reducing the dose from 5 mg twice daily to 2.5 mg twice daily for nonvalvular AF patients, if patients meet 2 of the following criteria: age ≥ 80 years of age, body weight ≤ 60 kg, and serum creatinine ≥ 1.5 mg/dL (Table 5) [57]. In patients with end-stage renal disease (ESRD) maintained on hemodialysis, the recommended dose of apixaban is 5 mg twice daily, unless the patient is ≥ 80 years or has a body weight ≤ 60 kg, in which case the dose should be reduced to 2.5 mg twice daily. Clinicians should consider the source of the aforementioned dosing strategy as patients with a CrCl < 25 mL/min were excluded from the ARISTOTLE study. Dosing in hemodialysis is supported by a small study that showed an increase in AUC of 36% after a single dose. The extent of drug accumulation is unknown and dialysis only clears a small portion of apixaban (~14%).

Renal excretion of unchanged dabigatran is the predominant pathway for elimination (~80%) [58]. The FDA-approved dosing strategy in the US for dabigatran is 150 mg twice daily in patients with a CrCl ≥ 30 mL/min, 75 mg twice daily in patients with severe renal impairment (CrCl 15–30 mL/min), and is contraindicated in patients with a CrCl < 15 mL/min [58]. By comparison, the Canadian and the European Medicines Agency have listed patients with a CrCl < 30 mL/min (severe renal impairment) as a contraindication for use. The US-approved dosage for severe renal impairment was derived during the approval phase of dabigatran using a simulation pharmacokinetic model [62,63]. The dosage was estimated by pharmacokinetic simulation to provide similar Cmax and Cmin concentrations compared to the 150 mg twice-daily dosage in moderate renal impairment. Compared to patients with CrCl ≥ 80 mL/min, there was a 1.29- and a 1.47-fold increase in dabigatran trough plasma concentration in the CrCl 50–80 mL/min patients and the CrCl 30–50 mL/min patients, respectively. There have been many postmarketing reports of hemorrhage with dabigatran [36,84,85]. Although reporting bias is likely due to the novelty of the agent, clinicians may take key clinical pearls away from these reports. Patients often had risk factors, including low body weight, renal impairment, and polypharmacy with interacting drugs (eg, amiodarone). These risk factors are also important with the other DOACs.

A subgroup analysis of ROCKET-AF evaluating rivaroxaban 15 mg daily in patients with a CrCl of 30–49 mL/min did not identify any differences in endpoints with the exception of fatal bleeding, which occurred less often with rivaroxaban (0.28%/yr vs. 0.74%/yr; = 0.047) [64].

Monitoring of renal function is essential to mitigate the risk of drug accumulation. Clinicians should consider obtaining a baseline renal assessment with annual reassessments in patients with normal (CrCl ≥ 80 mL/min) or mild (CrCl 50–79 mL/min) renal impairment, and 2 to 3 times per year in patients with moderate (CrCl 30–49 mL/min) renal impairment [65]. A summary of renal dose adjustments for DOAC therapy may be found in Table 5 [56–59].

In addition to renal function, hepatic impairment can also affect the metabolism of anticoagulants. Severe hepatic impairment can lead to prolonged PT. Therefore, patients who have liver dysfunction and are treated with anticoagulation have increased risk of hemorrhagic events. Large pivotal trials on the key indications of dabigatran, apixaban, and rivaroxaban excluded patients with significant signs of hepatic impairment. Table 5 provides dosing recommendations for the different DOACs in the setting of hepatic impairment [56–59].

Polypharmacy And The Potential For Adverse Consequences

Polypharmacy is defined as concomitantly using multiple medications. The likelihood of an adverse drug reaction increases exponentially with the number of drugs taken, independent of the class of medication [66]. Older adults use over the counter (46%) and herbal supplements (52%) while taking prescription medications and 50% of them are noted to have a drug interaction with anticoagulants. This leads to approximately 1 out of 25 older adults at risk for significant drug-drug interactions [67]. Some DOACs have recommendations for dosage reductions in the setting of advanced age (Table 6). Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that advanced age and drug interactions may place patients at greater risk of treatment failure. Further investigations are needed to understand polypharmacy and drug-drug interactions in geriatric patients [68]; however, clinicians should be aware of the potential pharmacokinetic interactions with DOACs (Table 7) [56–59]. 
Clinicians should review the patient’s entire medication profile and discontinue any unnecessary medications that may interact with one another if possible. There are several pharmacodymanic interactions that should also be considered. Concomitant use of antiplatelets and NSAIDs with DOACs may increase bleeding risk. In many cases NSAIDs may be discontinued. Patients on dual antiplatelet therapy and an anticoagulant are at an increased risk of bleeding. Clinicians should question the need for dual antiplatelet therapy with anticoagulation. The WOEST (What Is the Optimal Antiplatelet and Anticoagulant Therapy in Patients with Oral Anticoagulation and Coronary Stenting) trial suggested that triple therapy (eg, oral anticoagulant plus aspirin plus clopidogrel) is associated with greater risks than benefits in individuals with AF and coronary stents [69, 70].

Costs And Cost-Effectiveness of DOACS

With the high burden of AF and the aging population, analysis of cost and value is an important consideration [76]. There are limited publications comparing the cost-effectiveness between the anticoagulation options. However, numerous cost-effectiveness studies have evaluated the individual DOACs [71–79]. Overall, the studies suggest that the DOACs are a cost-effective alternative to warfarin in the general and elderly populations. One analysis reported that dabigatran may not be cost-effective in patients with a low CHADS2 score (≤ 2) [71].

Harrington et al [80] compared the cost-effectiveness of dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and apixaban versus warfarin. This cost-effectiveness study used published clinical trial data to build a decision model, and results indicated that for patients ≥ 70 years of age with an increased risk for stroke, normal renal function, and no previous contraindications to anticoagulant therapy, apixaban 5 mg, dabigatran 150 mg, and rivaroxaban 20 mg were cost-effective substitutes for warfarin for the prevention of stroke in nonvalvular AF [80]. Apixaban was the preferred anticoagulant for their hypothetical cohort of 70-year-old patients with nonvalvular AF, as it was most likely to be the cost-effective treatment option at all willing-to-pay thresholds > $40,000 per quality-adjusted life-year gained [76,81].

Prescription costs may vary depending on payor and level of insurance. If a patient does not have prescription insurance, the annual price of generic warfarin is roughly $200 to $360, depending on dosage. Approximate annual costs for the DOACs are greater than 20 times the cost of warfarin (apixaban $4500, dabigatran $4500, and rivaroxaban $4800) [82]. However, most patients on these medications are over 65 years old and have prescription coverage through Medicare Part D. Of note, patients may have more of a burden if or when they reach the “donut hole” coverage gap. Currently, once patients spend $2960 (for 2015) and $3310 (for 2016) on covered drugs they will fall into the donut hole unless they qualify for additional assistance. At this point Medicare Part D will reimburse 45% of the cost of the newer anticoagulants since generics are currently unavailable. As a result, individual affordability may become an issue. Further complicating the scenario is the inability to apply coupon and rebate cards in the setting of government-funded prescription coverage. Clinicians should discuss these issues with their patients to help select the most valuable therapy.

Conclusions And Recommendations

With life expectancy among the elderly continuing to improve, the number of patients requiring chronic anti-coagulation will continue to rise. Understanding the strengths and limitations of oral anticoagulants and the literature to support their use is essential to select the most appropriate agent in the geriatric patient. When selecting an anticoagulant strategy, clinicians should consider clinical data, patient factors, and patient preferences. Figure 2 provides a suggested anticoagulant selection pathway to complement the clinical decision process [83,84].

 

Corresponding author: Luigi Brunetti, PharmD, MPH, Rutgers University, 160 Frelinghuysen Rd, Piscataway, NJ 08854, [email protected].

References

1. Fanikos J, Stapinski C, Koo S, et al. Medication errors associated with anticoagulant therapy in the hospital. Am J Cardiol 2004;94:532–5.

2. Budnitz DS, Lovegrove MC, Shehab N, Richards CL. Emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events in older Americans. N Engl J Med2011;365:2002–12.

3. Institute for Safe Medication Practices. QuarterWatch. 9 January 2013. Available at http://www.ismp.org/quarterwatch/pdfs/2012Q2.pdf.

4. Hajjar ER, Hanlon JT, Artz MB, Let al. Adverse drug reaction risk factors in older outpatients. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2003;1:82–9.

5. Gurwitz JH, Field TS, Harrold LR, et al. Incidence and preventability of adverse drug events among older persons in the ambulatory setting. JAMA 2003;289:1107–16.

6. Singh S. Defining ‘elderly’ in clinical practice guidelines for pharmacotherapy. Pharm Pract 2014;12:489.

7. Singh S, Bajorek B. Pharmacotherapy in the aging patient: The impact of age per se (a review). Ageing Res Rev 2015 Jul 28. pii: S1568-1637(15)30008-8.

8. Go AS, Hylek EM, Phillips KA, et al. Prevalence of diagnosed atrial fibrillation in adults: national implications for rhythm management and stroke prevention: the anticoagulation and risk factors in atrial fibrillation (ATRIA) Study. JAMA 2001;285:2370–5.

9. Lip GY, Brechin CM, Lane DA. The global burden of atrial fibrillation and stroke: a systematic review of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation in regions outside North America and Europe Chest 2012;142:1489–98.

10. Camm AJ, Lip GY, De Caterina R, et al. 2012 Focused update of the ESC guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation: an update of the 2010 ESC guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation-developed with the special contribution of the European Heart Rhythm Association Europace 2012;14:1385–413.

11. Kannel WB, Benjamin EJ. Status of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation. Med Clin North Am 2008;92:17–40.

12. Chugh SS, Havmoeller R, Narayanan K, et al. Worldwide epidemiology of atrial fibrillation: a global burden 2010 study. Circulation 2014;129:837-47.

13. Miyasaka Y, Barnes ME, Gersh BJ, et al. Secular trends in incidence of atrial fibrillation in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1980 to 2000, and implications on the projections for future prevalence. Circulation 2006;114:119–25.

14. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009;361:1139–51.

15. Patel MR, Mahaffey KW, Garg J, et al. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;365:883–91.

16. Granger CB, Alexander JH, McMurray JJ, et al. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;365:981–92.

17. Apostolakis S, Lane DA, Guo Y, et al. Performance of the HEMORR2HAGES, ATRIA, and HAS-BLED Bleeding Risk–Prediction Scores in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation Undergoing Anticoagulation: The AMADEUS (Evaluating the Use of SR34006 Compared to Warfarin or Acenocoumarol in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation) Study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;60:861–7.

18. Fang MC, Go AS, Chang Y, et al. A new risk scheme to predict warfarin-associated hemorrhage: the ATRIA (Anticoagulation and Risk Factors in Atrial Fibrillation) study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;58:395–401.

19. Pisters R, Lane DA, Nieuwlaat R, et al. A novel user-friendly score (has-bled) to assess 1-year risk of major bleeding in patients with atrial fibrillation: The Euro Heart Survey. Chest 2010;138:1093–100.

20. Heidbuchel H, Verhamme P, Alings M, et al. Updated European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use of non-vitamin K antagonist anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. Europace 2015;17:1467–507.

21. Lip GY, Frison L, Halperin JL, Lane DA. Comparative validation of a novel risk score for predicting bleeding risk in anticoagulated patients with atrial fibrillation: the HAS-BLED (Hypertension, Abnormal Renal/Liver Function, Stroke, Bleeding History or Predisposition, Labile INR, Elderly, Drugs/Alcohol Concomitantly) score. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;57:173–80.

22. Roldán V, Marín F, Fernández H, et al. Predictive value of the HAS-BLED and ATRIA bleeding scores for the risk of serious bleeding in a "real-world" population with atrial fibrillation receiving anticoagulant therapy. Chest 2013;43:179–84.

23. Robert-Ebadi H, Le Gal G, Righini M. Use of anticoagulants in elderly patients: practical recommendations. Clin Interv Aging 2009;4:165–77.

24. Barcellona D, Contu P, Sorano GG, et al. The management of oral anticoagulant therapy: the patient's point of view. Thromb Haemost 2000;83:49–53.

25. Lancaster TR, Singer DE, Sheehan MA, et al. The impact of long-term warfarin therapy on quality of life. Evidence from a randomized trial. Boston Area Anticoagulation Trial for Atrial Fibrillation Investigators. Arch Intern Med 1991;151:1944–9.

26. Devereaux PJ, Anderson DR, Gardner MJ, et al. Differences between perspectives of physicians and patients on anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation: observational study. BMJ 2001;323:1218–22.

27. Giugliano RP, Ruff CT, Braunwald E, Murphy SA. Edoxaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2093–104.

28. Barco S, Cheung YW, Eikelboom JW, Coppens M. New oral anticoagulants in elderly patients. Best Pract Res Clin Haematol 2013;26:215–24

29. Eikelboom JW, Wallentin L, Connolly SJ, et al. Risk of bleeding with 2 doses of dabigatran compared with warfarin in older and younger patients with atrial fibrillation: an analysis of the randomized evaluation of long-term anticoagulant therapy (RE-LY) trial. Circulation 2011;123:2363–72.

30. Coppens M, Eikelboom JW, Ezekowitz M, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in very elderly patients with atrial fibrillation: results from the RE-LY trial. Abstract. Circulation 2012;126:A15l537.

31. Halperin JL, Wojdyla D, Piccini JP, et al. Efficacy and safety of rivaroxaban compared with warfarin among elderly patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation in the ROCKET-AF trial. Abstract. Stroke 2012;43:A148.

32. Ruff CT, Giugliano RP, Braunwald E, et al. Comparison of the efficacy and safety of new oral anticoagulants with warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation: a meta-analysis of randomised trials. Lancet 2014;383:955–62

33. Clemens A, Strack A, Noack H, et al. Anticoagulant-related gastrointestinal bleeding—could this facilitate early detection of benign or malignant gastrointestinal lesions? Ann Med 2014;46:672–8.

34. Petty GW, Khandheria BK, Whisnant JP, et al. Predictors of cerebrovascular events and death among patients with valvular heart disease: A population-based study. Stroke 2000;31:2628–35.

35. Eikelboom JW, Connolly SJ, Brueckmann M, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with mechanical heart valves. N Engl J Med 2013;369:1206–14.

36. Schomburg JL, Medina EM, Lahti MT, Bianco RW. Dabigatran versus warfarin after mechanical mitral valve replacement in the swine model. J Invest Surg 2012;25:150–5.

37. Douketis J, Bell AD, Eikelboom J, Liew A. Approach to the new oral anticoagulants in family practice: part 2: addressing frequently asked questions. Can Fam Physician 2014;60:997–1001.

38. Frost CE, Nepal S, Barrett YC, LaCreta F. Effects of age and gender on the singledose pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) of apixaban. Abstract. J Thromb Haemost 2009;7(Suppl 2):PP-MO-407..

39. Stangier J, Stahle H, Rathgen K et al. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the direct oral thrombin inhibitor dabigatran in healthy elderly subjects. Clin Pharmacokinet 2008;47:47–59.

40. Kubitza D, Becka M, Mueck W. The effect of extreme age, and gender on the pharmacology and tolerability of rivaroxaban, an oral direct factor Xa inhibitor. Blood 2006;108: Abstract 905.

41. Siegal DM, Crowther MA. Acute management of bleeding in patients on novel oral anticoagulants. Eur Heart J 2013;34:489–98.

42. Evans A, Kalra L. Are the results of randomized controlled trials on anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation generalizable to clinical practice? Arch Intern Med 2001;161:1443–7.

43. Harper P, Young L, Merriman E. Bleeding risk with dabigatran in the frail elderly. N Engl J Med 2012;366:864–6.

44. Graham DJ, Reichman ME, Wernecke M, et al. Cardiovascular, bleeding, and mortality risks in elderly Medicare patients treated with dabigatran or warfarin for nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Circulation 2015;131:157–64.

45. Avgil-Tsadok M, Jackevicius CA, Essebag V, et al. Dabigatran use in elderly patients with atrial fibrillation. Thromb Haemost 2015;115(1).

46. Uchino K, Hernandez AV. Dabigatran association with higher risk of acute coronary events: meta-analysis of noninferiority randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med 2012;172:397–402.

47. Halvorsen S, Atar D, Yang H, et al. Efficacy and safety of apixaban compared with warfarin according to age for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation: observations from the ARISTOTLE trial. Eur Heart J 2014;35:1864–72.

48. Lega JC, Bertoletti L, Gremillet C, et al. Consistency of safety profile of new oral anticoagulants in patients with renal failure. J Thromb Haemost 2014;12:337–43.

49. Ng KH, Hart RG, Eikelboom JW. Anticoagulation in patients aged ≥ 75 years with atrial fibrillation: role of novel oral anticoagulants. Cardiol Ther 2013;2:135–49.

50. Kato ET, Guigliano RP, Ruff CT, et al. Efficacy and safety of edoxaban for the management of elderly patients with atrial fibrillation: Engage-AF TIMI 48. Circulation 2014;130:A16612.

51. Tripodi A. The laboratory and the new oral anticoagulants. Clin Chem 2013;59:353–62.

52. Tripodi A, Di Iorio G, Lippi G, et al. Position paper on laboratory testing for patients taking new oral anticoagulants. Consensus document of FCSA, SIMeL, SIBioC and CISMEL. Clin Chem Lab Med 2012;50:2137-40.

53. Heidbuchel H, Verhamme P, Alings M, et al. European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use of new oral anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. Europace 2013;15:625–51.

54. Chin PK, Wright DF, Patterson DM, et al. A proposal for dose-adjustment of dabigatran etexilate in atrial fibrillation guided by thrombin time. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2014;78:599–609.

55. Miyares MA, Davis K. Newer oral anticoagulants: a review of laboratory monitoring options and reversal agents in the hemorrhagic patient. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2012;69:1473–84.

56. Xarelto [package insert]. Titusville, NJ. Janssen Pharmaceuticals. September 2014.

57. Eliquis [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Meyers Squibb. June 2015.

58. Pradaxa [package insert]. Ridgefield, CT: Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals. October 2010.

59. Savaysa [package insert]. Parsippany, NJ: Daiichi Sankyo. September 2015.

60. Michels WM, Grootendorst DC, Verduijn M, et al. Performance of the Cockcroft-Gault, MDRD, and new CKDEPI formulas in relation to GFR, age, and body size. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2010;5: 1003–9.

61. Poulsen BK, Grove EL, Husted SE. New oral anticoagulants: a review of the literature with particular emphasis on patients with impaired renal function. Drugs 2012;72:1739–53.

62. Hariharan S, Madabushi R. Clinical pharmacology basis of deriving dosing recommendations for dabigatran in patients with severe renal impairment. J Clin Pharmacol 2012;52:119S–25S.

63. Lehr T, Haertter S, Liesenfeld KH, et al. Dabigatran etexilate in atrial fibrillation patients with severe renal impairment: dose identification using pharmacokinetic modeling and simulation. J Clin Pharmacol 2012;52:1373–8.

64. Fox KAA, Piccini JP, Wojdyla D, et al. Prevention of stroke and systemic embolism with rivaroxaban compared with warfarin in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation and moderate renal impairment. Eur Heart J 2011;32:2387–94.

65. Pengo V, Crippa L, Falanga A et al. Questions and answers on the use of dabigatran and perspectives on the use of other new oral anticoagulants in patients with atrial fibrillation. A consensus document of the Italian Federation of Thrombosis Centers (FCSA). Thromb Haemost 2011;106:868–76.

66. Atkin PA, Veitch PC, Veitch EM, Ogle SJ. The epidemiology of serious adverse drug reactions among the elderly. Drugs Aging 1999;14:141–52.

67. Qato DM, Alexander GC, Conti RM, et al. Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States. JAMA 2008;300:2867–78.

68. Skov J, Bladbjerg EM, Sidelmann J, et al. Plenty of pills: polypharmacy prevails in patients of a Danish anticoagulant clinic. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2011;67:1169–74.

69. Ukena C, Bohm M, Schirmer SH. Hot topics in cardiology: data from IABP-SHOCK II, TRILOGY-ACS, WOEST, ALTIDUDE, FAME II and more. Clin Res Cardiol 2012;101):861–74.

70. Dewilde, Willem JM, Oirbans T, et al. Use of clopidogrel with or without aspirin in patients taking oral anticoagulant therapy and undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: an open-label, randomised, controlled trial. Lancet;381:1107–15.

71. Shah SV, Gage BF. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran for stroke prophylaxis in atrial fibrillation. Circulation 2011;123:
2562–70.

72. Sorensen SV, Kansal AR, Connolly S, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for the prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in atrial fibrillation: a Canadian payer perspective. Thromb Haemost 2011;105:908–19.

73. Adcock AK, Lee-Iannotti JK, Aguilar MI, et al. Is dabigatran cost effective compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation?: a critically appraised topic. Neurologist 2012;18:102–7.

74. Kamel H, Johnston SC, Easton JD, Kim AS. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in patients with atrial fibrillation and prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. Stroke 2012;43:881–3.

75. Langkilde LK, Bergholdt AM, Overgaard M. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for stroke prevention in non-valvular atrial fibrillation. J Med Econ 2012;15:695-703.

76. Kansal AR, Sorensen SV, Gani R, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for the prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in UK patients with atrial fibrillation. Heart 2012; 98:573–8.

77. Freeman JV, Zhu RP, Owens DK, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:1–11.

78. Pink J, Lane S, Pirmohamed M, Hughes DA. Dabigatran etexilate versus warfarin in management of non-valvular atrial fibrillation in UK context: quantitative benefit-harm and economic analyses. BMJ 2011;343:d6333.

79. Ali A, Bailey C, Abdelhafiz AH. Stroke prophylaxis with warfarin or dabigatran for patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation-cost analysis. Age Ageing 2012;41:681–4.

80. Harrington AR, Armstrong EP, Nolan PE Jr, Malone DC. Cost effectiveness of apixaban, dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation. Stroke 2013;44:1676–81.

81. Amin A, Lingohr-Smith M, Bruno A, et al. Economic evaluations of medical cost differences: use of targeted-specific oral anticoagulants vs. warfarin among patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation and venous thromboembolism in the US. J Hematol Thrombo Dis 2015;3:209.

82. Lexicomp, Lexi-Drugs. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp.

83. U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. Apixaban NDA 202155/S-002 approval letter. Jan 30 2014. Available at http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/appletter/2014/202155Orig1s002ltr.pdf

84. Hinojar R, Jimenez-Natcher JJ, Fernandez-Golfin C, Zamorano JL. New oral anticoagulants: a practical guide for physicians. Eur Heart J Cardiovasc Pharmacother 2015;1:134-45.

85. Connolly SJ, Eikelboom J, Joyner C, et al. Apixaban in patiets with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;364;806–17.

References

1. Fanikos J, Stapinski C, Koo S, et al. Medication errors associated with anticoagulant therapy in the hospital. Am J Cardiol 2004;94:532–5.

2. Budnitz DS, Lovegrove MC, Shehab N, Richards CL. Emergency hospitalizations for adverse drug events in older Americans. N Engl J Med2011;365:2002–12.

3. Institute for Safe Medication Practices. QuarterWatch. 9 January 2013. Available at http://www.ismp.org/quarterwatch/pdfs/2012Q2.pdf.

4. Hajjar ER, Hanlon JT, Artz MB, Let al. Adverse drug reaction risk factors in older outpatients. Am J Geriatr Pharmacother 2003;1:82–9.

5. Gurwitz JH, Field TS, Harrold LR, et al. Incidence and preventability of adverse drug events among older persons in the ambulatory setting. JAMA 2003;289:1107–16.

6. Singh S. Defining ‘elderly’ in clinical practice guidelines for pharmacotherapy. Pharm Pract 2014;12:489.

7. Singh S, Bajorek B. Pharmacotherapy in the aging patient: The impact of age per se (a review). Ageing Res Rev 2015 Jul 28. pii: S1568-1637(15)30008-8.

8. Go AS, Hylek EM, Phillips KA, et al. Prevalence of diagnosed atrial fibrillation in adults: national implications for rhythm management and stroke prevention: the anticoagulation and risk factors in atrial fibrillation (ATRIA) Study. JAMA 2001;285:2370–5.

9. Lip GY, Brechin CM, Lane DA. The global burden of atrial fibrillation and stroke: a systematic review of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation in regions outside North America and Europe Chest 2012;142:1489–98.

10. Camm AJ, Lip GY, De Caterina R, et al. 2012 Focused update of the ESC guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation: an update of the 2010 ESC guidelines for the management of atrial fibrillation-developed with the special contribution of the European Heart Rhythm Association Europace 2012;14:1385–413.

11. Kannel WB, Benjamin EJ. Status of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation. Med Clin North Am 2008;92:17–40.

12. Chugh SS, Havmoeller R, Narayanan K, et al. Worldwide epidemiology of atrial fibrillation: a global burden 2010 study. Circulation 2014;129:837-47.

13. Miyasaka Y, Barnes ME, Gersh BJ, et al. Secular trends in incidence of atrial fibrillation in Olmsted County, Minnesota, 1980 to 2000, and implications on the projections for future prevalence. Circulation 2006;114:119–25.

14. Connolly SJ, Ezekowitz MD, Yusuf S, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2009;361:1139–51.

15. Patel MR, Mahaffey KW, Garg J, et al. Rivaroxaban versus warfarin in nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;365:883–91.

16. Granger CB, Alexander JH, McMurray JJ, et al. Apixaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;365:981–92.

17. Apostolakis S, Lane DA, Guo Y, et al. Performance of the HEMORR2HAGES, ATRIA, and HAS-BLED Bleeding Risk–Prediction Scores in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation Undergoing Anticoagulation: The AMADEUS (Evaluating the Use of SR34006 Compared to Warfarin or Acenocoumarol in Patients With Atrial Fibrillation) Study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2012;60:861–7.

18. Fang MC, Go AS, Chang Y, et al. A new risk scheme to predict warfarin-associated hemorrhage: the ATRIA (Anticoagulation and Risk Factors in Atrial Fibrillation) study. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;58:395–401.

19. Pisters R, Lane DA, Nieuwlaat R, et al. A novel user-friendly score (has-bled) to assess 1-year risk of major bleeding in patients with atrial fibrillation: The Euro Heart Survey. Chest 2010;138:1093–100.

20. Heidbuchel H, Verhamme P, Alings M, et al. Updated European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use of non-vitamin K antagonist anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. Europace 2015;17:1467–507.

21. Lip GY, Frison L, Halperin JL, Lane DA. Comparative validation of a novel risk score for predicting bleeding risk in anticoagulated patients with atrial fibrillation: the HAS-BLED (Hypertension, Abnormal Renal/Liver Function, Stroke, Bleeding History or Predisposition, Labile INR, Elderly, Drugs/Alcohol Concomitantly) score. J Am Coll Cardiol 2011;57:173–80.

22. Roldán V, Marín F, Fernández H, et al. Predictive value of the HAS-BLED and ATRIA bleeding scores for the risk of serious bleeding in a "real-world" population with atrial fibrillation receiving anticoagulant therapy. Chest 2013;43:179–84.

23. Robert-Ebadi H, Le Gal G, Righini M. Use of anticoagulants in elderly patients: practical recommendations. Clin Interv Aging 2009;4:165–77.

24. Barcellona D, Contu P, Sorano GG, et al. The management of oral anticoagulant therapy: the patient's point of view. Thromb Haemost 2000;83:49–53.

25. Lancaster TR, Singer DE, Sheehan MA, et al. The impact of long-term warfarin therapy on quality of life. Evidence from a randomized trial. Boston Area Anticoagulation Trial for Atrial Fibrillation Investigators. Arch Intern Med 1991;151:1944–9.

26. Devereaux PJ, Anderson DR, Gardner MJ, et al. Differences between perspectives of physicians and patients on anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation: observational study. BMJ 2001;323:1218–22.

27. Giugliano RP, Ruff CT, Braunwald E, Murphy SA. Edoxaban versus warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2013;369:2093–104.

28. Barco S, Cheung YW, Eikelboom JW, Coppens M. New oral anticoagulants in elderly patients. Best Pract Res Clin Haematol 2013;26:215–24

29. Eikelboom JW, Wallentin L, Connolly SJ, et al. Risk of bleeding with 2 doses of dabigatran compared with warfarin in older and younger patients with atrial fibrillation: an analysis of the randomized evaluation of long-term anticoagulant therapy (RE-LY) trial. Circulation 2011;123:2363–72.

30. Coppens M, Eikelboom JW, Ezekowitz M, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in very elderly patients with atrial fibrillation: results from the RE-LY trial. Abstract. Circulation 2012;126:A15l537.

31. Halperin JL, Wojdyla D, Piccini JP, et al. Efficacy and safety of rivaroxaban compared with warfarin among elderly patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation in the ROCKET-AF trial. Abstract. Stroke 2012;43:A148.

32. Ruff CT, Giugliano RP, Braunwald E, et al. Comparison of the efficacy and safety of new oral anticoagulants with warfarin in patients with atrial fibrillation: a meta-analysis of randomised trials. Lancet 2014;383:955–62

33. Clemens A, Strack A, Noack H, et al. Anticoagulant-related gastrointestinal bleeding—could this facilitate early detection of benign or malignant gastrointestinal lesions? Ann Med 2014;46:672–8.

34. Petty GW, Khandheria BK, Whisnant JP, et al. Predictors of cerebrovascular events and death among patients with valvular heart disease: A population-based study. Stroke 2000;31:2628–35.

35. Eikelboom JW, Connolly SJ, Brueckmann M, et al. Dabigatran versus warfarin in patients with mechanical heart valves. N Engl J Med 2013;369:1206–14.

36. Schomburg JL, Medina EM, Lahti MT, Bianco RW. Dabigatran versus warfarin after mechanical mitral valve replacement in the swine model. J Invest Surg 2012;25:150–5.

37. Douketis J, Bell AD, Eikelboom J, Liew A. Approach to the new oral anticoagulants in family practice: part 2: addressing frequently asked questions. Can Fam Physician 2014;60:997–1001.

38. Frost CE, Nepal S, Barrett YC, LaCreta F. Effects of age and gender on the singledose pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) of apixaban. Abstract. J Thromb Haemost 2009;7(Suppl 2):PP-MO-407..

39. Stangier J, Stahle H, Rathgen K et al. Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the direct oral thrombin inhibitor dabigatran in healthy elderly subjects. Clin Pharmacokinet 2008;47:47–59.

40. Kubitza D, Becka M, Mueck W. The effect of extreme age, and gender on the pharmacology and tolerability of rivaroxaban, an oral direct factor Xa inhibitor. Blood 2006;108: Abstract 905.

41. Siegal DM, Crowther MA. Acute management of bleeding in patients on novel oral anticoagulants. Eur Heart J 2013;34:489–98.

42. Evans A, Kalra L. Are the results of randomized controlled trials on anticoagulation in patients with atrial fibrillation generalizable to clinical practice? Arch Intern Med 2001;161:1443–7.

43. Harper P, Young L, Merriman E. Bleeding risk with dabigatran in the frail elderly. N Engl J Med 2012;366:864–6.

44. Graham DJ, Reichman ME, Wernecke M, et al. Cardiovascular, bleeding, and mortality risks in elderly Medicare patients treated with dabigatran or warfarin for nonvalvular atrial fibrillation. Circulation 2015;131:157–64.

45. Avgil-Tsadok M, Jackevicius CA, Essebag V, et al. Dabigatran use in elderly patients with atrial fibrillation. Thromb Haemost 2015;115(1).

46. Uchino K, Hernandez AV. Dabigatran association with higher risk of acute coronary events: meta-analysis of noninferiority randomized controlled trials. Arch Intern Med 2012;172:397–402.

47. Halvorsen S, Atar D, Yang H, et al. Efficacy and safety of apixaban compared with warfarin according to age for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation: observations from the ARISTOTLE trial. Eur Heart J 2014;35:1864–72.

48. Lega JC, Bertoletti L, Gremillet C, et al. Consistency of safety profile of new oral anticoagulants in patients with renal failure. J Thromb Haemost 2014;12:337–43.

49. Ng KH, Hart RG, Eikelboom JW. Anticoagulation in patients aged ≥ 75 years with atrial fibrillation: role of novel oral anticoagulants. Cardiol Ther 2013;2:135–49.

50. Kato ET, Guigliano RP, Ruff CT, et al. Efficacy and safety of edoxaban for the management of elderly patients with atrial fibrillation: Engage-AF TIMI 48. Circulation 2014;130:A16612.

51. Tripodi A. The laboratory and the new oral anticoagulants. Clin Chem 2013;59:353–62.

52. Tripodi A, Di Iorio G, Lippi G, et al. Position paper on laboratory testing for patients taking new oral anticoagulants. Consensus document of FCSA, SIMeL, SIBioC and CISMEL. Clin Chem Lab Med 2012;50:2137-40.

53. Heidbuchel H, Verhamme P, Alings M, et al. European Heart Rhythm Association Practical Guide on the use of new oral anticoagulants in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. Europace 2013;15:625–51.

54. Chin PK, Wright DF, Patterson DM, et al. A proposal for dose-adjustment of dabigatran etexilate in atrial fibrillation guided by thrombin time. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2014;78:599–609.

55. Miyares MA, Davis K. Newer oral anticoagulants: a review of laboratory monitoring options and reversal agents in the hemorrhagic patient. Am J Health Syst Pharm 2012;69:1473–84.

56. Xarelto [package insert]. Titusville, NJ. Janssen Pharmaceuticals. September 2014.

57. Eliquis [package insert]. Princeton, NJ: Bristol-Meyers Squibb. June 2015.

58. Pradaxa [package insert]. Ridgefield, CT: Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals. October 2010.

59. Savaysa [package insert]. Parsippany, NJ: Daiichi Sankyo. September 2015.

60. Michels WM, Grootendorst DC, Verduijn M, et al. Performance of the Cockcroft-Gault, MDRD, and new CKDEPI formulas in relation to GFR, age, and body size. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol 2010;5: 1003–9.

61. Poulsen BK, Grove EL, Husted SE. New oral anticoagulants: a review of the literature with particular emphasis on patients with impaired renal function. Drugs 2012;72:1739–53.

62. Hariharan S, Madabushi R. Clinical pharmacology basis of deriving dosing recommendations for dabigatran in patients with severe renal impairment. J Clin Pharmacol 2012;52:119S–25S.

63. Lehr T, Haertter S, Liesenfeld KH, et al. Dabigatran etexilate in atrial fibrillation patients with severe renal impairment: dose identification using pharmacokinetic modeling and simulation. J Clin Pharmacol 2012;52:1373–8.

64. Fox KAA, Piccini JP, Wojdyla D, et al. Prevention of stroke and systemic embolism with rivaroxaban compared with warfarin in patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation and moderate renal impairment. Eur Heart J 2011;32:2387–94.

65. Pengo V, Crippa L, Falanga A et al. Questions and answers on the use of dabigatran and perspectives on the use of other new oral anticoagulants in patients with atrial fibrillation. A consensus document of the Italian Federation of Thrombosis Centers (FCSA). Thromb Haemost 2011;106:868–76.

66. Atkin PA, Veitch PC, Veitch EM, Ogle SJ. The epidemiology of serious adverse drug reactions among the elderly. Drugs Aging 1999;14:141–52.

67. Qato DM, Alexander GC, Conti RM, et al. Use of prescription and over-the-counter medications and dietary supplements among older adults in the United States. JAMA 2008;300:2867–78.

68. Skov J, Bladbjerg EM, Sidelmann J, et al. Plenty of pills: polypharmacy prevails in patients of a Danish anticoagulant clinic. Eur J Clin Pharmacol 2011;67:1169–74.

69. Ukena C, Bohm M, Schirmer SH. Hot topics in cardiology: data from IABP-SHOCK II, TRILOGY-ACS, WOEST, ALTIDUDE, FAME II and more. Clin Res Cardiol 2012;101):861–74.

70. Dewilde, Willem JM, Oirbans T, et al. Use of clopidogrel with or without aspirin in patients taking oral anticoagulant therapy and undergoing percutaneous coronary intervention: an open-label, randomised, controlled trial. Lancet;381:1107–15.

71. Shah SV, Gage BF. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran for stroke prophylaxis in atrial fibrillation. Circulation 2011;123:
2562–70.

72. Sorensen SV, Kansal AR, Connolly S, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for the prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in atrial fibrillation: a Canadian payer perspective. Thromb Haemost 2011;105:908–19.

73. Adcock AK, Lee-Iannotti JK, Aguilar MI, et al. Is dabigatran cost effective compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation?: a critically appraised topic. Neurologist 2012;18:102–7.

74. Kamel H, Johnston SC, Easton JD, Kim AS. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in patients with atrial fibrillation and prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. Stroke 2012;43:881–3.

75. Langkilde LK, Bergholdt AM, Overgaard M. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for stroke prevention in non-valvular atrial fibrillation. J Med Econ 2012;15:695-703.

76. Kansal AR, Sorensen SV, Gani R, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran etexilate for the prevention of stroke and systemic embolism in UK patients with atrial fibrillation. Heart 2012; 98:573–8.

77. Freeman JV, Zhu RP, Owens DK, et al. Cost-effectiveness of dabigatran compared with warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation. Ann Intern Med 2011;154:1–11.

78. Pink J, Lane S, Pirmohamed M, Hughes DA. Dabigatran etexilate versus warfarin in management of non-valvular atrial fibrillation in UK context: quantitative benefit-harm and economic analyses. BMJ 2011;343:d6333.

79. Ali A, Bailey C, Abdelhafiz AH. Stroke prophylaxis with warfarin or dabigatran for patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation-cost analysis. Age Ageing 2012;41:681–4.

80. Harrington AR, Armstrong EP, Nolan PE Jr, Malone DC. Cost effectiveness of apixaban, dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and warfarin for stroke prevention in atrial fibrillation. Stroke 2013;44:1676–81.

81. Amin A, Lingohr-Smith M, Bruno A, et al. Economic evaluations of medical cost differences: use of targeted-specific oral anticoagulants vs. warfarin among patients with nonvalvular atrial fibrillation and venous thromboembolism in the US. J Hematol Thrombo Dis 2015;3:209.

82. Lexicomp, Lexi-Drugs. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp.

83. U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. Apixaban NDA 202155/S-002 approval letter. Jan 30 2014. Available at http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/appletter/2014/202155Orig1s002ltr.pdf

84. Hinojar R, Jimenez-Natcher JJ, Fernandez-Golfin C, Zamorano JL. New oral anticoagulants: a practical guide for physicians. Eur Heart J Cardiovasc Pharmacother 2015;1:134-45.

85. Connolly SJ, Eikelboom J, Joyner C, et al. Apixaban in patiets with atrial fibrillation. N Engl J Med 2011;364;806–17.

Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Issue
Journal of Clinical Outcomes Management - December 2015, Vol. 22, No. 12
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Selecting a Direct Oral Anticoagulant for the Geriatric Patient with Nonvalvular Atrial Fibrillation
Display Headline
Selecting a Direct Oral Anticoagulant for the Geriatric Patient with Nonvalvular Atrial Fibrillation
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default

More Than Skin Deep

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/13/2016 - 10:27
Display Headline
More Than Skin Deep
Affecting almost 3% of the white population in the United States, this disease may manifest in a variety of ways, making diagnosis confusing. Many affected patients also have serious comorbidities, such as diabetes, heart disease, and depression.

1. About a year ago, this 40-year-old man developed scaling on the distal one-third of his thumbnail. The condition began to worsen, leaving most of his thumb covered by thick adherent white scales on a pinkish base with sharply defined margins. The adjacent thumbnail has focal areas of pitting in the nail plate, as well as yellowish discoloration on the distal edge.

Diagnosis: The most likely diagnosis is psoriasis, which can manifest with localized involvement.

For more information, see “Thumb: Scaling with Pitted Nail Plate.Clin Rev. 2013 March;23(3):11.

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

2. A 10-year-old girl has had patches of dry skin appearing and disappearing on her arms, legs, and neck for years. Recently manifested on her extensor forearm is an annular, distinctly salmon-pink plaque with a tenacious white scale. Scaly areas are observed in both postauricular sulci; several tiny pits are seen on her fingernails.

Diagnosis: It would be difficult to imagine a more clear-cut case of psoriasis, not only manifesting with a classic plaque on the extensor forearm but also with corroboratory stigmata behind the ears and classic fingernail pits.

It’s helpful to know that psoriasis affects almost 3% of the white population in the United States, meaning that you will see it with considerable frequency. It would also help if you knew the diagnosis can be corroborated by identification of other, lesser known features.

For more information, see “Girl, 10, Asks Tough Questions About Skin Problem.Clin Rev. 2015;25(8):W2.

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

3. A 62-year-old woman complained bitterly of itching on the soles of both feet. Both insteps are covered with discrete, confluent papules and tiny pustules on an erythematous and hyperpigmented (brown), sharply demarcated, and highly symmetrical base. No such lesions appear elsewhere.

Diagnosis: Palmoplantar pustulosis is the term most often used to describe a fairly common form of psoriasis typified by this case. Many patients are genetically predisposed to psoriasis, but they may require a trigger to set it off, such as strep infection or occasionally, medication. Notable among the latter are the b-blockers and lithium. Stress is often involved as well.

The bilateral symmetrical involvement of both insteps is highly suggestive of this diagnosis, which often also affects either peripheral or central palms. A secondary form of neurodermatitis (itch–scratch–itch cycle) can follow, complicating the picture and perpetuating the problem.

For more information, see “Pruritic Rash on Both Soles.” Clin Rev. 2012 Jan;22(1).

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

4. The patient presented with fiery red, burned looking skin covering ≥90% of the skin surface and shedding in large "sheets" instead of smaller scales. He was monitored for fever, systemic symptoms, and multiorgan dysfunction.

Photo courtesy of Peter A. Lio, MD, and Alisa McQueen, MD

Diagnosis: This patient was given a diagnosis of erythrodermic psoriasis. This form of psoriasis can be life-threatening.

For more information, see “Derm emergencies— detecting early signs of trouble.J Fam Pract. 2012 February;61(2):71-78. 

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

5. This 18-year-old patient had multiple, erythematous papules and plaques with a fine scale over her face, neck, trunk, and lower legs. She noted that the eruption had developed after a sore throat 2 weeks earlier and that it was itchy.

Photos courtesy of David A. Boyd, MD

Diagnosis: Guttate psoriasis was diagnosed in this patient based on her history and physical exam, a throat culture that was positive for group A beta-hemolytic streptococci, and blood work that showed an elevated antistreptolysin O titer. Further confirmation was obtained via punch biopsy.

Guttate psoriasis is a fairly uncommon form of psoriasis, affecting approximately 2% of patients with psoriasis.1 It is characterized by the abrupt onset of pruritic, salmon-pink 1- to 10-mm droplike lesions with fine scale that may spread to the face, but spare the palms and soles. It’s uncommon for this sub-type of psoriasis to involve the nails.

Guttate psoriasis affects individuals younger than 30; there appears to be no gender predilection.2 The rash usually appears 2 to 3 weeks after an upper respiratory group A beta-hemolytic streptococci infection. Although less common, there have also been reports of guttate psoriasis associated with perianal streptococcal disease.2

1. Habif TP. Clinical Dermatology. 4th ed. St. Louis, Mo: Mosby; 2004;209-239
2. Honig PJ. Guttate psoriasis associated with perianal streptococcal disease. J Pediatr. 1988;113:1037-1039.

For more information, see “Teen with a diffuse erythematous, pruritic eruption.J Fam Pract. 2011 January;60(1):37-39.

Article PDF
Issue
Clinician Reviews - 25(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S17
Legacy Keywords
seborrheic dermatitis, nummular eczema, psoriasis, lichen planus, mycosis fungoides, dermatology
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles
Affecting almost 3% of the white population in the United States, this disease may manifest in a variety of ways, making diagnosis confusing. Many affected patients also have serious comorbidities, such as diabetes, heart disease, and depression.
Affecting almost 3% of the white population in the United States, this disease may manifest in a variety of ways, making diagnosis confusing. Many affected patients also have serious comorbidities, such as diabetes, heart disease, and depression.

1. About a year ago, this 40-year-old man developed scaling on the distal one-third of his thumbnail. The condition began to worsen, leaving most of his thumb covered by thick adherent white scales on a pinkish base with sharply defined margins. The adjacent thumbnail has focal areas of pitting in the nail plate, as well as yellowish discoloration on the distal edge.

Diagnosis: The most likely diagnosis is psoriasis, which can manifest with localized involvement.

For more information, see “Thumb: Scaling with Pitted Nail Plate.Clin Rev. 2013 March;23(3):11.

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

2. A 10-year-old girl has had patches of dry skin appearing and disappearing on her arms, legs, and neck for years. Recently manifested on her extensor forearm is an annular, distinctly salmon-pink plaque with a tenacious white scale. Scaly areas are observed in both postauricular sulci; several tiny pits are seen on her fingernails.

Diagnosis: It would be difficult to imagine a more clear-cut case of psoriasis, not only manifesting with a classic plaque on the extensor forearm but also with corroboratory stigmata behind the ears and classic fingernail pits.

It’s helpful to know that psoriasis affects almost 3% of the white population in the United States, meaning that you will see it with considerable frequency. It would also help if you knew the diagnosis can be corroborated by identification of other, lesser known features.

For more information, see “Girl, 10, Asks Tough Questions About Skin Problem.Clin Rev. 2015;25(8):W2.

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

3. A 62-year-old woman complained bitterly of itching on the soles of both feet. Both insteps are covered with discrete, confluent papules and tiny pustules on an erythematous and hyperpigmented (brown), sharply demarcated, and highly symmetrical base. No such lesions appear elsewhere.

Diagnosis: Palmoplantar pustulosis is the term most often used to describe a fairly common form of psoriasis typified by this case. Many patients are genetically predisposed to psoriasis, but they may require a trigger to set it off, such as strep infection or occasionally, medication. Notable among the latter are the b-blockers and lithium. Stress is often involved as well.

The bilateral symmetrical involvement of both insteps is highly suggestive of this diagnosis, which often also affects either peripheral or central palms. A secondary form of neurodermatitis (itch–scratch–itch cycle) can follow, complicating the picture and perpetuating the problem.

For more information, see “Pruritic Rash on Both Soles.” Clin Rev. 2012 Jan;22(1).

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

4. The patient presented with fiery red, burned looking skin covering ≥90% of the skin surface and shedding in large "sheets" instead of smaller scales. He was monitored for fever, systemic symptoms, and multiorgan dysfunction.

Photo courtesy of Peter A. Lio, MD, and Alisa McQueen, MD

Diagnosis: This patient was given a diagnosis of erythrodermic psoriasis. This form of psoriasis can be life-threatening.

For more information, see “Derm emergencies— detecting early signs of trouble.J Fam Pract. 2012 February;61(2):71-78. 

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

5. This 18-year-old patient had multiple, erythematous papules and plaques with a fine scale over her face, neck, trunk, and lower legs. She noted that the eruption had developed after a sore throat 2 weeks earlier and that it was itchy.

Photos courtesy of David A. Boyd, MD

Diagnosis: Guttate psoriasis was diagnosed in this patient based on her history and physical exam, a throat culture that was positive for group A beta-hemolytic streptococci, and blood work that showed an elevated antistreptolysin O titer. Further confirmation was obtained via punch biopsy.

Guttate psoriasis is a fairly uncommon form of psoriasis, affecting approximately 2% of patients with psoriasis.1 It is characterized by the abrupt onset of pruritic, salmon-pink 1- to 10-mm droplike lesions with fine scale that may spread to the face, but spare the palms and soles. It’s uncommon for this sub-type of psoriasis to involve the nails.

Guttate psoriasis affects individuals younger than 30; there appears to be no gender predilection.2 The rash usually appears 2 to 3 weeks after an upper respiratory group A beta-hemolytic streptococci infection. Although less common, there have also been reports of guttate psoriasis associated with perianal streptococcal disease.2

1. Habif TP. Clinical Dermatology. 4th ed. St. Louis, Mo: Mosby; 2004;209-239
2. Honig PJ. Guttate psoriasis associated with perianal streptococcal disease. J Pediatr. 1988;113:1037-1039.

For more information, see “Teen with a diffuse erythematous, pruritic eruption.J Fam Pract. 2011 January;60(1):37-39.

1. About a year ago, this 40-year-old man developed scaling on the distal one-third of his thumbnail. The condition began to worsen, leaving most of his thumb covered by thick adherent white scales on a pinkish base with sharply defined margins. The adjacent thumbnail has focal areas of pitting in the nail plate, as well as yellowish discoloration on the distal edge.

Diagnosis: The most likely diagnosis is psoriasis, which can manifest with localized involvement.

For more information, see “Thumb: Scaling with Pitted Nail Plate.Clin Rev. 2013 March;23(3):11.

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

2. A 10-year-old girl has had patches of dry skin appearing and disappearing on her arms, legs, and neck for years. Recently manifested on her extensor forearm is an annular, distinctly salmon-pink plaque with a tenacious white scale. Scaly areas are observed in both postauricular sulci; several tiny pits are seen on her fingernails.

Diagnosis: It would be difficult to imagine a more clear-cut case of psoriasis, not only manifesting with a classic plaque on the extensor forearm but also with corroboratory stigmata behind the ears and classic fingernail pits.

It’s helpful to know that psoriasis affects almost 3% of the white population in the United States, meaning that you will see it with considerable frequency. It would also help if you knew the diagnosis can be corroborated by identification of other, lesser known features.

For more information, see “Girl, 10, Asks Tough Questions About Skin Problem.Clin Rev. 2015;25(8):W2.

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

3. A 62-year-old woman complained bitterly of itching on the soles of both feet. Both insteps are covered with discrete, confluent papules and tiny pustules on an erythematous and hyperpigmented (brown), sharply demarcated, and highly symmetrical base. No such lesions appear elsewhere.

Diagnosis: Palmoplantar pustulosis is the term most often used to describe a fairly common form of psoriasis typified by this case. Many patients are genetically predisposed to psoriasis, but they may require a trigger to set it off, such as strep infection or occasionally, medication. Notable among the latter are the b-blockers and lithium. Stress is often involved as well.

The bilateral symmetrical involvement of both insteps is highly suggestive of this diagnosis, which often also affects either peripheral or central palms. A secondary form of neurodermatitis (itch–scratch–itch cycle) can follow, complicating the picture and perpetuating the problem.

For more information, see “Pruritic Rash on Both Soles.” Clin Rev. 2012 Jan;22(1).

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

4. The patient presented with fiery red, burned looking skin covering ≥90% of the skin surface and shedding in large "sheets" instead of smaller scales. He was monitored for fever, systemic symptoms, and multiorgan dysfunction.

Photo courtesy of Peter A. Lio, MD, and Alisa McQueen, MD

Diagnosis: This patient was given a diagnosis of erythrodermic psoriasis. This form of psoriasis can be life-threatening.

For more information, see “Derm emergencies— detecting early signs of trouble.J Fam Pract. 2012 February;61(2):71-78. 

For the next photograph, proceed to the next page >>

 

 

5. This 18-year-old patient had multiple, erythematous papules and plaques with a fine scale over her face, neck, trunk, and lower legs. She noted that the eruption had developed after a sore throat 2 weeks earlier and that it was itchy.

Photos courtesy of David A. Boyd, MD

Diagnosis: Guttate psoriasis was diagnosed in this patient based on her history and physical exam, a throat culture that was positive for group A beta-hemolytic streptococci, and blood work that showed an elevated antistreptolysin O titer. Further confirmation was obtained via punch biopsy.

Guttate psoriasis is a fairly uncommon form of psoriasis, affecting approximately 2% of patients with psoriasis.1 It is characterized by the abrupt onset of pruritic, salmon-pink 1- to 10-mm droplike lesions with fine scale that may spread to the face, but spare the palms and soles. It’s uncommon for this sub-type of psoriasis to involve the nails.

Guttate psoriasis affects individuals younger than 30; there appears to be no gender predilection.2 The rash usually appears 2 to 3 weeks after an upper respiratory group A beta-hemolytic streptococci infection. Although less common, there have also been reports of guttate psoriasis associated with perianal streptococcal disease.2

1. Habif TP. Clinical Dermatology. 4th ed. St. Louis, Mo: Mosby; 2004;209-239
2. Honig PJ. Guttate psoriasis associated with perianal streptococcal disease. J Pediatr. 1988;113:1037-1039.

For more information, see “Teen with a diffuse erythematous, pruritic eruption.J Fam Pract. 2011 January;60(1):37-39.

Issue
Clinician Reviews - 25(12)
Issue
Clinician Reviews - 25(12)
Page Number
S17
Page Number
S17
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
More Than Skin Deep
Display Headline
More Than Skin Deep
Legacy Keywords
seborrheic dermatitis, nummular eczema, psoriasis, lichen planus, mycosis fungoides, dermatology
Legacy Keywords
seborrheic dermatitis, nummular eczema, psoriasis, lichen planus, mycosis fungoides, dermatology
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Article PDF Media

Video: Eltrombopag boosted standard therapy in severe, newly-diagnosed aplastic anemia

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/18/2019 - 15:30
Display Headline
Video: Eltrombopag boosted standard therapy in severe, newly-diagnosed aplastic anemia

ORLANDO – Adding eltrombopag to standard immunosuppressive treatment for newly-diagnosed severe aplastic anemia boosted overall response rates from around 65% to over 90%, based on a late-breaker study presented by Dr. Danielle M. Townsley at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology.

Dr. Townsley said that starting the combination treatment immediately at diagnosis, rather than waiting to introduce eltrombopag at either 2 weeks or 3 months after initiating standard immunosuppressive therapy, was associated with better outcomes. As a result of the findings, a cohort extension of the trial will continue and is enrolling patients.

In our video interview, Dr. Townsley discusses the top-level results and says that it’s too early to introduce the protocol into practice outside a clinical trial. She urges hematologists to enroll their patients in the ongoing cohort study.

[email protected]

On Twitter @maryjodales

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
References

Meeting/Event
Author and Disclosure Information

Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Meeting/Event
Meeting/Event

ORLANDO – Adding eltrombopag to standard immunosuppressive treatment for newly-diagnosed severe aplastic anemia boosted overall response rates from around 65% to over 90%, based on a late-breaker study presented by Dr. Danielle M. Townsley at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology.

Dr. Townsley said that starting the combination treatment immediately at diagnosis, rather than waiting to introduce eltrombopag at either 2 weeks or 3 months after initiating standard immunosuppressive therapy, was associated with better outcomes. As a result of the findings, a cohort extension of the trial will continue and is enrolling patients.

In our video interview, Dr. Townsley discusses the top-level results and says that it’s too early to introduce the protocol into practice outside a clinical trial. She urges hematologists to enroll their patients in the ongoing cohort study.

[email protected]

On Twitter @maryjodales

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel

ORLANDO – Adding eltrombopag to standard immunosuppressive treatment for newly-diagnosed severe aplastic anemia boosted overall response rates from around 65% to over 90%, based on a late-breaker study presented by Dr. Danielle M. Townsley at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology.

Dr. Townsley said that starting the combination treatment immediately at diagnosis, rather than waiting to introduce eltrombopag at either 2 weeks or 3 months after initiating standard immunosuppressive therapy, was associated with better outcomes. As a result of the findings, a cohort extension of the trial will continue and is enrolling patients.

In our video interview, Dr. Townsley discusses the top-level results and says that it’s too early to introduce the protocol into practice outside a clinical trial. She urges hematologists to enroll their patients in the ongoing cohort study.

[email protected]

On Twitter @maryjodales

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
References

References

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Video: Eltrombopag boosted standard therapy in severe, newly-diagnosed aplastic anemia
Display Headline
Video: Eltrombopag boosted standard therapy in severe, newly-diagnosed aplastic anemia
Sections
Article Source

AT ASH 2015

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

VIDEO: High-intensity conditioning stands ground in MDS, AML

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/04/2019 - 09:46
Display Headline
VIDEO: High-intensity conditioning stands ground in MDS, AML

ORLANDO – Reduced-intensity conditioning regimens failed to show a significant survival benefit over high-intensity regimens in myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia in the phase III MAVERICK trial.

Pretransplant reduced intensity conditioning (RIC) also resulted in a significantly higher risk of relapse and inferior relapse-free survival vs. myeloablative conditioning (MAC).

The findings, reported in the late-breaking abstract (LBA-8) session at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology, generated a lively debate over the study construct and whether its conclusion that MAC remain “the treatment of choice” in appropriate candidates should be applied to both diseases.

Session comoderator Dr. David P. Steensma, a myelodysplasia physician at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in Boston, said in an interview that the data will not change his practice and that physicians should continue to “push the envelope” and provide as intense a conditioning regimen as their patients can tolerate.

“The take-home message is that using a reduced conditioning regimen whatever your choice might be, even though it is gentler on the patient and may be easier for them to go through the transplant, the biggest risk is still the disease, the underlying leukemia or myelodysplasia coming back. And the benefit from reduced intensity is not enough to outweigh that risk.”

To sort out this complex trial, we spoke with study author Dr. Bart L. Scott of the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center at the University of Washington, Seattle.

[email protected]

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
References

Meeting/Event
Author and Disclosure Information

Publications
Topics
Legacy Keywords
myelodysplastic syndrome, acute myeloid leukemia, transplant conditioning, ASH
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Meeting/Event
Meeting/Event

ORLANDO – Reduced-intensity conditioning regimens failed to show a significant survival benefit over high-intensity regimens in myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia in the phase III MAVERICK trial.

Pretransplant reduced intensity conditioning (RIC) also resulted in a significantly higher risk of relapse and inferior relapse-free survival vs. myeloablative conditioning (MAC).

The findings, reported in the late-breaking abstract (LBA-8) session at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology, generated a lively debate over the study construct and whether its conclusion that MAC remain “the treatment of choice” in appropriate candidates should be applied to both diseases.

Session comoderator Dr. David P. Steensma, a myelodysplasia physician at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in Boston, said in an interview that the data will not change his practice and that physicians should continue to “push the envelope” and provide as intense a conditioning regimen as their patients can tolerate.

“The take-home message is that using a reduced conditioning regimen whatever your choice might be, even though it is gentler on the patient and may be easier for them to go through the transplant, the biggest risk is still the disease, the underlying leukemia or myelodysplasia coming back. And the benefit from reduced intensity is not enough to outweigh that risk.”

To sort out this complex trial, we spoke with study author Dr. Bart L. Scott of the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center at the University of Washington, Seattle.

[email protected]

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel

ORLANDO – Reduced-intensity conditioning regimens failed to show a significant survival benefit over high-intensity regimens in myelodysplastic syndrome or acute myeloid leukemia in the phase III MAVERICK trial.

Pretransplant reduced intensity conditioning (RIC) also resulted in a significantly higher risk of relapse and inferior relapse-free survival vs. myeloablative conditioning (MAC).

The findings, reported in the late-breaking abstract (LBA-8) session at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology, generated a lively debate over the study construct and whether its conclusion that MAC remain “the treatment of choice” in appropriate candidates should be applied to both diseases.

Session comoderator Dr. David P. Steensma, a myelodysplasia physician at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in Boston, said in an interview that the data will not change his practice and that physicians should continue to “push the envelope” and provide as intense a conditioning regimen as their patients can tolerate.

“The take-home message is that using a reduced conditioning regimen whatever your choice might be, even though it is gentler on the patient and may be easier for them to go through the transplant, the biggest risk is still the disease, the underlying leukemia or myelodysplasia coming back. And the benefit from reduced intensity is not enough to outweigh that risk.”

To sort out this complex trial, we spoke with study author Dr. Bart L. Scott of the Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center at the University of Washington, Seattle.

[email protected]

The video associated with this article is no longer available on this site. Please view all of our videos on the MDedge YouTube channel
References

References

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
VIDEO: High-intensity conditioning stands ground in MDS, AML
Display Headline
VIDEO: High-intensity conditioning stands ground in MDS, AML
Legacy Keywords
myelodysplastic syndrome, acute myeloid leukemia, transplant conditioning, ASH
Legacy Keywords
myelodysplastic syndrome, acute myeloid leukemia, transplant conditioning, ASH
Sections
Article Source

AT ASH 2015

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Stent Thrombosis Risk Linked to Bioresorbable Scaffold

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:06
Display Headline
Stent Thrombosis Risk Linked to Bioresorbable Scaffold

NEW YORK - Restenosis rates are similar one year after implantation of an everolimus-eluting bioresorbable vascular scaffold or an everolimus-eluting metallic stent, but the scaffold has a higher risk of device thrombosis within 30 days, a new meta-analysis shows.

The meta-analysis suggests that the two interventions have a "similar requirement of repeat revascularization out to 1-year follow-up, despite inferior angiographic performance," first author Dr. Salvatore Cassese said by email.

This higher risk of stent thrombosis, twice as high with the bioresorbable device compared with the metallic stent after one year, "is somewhat surprising," said Dr. Cassese, of the Technical University of Munich's German Heart Center Munich. "The higher risk of scaffold thrombosis in relatively simple clinical (lesion) settings represents the new important finding showed by this meta-analysis."

A number of recently completed randomized trials showed comparable mid-term outcomes with the two devices, but data from routine clinical practice suggests a "somewhat higher rate of adverse events" with the bioresorbable scaffold, he said.

Most randomized trials comparing the two types of devices were small and not adequately powered to assess clinical endpoints, the authors noted. For their meta-analysis, they identified six trials involving 3,738 patients (mainly men, median age 62.3 years) that met their inclusion criteria (randomized design, an analysis by intention to treat, and a follow-up of at least six months).

The meta-analysis included 2,337 patients who received a bioresorbable scaffold and 1,401 who received a metallic stent. Median follow-up was 12 months.

Both groups had a 3% rate of target lesion revascularization, the primary efficacy outcome, the researchers noted in a report online November 16 in The Lancet.

The risk of the primary safety outcome, definite or probable stent/scaffold thrombosis, was significantly higher for those treated with a bioresorbable scaffold compared with those who received a metallic stent (1.3% versus 0.5%; odds ratio, 1.99), with the highest risk within 30 days after implantation.

In-device late lumen loss was also significantly greater in lesions treated with the bioresorbable device compared with the metallic stent.

Risk of myocardial infarction appeared to be higher in patients with the bioresorbable scaffolds than in those with metallic stents, but the difference was not statistically significant (5.2% versus 3.5%, p=0.06). The groups had similar rates of target lesion failure and risk of death.

The authors noted that their finding of at least similar efficacy of the bioresorbable scaffold versus the existing best-in-class drug-eluting stent at 12 months was achieved in a highly selected population that included mainly stable patients with single de-novo non-complex target lesions and excluded patients who had a higher risk for device failure.

Two large-scale randomized trials are under way that are expected to shed more light on the devices' relative efficacy in higher-risk populations.

Although the study's findings "should heighten concerns about the current generation of bioresorbable vascular scaffold technology, they should by no means be interpreted to mean that bioresorbable scaffolds are not worth pursuing," noted an editorial that accompanied the new meta-analysis. "Just as with first-generation drug-eluting stents, a complete understanding of the limitations of such technology is necessary before further advancements can be made."

"Little information appears available regarding the incidence of symptoms of angina in the comparison groups," Dr. Richard Chazal, who was not involved in the study, said in an email.

"This is important, as the principal utility of stents in stable patients is the relief of such symptoms," noted Dr. Chazal, president-elect of the American College of Cardiology and medical director of the Lee Memorial Health Systems' Heart and Vascular Institute in Fort Myers, Fla.

"Disappearing" bioresorbable scaffolds are viewed as a possible solution to potential problems of leaving metallic stents permanently inside a coronary vessel. These problems include impairing the function of the wall of the artery and limiting future options for treating the artery, especially with a bypass operation, explained Dr. Chazal.

Emergence of their anticipated benefit over metallic stents is expected several years after implantation, when elution of the anti-restenotic drug has stopped and the scaffold has dissolved.

 

 

"Longer-term follow-up will be needed to clarify whether these newer devices provide hoped-for advantages over metallic stents, or whether the early issues with thrombosis/clotting and vessel narrowing eventually results in more clinical problems," Dr. Chazal said.

The study had no funding source. Two of the 10 coauthors reported receiving fees from stent manufacturers or holding patents related to drug-eluting stent technologies, "outside the submitted work." A third coauthor is a member of the advisory board of Abbott, which includes a division that makes an everolimus-eluting bioresorbable vascular scaffold.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2015(12)
Publications
Sections

NEW YORK - Restenosis rates are similar one year after implantation of an everolimus-eluting bioresorbable vascular scaffold or an everolimus-eluting metallic stent, but the scaffold has a higher risk of device thrombosis within 30 days, a new meta-analysis shows.

The meta-analysis suggests that the two interventions have a "similar requirement of repeat revascularization out to 1-year follow-up, despite inferior angiographic performance," first author Dr. Salvatore Cassese said by email.

This higher risk of stent thrombosis, twice as high with the bioresorbable device compared with the metallic stent after one year, "is somewhat surprising," said Dr. Cassese, of the Technical University of Munich's German Heart Center Munich. "The higher risk of scaffold thrombosis in relatively simple clinical (lesion) settings represents the new important finding showed by this meta-analysis."

A number of recently completed randomized trials showed comparable mid-term outcomes with the two devices, but data from routine clinical practice suggests a "somewhat higher rate of adverse events" with the bioresorbable scaffold, he said.

Most randomized trials comparing the two types of devices were small and not adequately powered to assess clinical endpoints, the authors noted. For their meta-analysis, they identified six trials involving 3,738 patients (mainly men, median age 62.3 years) that met their inclusion criteria (randomized design, an analysis by intention to treat, and a follow-up of at least six months).

The meta-analysis included 2,337 patients who received a bioresorbable scaffold and 1,401 who received a metallic stent. Median follow-up was 12 months.

Both groups had a 3% rate of target lesion revascularization, the primary efficacy outcome, the researchers noted in a report online November 16 in The Lancet.

The risk of the primary safety outcome, definite or probable stent/scaffold thrombosis, was significantly higher for those treated with a bioresorbable scaffold compared with those who received a metallic stent (1.3% versus 0.5%; odds ratio, 1.99), with the highest risk within 30 days after implantation.

In-device late lumen loss was also significantly greater in lesions treated with the bioresorbable device compared with the metallic stent.

Risk of myocardial infarction appeared to be higher in patients with the bioresorbable scaffolds than in those with metallic stents, but the difference was not statistically significant (5.2% versus 3.5%, p=0.06). The groups had similar rates of target lesion failure and risk of death.

The authors noted that their finding of at least similar efficacy of the bioresorbable scaffold versus the existing best-in-class drug-eluting stent at 12 months was achieved in a highly selected population that included mainly stable patients with single de-novo non-complex target lesions and excluded patients who had a higher risk for device failure.

Two large-scale randomized trials are under way that are expected to shed more light on the devices' relative efficacy in higher-risk populations.

Although the study's findings "should heighten concerns about the current generation of bioresorbable vascular scaffold technology, they should by no means be interpreted to mean that bioresorbable scaffolds are not worth pursuing," noted an editorial that accompanied the new meta-analysis. "Just as with first-generation drug-eluting stents, a complete understanding of the limitations of such technology is necessary before further advancements can be made."

"Little information appears available regarding the incidence of symptoms of angina in the comparison groups," Dr. Richard Chazal, who was not involved in the study, said in an email.

"This is important, as the principal utility of stents in stable patients is the relief of such symptoms," noted Dr. Chazal, president-elect of the American College of Cardiology and medical director of the Lee Memorial Health Systems' Heart and Vascular Institute in Fort Myers, Fla.

"Disappearing" bioresorbable scaffolds are viewed as a possible solution to potential problems of leaving metallic stents permanently inside a coronary vessel. These problems include impairing the function of the wall of the artery and limiting future options for treating the artery, especially with a bypass operation, explained Dr. Chazal.

Emergence of their anticipated benefit over metallic stents is expected several years after implantation, when elution of the anti-restenotic drug has stopped and the scaffold has dissolved.

 

 

"Longer-term follow-up will be needed to clarify whether these newer devices provide hoped-for advantages over metallic stents, or whether the early issues with thrombosis/clotting and vessel narrowing eventually results in more clinical problems," Dr. Chazal said.

The study had no funding source. Two of the 10 coauthors reported receiving fees from stent manufacturers or holding patents related to drug-eluting stent technologies, "outside the submitted work." A third coauthor is a member of the advisory board of Abbott, which includes a division that makes an everolimus-eluting bioresorbable vascular scaffold.

NEW YORK - Restenosis rates are similar one year after implantation of an everolimus-eluting bioresorbable vascular scaffold or an everolimus-eluting metallic stent, but the scaffold has a higher risk of device thrombosis within 30 days, a new meta-analysis shows.

The meta-analysis suggests that the two interventions have a "similar requirement of repeat revascularization out to 1-year follow-up, despite inferior angiographic performance," first author Dr. Salvatore Cassese said by email.

This higher risk of stent thrombosis, twice as high with the bioresorbable device compared with the metallic stent after one year, "is somewhat surprising," said Dr. Cassese, of the Technical University of Munich's German Heart Center Munich. "The higher risk of scaffold thrombosis in relatively simple clinical (lesion) settings represents the new important finding showed by this meta-analysis."

A number of recently completed randomized trials showed comparable mid-term outcomes with the two devices, but data from routine clinical practice suggests a "somewhat higher rate of adverse events" with the bioresorbable scaffold, he said.

Most randomized trials comparing the two types of devices were small and not adequately powered to assess clinical endpoints, the authors noted. For their meta-analysis, they identified six trials involving 3,738 patients (mainly men, median age 62.3 years) that met their inclusion criteria (randomized design, an analysis by intention to treat, and a follow-up of at least six months).

The meta-analysis included 2,337 patients who received a bioresorbable scaffold and 1,401 who received a metallic stent. Median follow-up was 12 months.

Both groups had a 3% rate of target lesion revascularization, the primary efficacy outcome, the researchers noted in a report online November 16 in The Lancet.

The risk of the primary safety outcome, definite or probable stent/scaffold thrombosis, was significantly higher for those treated with a bioresorbable scaffold compared with those who received a metallic stent (1.3% versus 0.5%; odds ratio, 1.99), with the highest risk within 30 days after implantation.

In-device late lumen loss was also significantly greater in lesions treated with the bioresorbable device compared with the metallic stent.

Risk of myocardial infarction appeared to be higher in patients with the bioresorbable scaffolds than in those with metallic stents, but the difference was not statistically significant (5.2% versus 3.5%, p=0.06). The groups had similar rates of target lesion failure and risk of death.

The authors noted that their finding of at least similar efficacy of the bioresorbable scaffold versus the existing best-in-class drug-eluting stent at 12 months was achieved in a highly selected population that included mainly stable patients with single de-novo non-complex target lesions and excluded patients who had a higher risk for device failure.

Two large-scale randomized trials are under way that are expected to shed more light on the devices' relative efficacy in higher-risk populations.

Although the study's findings "should heighten concerns about the current generation of bioresorbable vascular scaffold technology, they should by no means be interpreted to mean that bioresorbable scaffolds are not worth pursuing," noted an editorial that accompanied the new meta-analysis. "Just as with first-generation drug-eluting stents, a complete understanding of the limitations of such technology is necessary before further advancements can be made."

"Little information appears available regarding the incidence of symptoms of angina in the comparison groups," Dr. Richard Chazal, who was not involved in the study, said in an email.

"This is important, as the principal utility of stents in stable patients is the relief of such symptoms," noted Dr. Chazal, president-elect of the American College of Cardiology and medical director of the Lee Memorial Health Systems' Heart and Vascular Institute in Fort Myers, Fla.

"Disappearing" bioresorbable scaffolds are viewed as a possible solution to potential problems of leaving metallic stents permanently inside a coronary vessel. These problems include impairing the function of the wall of the artery and limiting future options for treating the artery, especially with a bypass operation, explained Dr. Chazal.

Emergence of their anticipated benefit over metallic stents is expected several years after implantation, when elution of the anti-restenotic drug has stopped and the scaffold has dissolved.

 

 

"Longer-term follow-up will be needed to clarify whether these newer devices provide hoped-for advantages over metallic stents, or whether the early issues with thrombosis/clotting and vessel narrowing eventually results in more clinical problems," Dr. Chazal said.

The study had no funding source. Two of the 10 coauthors reported receiving fees from stent manufacturers or holding patents related to drug-eluting stent technologies, "outside the submitted work." A third coauthor is a member of the advisory board of Abbott, which includes a division that makes an everolimus-eluting bioresorbable vascular scaffold.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2015(12)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2015(12)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Stent Thrombosis Risk Linked to Bioresorbable Scaffold
Display Headline
Stent Thrombosis Risk Linked to Bioresorbable Scaffold
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Upfront idelalisib carries high risk for acute liver toxicity

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 12/16/2022 - 11:38
Display Headline
Upfront idelalisib carries high risk for acute liver toxicity

ORLANDO – Idelalisib given as first-line therapy for patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia carries a high risk of early fulminant hepatotoxicity requiring drug interruption and steroids, investigators reported.

Among 24 patients who received idelalisib (Zydelig) monotherapy in a phase II trial of a combination of idelalisib followed by idelalisib concurrent with ofatumumab (Arzerra) as first-line therapy for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), 12 patients developed acute hepatotoxicity, marked by rapidly soaring levels of transaminase within about 28 days of starting therapy. An additional four patients developed hepatotoxicity at around 130 days, noted Dr. Benjamin L. Lampson, a clinical fellow in medicine at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in Boston.

Dr. Benjamin Lampson

“Multiple lines of evidence suggest that this early hepatotoxicity is immune mediated. The proportion of regulatory T cells in the peripheral blood decrease on idelalisib therapy, providing a possible explanation for the development of early hepatotoxicity,” he said at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology.

The toxicities occur more frequently among younger and less heavily pretreated patients, and are likely due to on-target, immune-mediated effects, he noted.

Dr. Lampson presented data on the first 24 patients in an ongoing phase II trial. Patients with previously untreated CLL receive idelalisib 150 mg twice daily for 56 days, in an attempt to mobilize neoplastic B cells from the peripheral lymphoid tissues and into the bloodstream.

Following the monotherapy phase, patients are given ofatumumab in an attempt to clear the disease from peripheral blood.

“This dosing strategy is slightly different than what has been previously been used in trials combining these particular drugs. Specifically, previously reported trials have started these agents simultaneously without a lead-in period of monotherapy,” Dr. Lampson explained.

When the lead-in phase is completed, patients receive idelalisib plus ofatumumab infusions once weekly for 8 weeks, followed by once-monthly infusions for 4 months. Patients then continue on idelalisib indefinitely. The primary endpoint is the overall response rate assessed 2 months after the completion of the combination therapy.

For the first 24 patients treated as of Nov. 9, 2015, the median time on therapy was 7.7 months and median follow-up was 14.7 months.

The median patient age was 67.4 years (range 57.6-84.9). CLL genetics showed that 13 patients had unmutated immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region (IgHV) disease, 4 had the 17p deletion and TP53 mutation, 1 had deletion 11q, and 13 had deletion 13q; some patients had more than one mutation.

“What we began to notice after enrolling just a few subjects on the trial was that severe hepatotoxicity was occurring shortly after initiating idelalisib,” Dr. Lampson said.

He presented one case, a 58-year-old man who was in the idelalisib monotherapy phase of the study. He developed grade 3 hepatotoxicity 28 days after starting the drug, despite having a normal liver function test just 1 day earlier. The drug was stopped, but his liver function tests continued to rise, suggesting a self-perpetuating or self-sustaining process.

On day 32, the patient was admitted to the hospital, and on day 33 he was started on steroids, based on the hypothesis that the hepatotoxicity might have been immune mediated. Two days after initiation of steroids, his liver function tests continued to rise, whereupon he was started on mycophenolate mofetil.

“With these two forms of immunosuppression, the [liver function tests] did eventually normalize, although the steroids and mycophenolate had to be tapered over a period of many weeks. And this patient was not the only patient to experience toxicity; in fact, hepatotoxicity was frequent and often severe,” he said.

At the time of maximum incidence, week 4, the percentage of patients with any hepatotoxicity was 46%, with 13% at grade 4, and 21% at grade 3.

“The median time to initial development of hepatotoxicity is 28 days. This suggests that the mechanism of hepatotoxicity is not immediate, but takes time to develop, consistent with an adaptive immune response. Furthermore, hepatotoxicity is typically occurring before the first dose of ofatumumab is occurring at week 8, suggesting idelalisib alone is the cause of the hepatotoxicity,” Dr. Lampson said.

A comparison of data from the ongoing study and from three previous studies – two with idelalisib in relapsed refractory disease, and one as first-line therapy in patients 65 and older – showed that grade 3 or greater hepatotoxicity was lowest in a phase I trial of idelalisib in which patients had received a median of five prior lines of therapy, occurring in only 1.9% of patients. In contrast, in the current study, 52% of patients experienced grade 3 or 4 transaminitis at some point in the trial.

 

 

Evidence for the hepatotoxicity being an on-target immune-mediated effect comes from lymphocytic infiltrate on liver biopsy and lymphocytic colitis in idelalisib-treated patients. Additional evidence comes from the fact that the toxicity is both treatable and preventable with steroids, he said.

He cautioned that hepatotoxicity can recur rapidly when the drug is reintroduced.

“In general, our experience has been if idelalisib is resumed while the subject remains on steroids, the drug is more likely to be tolerated and the subject eventually can be tapered off steroids,” he said.

Asked by an audience member whether patients who are receiving idelalisib in the first-line setting should also receive steroids, Dr. Lampson said that they closely monitor patient liver enzymes around 28 days, and if grade 1 transaminitis is detected, patients are automatically started on low-dose steroids.

The study is sponsored by the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in collaboration with Gilead Sciences and GlaxoSmithKline. Dr. Lampson and colleagues declared no relevant conflicts of interest.

References

Meeting/Event
Author and Disclosure Information

Publications
Topics
Author and Disclosure Information

Author and Disclosure Information

Meeting/Event
Meeting/Event

ORLANDO – Idelalisib given as first-line therapy for patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia carries a high risk of early fulminant hepatotoxicity requiring drug interruption and steroids, investigators reported.

Among 24 patients who received idelalisib (Zydelig) monotherapy in a phase II trial of a combination of idelalisib followed by idelalisib concurrent with ofatumumab (Arzerra) as first-line therapy for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), 12 patients developed acute hepatotoxicity, marked by rapidly soaring levels of transaminase within about 28 days of starting therapy. An additional four patients developed hepatotoxicity at around 130 days, noted Dr. Benjamin L. Lampson, a clinical fellow in medicine at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in Boston.

Dr. Benjamin Lampson

“Multiple lines of evidence suggest that this early hepatotoxicity is immune mediated. The proportion of regulatory T cells in the peripheral blood decrease on idelalisib therapy, providing a possible explanation for the development of early hepatotoxicity,” he said at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology.

The toxicities occur more frequently among younger and less heavily pretreated patients, and are likely due to on-target, immune-mediated effects, he noted.

Dr. Lampson presented data on the first 24 patients in an ongoing phase II trial. Patients with previously untreated CLL receive idelalisib 150 mg twice daily for 56 days, in an attempt to mobilize neoplastic B cells from the peripheral lymphoid tissues and into the bloodstream.

Following the monotherapy phase, patients are given ofatumumab in an attempt to clear the disease from peripheral blood.

“This dosing strategy is slightly different than what has been previously been used in trials combining these particular drugs. Specifically, previously reported trials have started these agents simultaneously without a lead-in period of monotherapy,” Dr. Lampson explained.

When the lead-in phase is completed, patients receive idelalisib plus ofatumumab infusions once weekly for 8 weeks, followed by once-monthly infusions for 4 months. Patients then continue on idelalisib indefinitely. The primary endpoint is the overall response rate assessed 2 months after the completion of the combination therapy.

For the first 24 patients treated as of Nov. 9, 2015, the median time on therapy was 7.7 months and median follow-up was 14.7 months.

The median patient age was 67.4 years (range 57.6-84.9). CLL genetics showed that 13 patients had unmutated immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region (IgHV) disease, 4 had the 17p deletion and TP53 mutation, 1 had deletion 11q, and 13 had deletion 13q; some patients had more than one mutation.

“What we began to notice after enrolling just a few subjects on the trial was that severe hepatotoxicity was occurring shortly after initiating idelalisib,” Dr. Lampson said.

He presented one case, a 58-year-old man who was in the idelalisib monotherapy phase of the study. He developed grade 3 hepatotoxicity 28 days after starting the drug, despite having a normal liver function test just 1 day earlier. The drug was stopped, but his liver function tests continued to rise, suggesting a self-perpetuating or self-sustaining process.

On day 32, the patient was admitted to the hospital, and on day 33 he was started on steroids, based on the hypothesis that the hepatotoxicity might have been immune mediated. Two days after initiation of steroids, his liver function tests continued to rise, whereupon he was started on mycophenolate mofetil.

“With these two forms of immunosuppression, the [liver function tests] did eventually normalize, although the steroids and mycophenolate had to be tapered over a period of many weeks. And this patient was not the only patient to experience toxicity; in fact, hepatotoxicity was frequent and often severe,” he said.

At the time of maximum incidence, week 4, the percentage of patients with any hepatotoxicity was 46%, with 13% at grade 4, and 21% at grade 3.

“The median time to initial development of hepatotoxicity is 28 days. This suggests that the mechanism of hepatotoxicity is not immediate, but takes time to develop, consistent with an adaptive immune response. Furthermore, hepatotoxicity is typically occurring before the first dose of ofatumumab is occurring at week 8, suggesting idelalisib alone is the cause of the hepatotoxicity,” Dr. Lampson said.

A comparison of data from the ongoing study and from three previous studies – two with idelalisib in relapsed refractory disease, and one as first-line therapy in patients 65 and older – showed that grade 3 or greater hepatotoxicity was lowest in a phase I trial of idelalisib in which patients had received a median of five prior lines of therapy, occurring in only 1.9% of patients. In contrast, in the current study, 52% of patients experienced grade 3 or 4 transaminitis at some point in the trial.

 

 

Evidence for the hepatotoxicity being an on-target immune-mediated effect comes from lymphocytic infiltrate on liver biopsy and lymphocytic colitis in idelalisib-treated patients. Additional evidence comes from the fact that the toxicity is both treatable and preventable with steroids, he said.

He cautioned that hepatotoxicity can recur rapidly when the drug is reintroduced.

“In general, our experience has been if idelalisib is resumed while the subject remains on steroids, the drug is more likely to be tolerated and the subject eventually can be tapered off steroids,” he said.

Asked by an audience member whether patients who are receiving idelalisib in the first-line setting should also receive steroids, Dr. Lampson said that they closely monitor patient liver enzymes around 28 days, and if grade 1 transaminitis is detected, patients are automatically started on low-dose steroids.

The study is sponsored by the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in collaboration with Gilead Sciences and GlaxoSmithKline. Dr. Lampson and colleagues declared no relevant conflicts of interest.

ORLANDO – Idelalisib given as first-line therapy for patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia carries a high risk of early fulminant hepatotoxicity requiring drug interruption and steroids, investigators reported.

Among 24 patients who received idelalisib (Zydelig) monotherapy in a phase II trial of a combination of idelalisib followed by idelalisib concurrent with ofatumumab (Arzerra) as first-line therapy for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), 12 patients developed acute hepatotoxicity, marked by rapidly soaring levels of transaminase within about 28 days of starting therapy. An additional four patients developed hepatotoxicity at around 130 days, noted Dr. Benjamin L. Lampson, a clinical fellow in medicine at the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in Boston.

Dr. Benjamin Lampson

“Multiple lines of evidence suggest that this early hepatotoxicity is immune mediated. The proportion of regulatory T cells in the peripheral blood decrease on idelalisib therapy, providing a possible explanation for the development of early hepatotoxicity,” he said at the annual meeting of the American Society of Hematology.

The toxicities occur more frequently among younger and less heavily pretreated patients, and are likely due to on-target, immune-mediated effects, he noted.

Dr. Lampson presented data on the first 24 patients in an ongoing phase II trial. Patients with previously untreated CLL receive idelalisib 150 mg twice daily for 56 days, in an attempt to mobilize neoplastic B cells from the peripheral lymphoid tissues and into the bloodstream.

Following the monotherapy phase, patients are given ofatumumab in an attempt to clear the disease from peripheral blood.

“This dosing strategy is slightly different than what has been previously been used in trials combining these particular drugs. Specifically, previously reported trials have started these agents simultaneously without a lead-in period of monotherapy,” Dr. Lampson explained.

When the lead-in phase is completed, patients receive idelalisib plus ofatumumab infusions once weekly for 8 weeks, followed by once-monthly infusions for 4 months. Patients then continue on idelalisib indefinitely. The primary endpoint is the overall response rate assessed 2 months after the completion of the combination therapy.

For the first 24 patients treated as of Nov. 9, 2015, the median time on therapy was 7.7 months and median follow-up was 14.7 months.

The median patient age was 67.4 years (range 57.6-84.9). CLL genetics showed that 13 patients had unmutated immunoglobulin heavy chain variable region (IgHV) disease, 4 had the 17p deletion and TP53 mutation, 1 had deletion 11q, and 13 had deletion 13q; some patients had more than one mutation.

“What we began to notice after enrolling just a few subjects on the trial was that severe hepatotoxicity was occurring shortly after initiating idelalisib,” Dr. Lampson said.

He presented one case, a 58-year-old man who was in the idelalisib monotherapy phase of the study. He developed grade 3 hepatotoxicity 28 days after starting the drug, despite having a normal liver function test just 1 day earlier. The drug was stopped, but his liver function tests continued to rise, suggesting a self-perpetuating or self-sustaining process.

On day 32, the patient was admitted to the hospital, and on day 33 he was started on steroids, based on the hypothesis that the hepatotoxicity might have been immune mediated. Two days after initiation of steroids, his liver function tests continued to rise, whereupon he was started on mycophenolate mofetil.

“With these two forms of immunosuppression, the [liver function tests] did eventually normalize, although the steroids and mycophenolate had to be tapered over a period of many weeks. And this patient was not the only patient to experience toxicity; in fact, hepatotoxicity was frequent and often severe,” he said.

At the time of maximum incidence, week 4, the percentage of patients with any hepatotoxicity was 46%, with 13% at grade 4, and 21% at grade 3.

“The median time to initial development of hepatotoxicity is 28 days. This suggests that the mechanism of hepatotoxicity is not immediate, but takes time to develop, consistent with an adaptive immune response. Furthermore, hepatotoxicity is typically occurring before the first dose of ofatumumab is occurring at week 8, suggesting idelalisib alone is the cause of the hepatotoxicity,” Dr. Lampson said.

A comparison of data from the ongoing study and from three previous studies – two with idelalisib in relapsed refractory disease, and one as first-line therapy in patients 65 and older – showed that grade 3 or greater hepatotoxicity was lowest in a phase I trial of idelalisib in which patients had received a median of five prior lines of therapy, occurring in only 1.9% of patients. In contrast, in the current study, 52% of patients experienced grade 3 or 4 transaminitis at some point in the trial.

 

 

Evidence for the hepatotoxicity being an on-target immune-mediated effect comes from lymphocytic infiltrate on liver biopsy and lymphocytic colitis in idelalisib-treated patients. Additional evidence comes from the fact that the toxicity is both treatable and preventable with steroids, he said.

He cautioned that hepatotoxicity can recur rapidly when the drug is reintroduced.

“In general, our experience has been if idelalisib is resumed while the subject remains on steroids, the drug is more likely to be tolerated and the subject eventually can be tapered off steroids,” he said.

Asked by an audience member whether patients who are receiving idelalisib in the first-line setting should also receive steroids, Dr. Lampson said that they closely monitor patient liver enzymes around 28 days, and if grade 1 transaminitis is detected, patients are automatically started on low-dose steroids.

The study is sponsored by the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in collaboration with Gilead Sciences and GlaxoSmithKline. Dr. Lampson and colleagues declared no relevant conflicts of interest.

References

References

Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Upfront idelalisib carries high risk for acute liver toxicity
Display Headline
Upfront idelalisib carries high risk for acute liver toxicity
Article Source

AT ASH 2015

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Vitals

Key clinical point: Idelalisib in the first-line setting is associated with significant risk of hepatotoxicity, with a peak incidence at about 28 days of therapy.

Major finding: More than half (52%) of patients with newly diagnosed chronic lymphocytic leukemia had grade 3 or 4 hepatotoxicity with idelalisib monotherapy.

Data source: Ongoing phase II clinical trial with data on 24 patients.

Disclosures: The study is sponsored by the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute in collaboration with Gilead Sciences and GlaxoSmithKline. Dr. Lampson and colleagues declared no relevant conflicts of interest.